8697 Charting Manual

DOC8697-ANl889
Amendment No. 3
26/5/06
Transmittal Note
Amendment No. 3
to the
Aeronautical Chart Manual (Doc 8697)
Second Edition - 1987
1.
To incorporate Amendment No. 3, insert the attached new and replacement pages in the
appropriate place:
Foreword
Table of Contents
Chapter 3
Chapter 7
Appendix A
Appendix B
Specimen Charts
2.
2.
(iii), (iv)
(v) to (vii)
3-7
7-2- 15 to 7-2-21, 7-8- 1 to 7-8- 14, 7-9- 1 to 7-9- 13, 7- 1O- 1 to 7- 1 O- 13,
7-11-1 to 7-1 1-21,7-21-1 to 7-21-8
A-1 to A-19
B-1, B-2
Specimen Chart 6
Specimen Chart 7
Specimen Chart 8
Specimen Chart 9
Specimen Chart 14
Remove the following pages:

Chapter 4
Appendix C
4- 1 to 4-25
c-1to c-4
Specimen Charts
Specimen Chart 6. I
Record the entry of this amendment on page (ii).
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Provided by IHS under license with ICAO
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DOC8697-ANI889
Amendment 2
17 July 1992
Transmittal Note
AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL
1.
In addition to changes
of
an editorial nature, this amendment introduces changes
of
substance on which new or revised guidance is given, concerning:
a)
the provision of information relating to heliports;
b)
the promulgation of ATS airspace classification information;
c)
the promulgation of information on visual approach slope indicator systems

where the axis of the system is not parallel to the runway centre line; and
d)
cartographic automation.
2.
To incorporate amendment 2, replace existing
pages
by
the new
and
dated 17/7/92. Enter the record of this amendment on page (ii) of the Manual.

Not for Resale
replacement pages
Aeronautical Chart Manual

CHECKLIST
Page
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Date
8/2/90
(VI
(vi)
(vii)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
Date
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
5-1
5-2
5 -3
5 -4
APP- 1
APP. 2
7/1/87
7/1/87
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
7-1-1
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
4-3
4-4
17/7f 9 2
4-6
4-7
4-8
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8
7-2-9
7-2-10.
7-2-11
7-2-12
7-2-13
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/32
8/2190
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
No. 2

Page
Date
7-2-14
7-2-15
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-3-1
7-3-2
7-3-3
7-3-4
7-3-5
7-3-6
7-3-7
7-3-8
7-3-9
7-3-10
7-3-11
7-3-12
7-3-13
7-3-14
7-3-15
7-3-16
7-3-17
7-3-18
7-3-19
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
7-4-1
7-4-2
7-4-3
7-4-4
7-4-5
7-4-6
7-4-7
7-4-8
7-4-9
7-4-10
7-4-11
7-4-12
7-4-13
7-4-14
7-4-15
7-4-16
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
16/9/87
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
7-5-1
7-5-2
7-5-3
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
4-1
4-2
4-5
Page
Not for Resale
7-5-4
7-5-5
7-54
7-5-7
7-5-8
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
8j2190
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Page
Date
Page
Date
Page
Date
7-5-9
7-5-10
7-5-11
7-5-12
7-5-13
7-5-14
7-5-15
7-5-16
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-9-1
7-9-2
7-9-3
7-9-4
7-9-5
7-9-6
7-9-7
7-9-8
7-9-9
7-9-10
7-9-11
7-9-12
17/7/92
7-12-1
7-12-2
7-12-3
7-12-4
7-12-5
7-12-6
7-12-7
7-12-8
7-12-9
7-12-10
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
17/7/92
16/9/87
16/9/87
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-13-1
7-13-2
7-13-3
7-13-4
7-13-5
7-13-6
7-13-7
7-13-8
7-13-9
7-13-10
7-13-11
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-14-1
7-14-2
7-14-3
7-14-4
7-14-5
7-14-6
7-14-7
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
7-6-1
7-6-2
7-6-3
7-6-4
7-6-5
7-6-6
7-6-7
7-6-8
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
7-7-1
7-7-2
7-7-3
7-7-4
7-7-5
7-7-6
7-7-7
7-7-8
7-7-9
7-7-10
7-7-11
7-7-12
7-7-13
7-7-14
7-7-15
7-7-16
7-7-17
17/7/92
7-8-1
7-8-2
7-8-3
7-8-4
7-8-5
7-8-6
7-8-7
7-8-8
7-8-9
7-8-10
7-8-11
7-8-12
7-8-13
7-8-14
7-8-15
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
1717/92!
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-10-1
7-10-2
7-10-3
7-10-4
7-10-5
7-10-6
7-10-7
7-10-8
7-10-9
7-10-10
7-10-11
7-10-12
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-11-1
7-11-2
7-11-3
7-11-4
7-11-5
7-11-6
7-11-7
7-11-8
7-11-9
7-11-10
7-11-11
7-11-12
7-11-13
7-11-14
7-11-15
7-11-16
7-11-17
7-11-18
7-11-19
7-11-20
7-11-21
7-11-22
7-11-23
7-11-24
7-11-25
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
7-15-1
7-15-2
7-15-3
7-15-4
7-15-5
7-15-6
7-15-7
7-15-8
17/7/92
8/2/90
7-16-1
7-16-2
7-16-3
7-16-4
7-16-5
7-16-6
7-16-7
7-16-8
7-16-9
7-16-10
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/12/90
17/7/92
17/7/92
17/7/92
1717/92
No, 2

Not for Resale
Aeronautical
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Page
Date
Page
Date
Date
7-16-11
7-16-12
7-16-13
7-16-14
7-16-15
7-16-16
7-16-17
7-16-18
7-16-19
7-16-20
7-16-21
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
7-18-6
7-18-7
7-18-8
7-18-9
7-18-10
7-18-11
7-18-12
7-18-13
7-18-14
7-18-15
7-18-16
16/9/87
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
17/7/92
7-17-1
7-17-2
7-17-3
7-17-4
7-17-5
7-17-6
7-17-7
7-17-8
7-17-9
7-17-10
7-17-11
7-17-12
7-17-13
7-17-14
7-17-15
7-17-16
7-17-17
7-17-18
7-17-19
7-17-20
7-17-21
7-17-22
8/2/90
8/2
/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
7-19-1
7-i9-2
7-19-2
7-19-4
7-19-5
7-19-6
7-19-7
7-19-8
7-19-9
7-19-10
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
16/9/87
17/7/92
8/2/90
7-18-1
7-18-2
7-18-3
7-18-4
7-18-5
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
A- 1
A-2
A-3
A-4 8/2/90
A- 5 7/1/87
A- 6 7/1/87
A-7
A-8 7/1/87
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12 8/2/90
A-13
A-14
A-15
A-16
A-17
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
17/7/92
No. 2

Not for Resale
Chart Manual
Page
A-18
A-19
A-20
A-2 1
A-22
A-2 3
A-24
A-2 5
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
17/7/92
8/2/90
17/7/92
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/97
16/9/97
16/9/87
c- 1
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
c-2
c-3
c-4
Specimen Charts
1
8/2/90
2
3
4
5
7/1/87
6
6.1
7/1/87
7
8/2/90
8
8/2/90
9
10
8/2/90
11
17/7/92
12
8/2/90
13
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DOC 8697-AN/800
Amendment 1
8 February 1990
Transmitt.al
AERONAUTICAT,
C
H
B
TM
A
N
U
&
1.
Iand d i t i otneox t e n s i vceh a n g eosafend i t o r i anla t u r et ,h i s
on which new o r r e v i s e d g u i d a n c e
amendment introduces changes of substance
given,concerning:
is
the mandatory provision of t h e o r d e r of accuracy on t h e t h r e e

ICAO Types A, B and e ;
Aerodrome Obstacle Charts
the promulgation of i n f o r m a t i o n on v i s u a l a p p r o a c h s l o p e
indicator systems to be
shown on t h e V i s u a l Approach Chart
ICAC and t h e Aerodrome Chart - ICAO;
t h e p r o v i s i o n of information on t h e boundary of t h e a i r t r a f f i c
c o n t r o l service f o r t h e Aerodrome Chart - ICAO, t h e Aerodrome
ICAO and t h e A i r c r a f t P a r k i n g / D o c k i n g
Ground Movement Chart
Chart
ICAO ; and
t h e i l l u s t r a t i o n ofpermanentcablecarinstallationsonthe
World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:l 000 000, t h e A e r o n a u t i c a l
Chart
ICAO 1:500 000 and t h e A e r o n a u t i c a l N a v i a g a t i o n C h a r t
ICAO Small Scale.
2.
To i n c o r p o r a t e amendment 1 r e p l a c e e x i s t i n g -p a- g e- s by t h e new and
replacementpagesdated
8 / 2 / 9 9 . E n t e rt h er e c o r d
of t h i s amendment on page
(ii) of t h e Manual.

Not for Resale
CHECKLIST
Paue
Paw5
Date
( i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
812
190
(VI
(vi1
(vii)
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
16/9/87
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
8/2/90
8/2/90
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
Date
-
7-3-9
7-3-10
8/2/90
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
APP. 1
APP. 2
7/1/87
7/1/87
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
7-1-1
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8
7-2-9
7-2-10
7-2-11
7-2-12
7-2-13
7-2-14
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
7-3-1
7-3-2
7-3-3
7-3-4
7-3-5
7-3-6
7-3-7
7-3-8
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
6/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Paae
Not for Resale
7-3-11
7-3-12
7-3-13
7-3-14
7-3-15
7-3-16
7-3-17
7-3-18
7-3-19
7-4-1
7-4-2
7-4-3
7-4-4
7-4-5
7-4-6
7-4-7
7-4-8
7-4-9
7-4-10
7-4-11
7-4-12
7-4-13
7-4-14
7-4-15
7-4-16
7-5-1
7-5-2
7-5-3
7-5-4
7-5-5
7-5-6
7-5-7
7-5-8
7-5-9
7-5-10
7-5-11
7-5-12
7-5-13
7-5-14
7-5-15
7-5-16
Date
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
Date
-
Pase
7-6-1
7-6-2
7-6-3
7-6-4
7-6-5
7-6-6
7-6-7
7-6-8
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
7-9-7
7-9-8
7-9-9
7-9-10
7-9-11
7-9-12
7-7-1
7-7-2
7-7-3
7-7-4
7-7-5
7-7-6
7-7-7
7-7-8
7-7-9
7-7-10
7-7-11
7-7-12
7-7-13
7-7-14
7-7-15
7-7-16
7-7-17
7-8-1
7-8-2
7-8-3
7-8-4
7-8-5
7-8-6
7-8-7
7-8-8
7-8-9
7-8-10
7-8-11
7-8-12
7-8-13
7-8-14
7-8-15
7-9-1
7-9-2
7-9-3
7-9-4
7-9-5
7-9-6
8/2/90
7-10-1
7-10-2
7-10-3
7-10-4
7-10-5
7-10-6
7-10-7
7-10-8
7-10-9
7-10-10
7-10-11
7-10-12
7-11-1
7-11-2
7-11-3
7-11-4
7-11-5
7-11-6
7-11-7
?-11-8
7-11-9
7-11-3.0
7-11-11
7-11-12
7-11-13
7-11-14
7-11-15
7-11-16
7-11-17
7-11-18
7-11-19
7-11-20
7-11-21
7-11-22
7-11-23
7-11-24
7-11-25
Date
Paqe
Date
8/2/90
7-12-3
7-12-4
7-12-5
7-12-6
7-12-7
7-12-8
7-12-9
7-12-10
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
7-12-1
7-12-2
16/9/87
16/9/87
7-13-1
7-13-2
7-13-3
7-13-4
7-13-5
7-13-6
7-13-7
7-13-8
7-14-1
7-14-2
7-14-3
7-14-4
7-14-5
7-14-6
7-14-7
7-15-1
7-15-2
7-15-3
7'15-4
7-15-5
7-15-6
7-15-7
7-15-8
7-16-1
7-16-2
7-16-3
7-16-4
7-16-5
7-16-6
7-16-7
7-16-8
7-16-9
7-16-10
7-16-11
7-16-12
7-16-13
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Paae
Paae
Date
Paqe
Date
7-16-14
7-16-15
7-16-16
7-16-17
7-16-18
7-16-19
7-16-20
7-16-21
8/2/90
8/2/90
.8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
7-18-8
7-18-9
7-18-10
7-18-11
7-18-12
7-18-13
7-18-14
7-18-15
7-18-16
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
7-17-1
7-17-2
7-17-3
7-17-4
7-17-5
7-17-6
7-17-7
7-17-8
7-17-9
7-17-10
7-17-11
7-17-12
7-17-13
7-17-14
7-17-15
7-17-16
7-17-17
7-17-18
7-17-19
7-17-20
7-17-21
7-17-22
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
7-19-1
7-19-2
7-19-3
7-19-4
7-19-5
7-19-6
7-19-7
7-19-8
7-19-9
7-19-10
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
8/2/90
8/2/90
c-4
7-18-1
7-18-2
7-18-3
7-18-4
7-18-5
7-18-6
7-18-7
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
8/2/90
A- 1
A- 2
A- 3
A-4
A- 5
A- 6
A- 7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
A-16
A-17
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
Specimen Charts
1
8/2/90
2
8/2/90
3
7/1/87
4
7/1/87
5
7/1/87
6
7/1/87
6.1
7/1/87
7
8/2/90
8
8/2/90
9
8/2/90
10
8/2/90
11
8/2/90
12
8/2/90
13
8/2/90
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Date
A-18
A19
A-2 0
A-2 1
A-22
A-2 3
A-24
A-2 5
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
8/2/90
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
8/2/90
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
c-1
c-2
c-3
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
16/9/87
4 8 4 3 4 30b0 3 5 3 3 4
I C A O 8697 t t
209
DOC 8697-AN/800
S e c o n dE d i t i o n1 9 8 7
7 J a n u a r y1 9 8 7
Addendum
(16/9/87)
T r a n s m i t t a lN o t e
AERONAUTICAL
CHART
1.
T h ai sd d e n d u cmo n s i s t s
MANUAL
of t hr e m a i n i npga g e s
,in t h e T a b l e
of Doc 8 6 9 7a n dc o r r e s p o n d st ot h o s ep a r t s
7 J a n u a r y1 9 8 7m a r k e dw i t ha na s t e r i s k
Chapter 7
of t h e S e c o nEdd i t i o n
of C o n t e n t si s s u e d on
(*):
PREPARATION OF SPECIFIC CHARTS

A e r o d r o m eO b s t a c l eC h a r t
ICAO Type B
7.6
P r e c i s i o nA p p r o a c hT e r r a i nC h a r t
- ICAO
7 . 1 2V i s u a lA p p r o a c hC h a r t
- ICAO
7 . 1 6W o r l dA e r o n a u t i c a lC h a r t
ICAO 1:l 000 000
7.17 A e r o n a u t i c a lC h a r t
I C A O 1:500 000
7 . 1 8A e r o n a u t i c a lN a v i g a t i o nC h a r t
- ICAO S m a l lS c a l e
7.19
P l o t t i n gC h a r t
- ICAO
7.4
Appendix B
- BIBLIOGRAPHY AND
Appendix C
REFERENCE MATERIAL
T R A I N I N G FACILITIES
2.
These new a nr de p l a c e m e np ta g es sh o u lbidne s e r t eit dnh e i r
a l l r e m a i n i n gp a g e s of t h e F i r s t E d i t i o n s h o u l d b e
a p p r o p r i a t ep l a c e sa n d
discarded.
3.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
aI nc c o r d a n cwei t h1 e9 6 6
AIS/MAP D i v i s i o nM
a le e t i n g
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n sn o t e di nt h e
FOREWORD, p a g e( i v ) of t h eA e r o n a u t i c a lC h a r t
Manual, t h e s t a n d i n g i n v i t a t i o n t o s u b m i t
amendment m a t e r i a l f o r t h e M a n u a 1 , i s
b r o u g h tt oy o u ra t t e n t i o n .
Material t ou p d a t eA p p e n d i c e s
B and C wouldbe
p a r t i c u l a r l y welcomed a t t h i s time.

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
**
4 8 4 1 4 L b 0015135 145
DOC8697-AN/889/2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Aeronautical
Chart
Manual
SECOND EDITION
- 1987
Prepared by the Secretariat

and published by authority of the Secretary General
INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGANIZATION

Not for Resale
Published in separate English, French, Russian and Spanish

editions by the International
Civil Aviation Organization.All correspondence, except orders and subscriptions, should
be addressed to the Secretary General.
Orders for this publication should be sent to one of the following addresses, together with the
appropriate remittance (by bank draft or post office money order) in U.S. dollars or the currency
of the country in which the order is'placed.
Document Sales Unit
International Civil Aviation Organization
l o o 0 Sherbrooke Street West, Suite 400
Montreal, Quebec
Canada H3A 2R2
Argentina. El Ateneo, Pedro Garcia S.A.L.E. e I., Dpto. Compras - Importaci6n.

Patagones 2463, 1282 Buenos Aires.
Egypf. ICAO Representative, Middle East and Eastern African Office,
16 Hassan Sabri, Zamalek, Cairo.
France. Representant de l'OACI, Bureau Europe, 3 bis, villa Emile-Bergerat,
92522 Neuilly-sur-Seine (Cedex).
India. Oxford Book and Stationery Co., Scindia House, New Delhi
or 17 Park Street, Calcutta.
Jupan. Japan Civil Aviation Promotion Foundation, 15-12, l-chome, Toranomon,
Minato-Ku, Tokyo.
Kenya. ICAO Representative, Eastern African Office, United Nations
Accommodation, P.O. Box 46294 Nairobi.
Mexico. Representante de la OACI, Oficina Norteamerica y Caribe,
Apartado postal 5-377, C.P. 11590, Mexico 5 , D.F.
Peru. Representante de la OACI, Oficina Sudamtrica, Apartado 4127, Lima 100.
Senegal. Representant de I'OACI, Bureau Afrique, Boite postale 2356, Dakar.
Spain. Librerfa de Aeroniutica y Astronfiutica Sumaas, Desengaiio, 12-3"-3, Madrid 13.
Thailand. ICAO Representative, Asia and Pacific Office, P.O. Box 614, Bangkok.
United Kingdom. Civil Aviation Authority, Printing and Publications Services,
Greville House, 37 Gratton Road, Cheltenham, Glos., GL50 2BN.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Do you receive
the ICAO BULLETIN?
The ICAO Bulletin contains a concise account of the activities of the
Organization as well as articles of interest to the aeronautical world.
The Bulletin will also keep you up to date onthe latest ICAO
publications, their contents, amendments, supplements, corrigenda
and prices.
Available in three separate editions: English, French and Spanish.

Annual subscription: U.S.$15.00 (surface mail); U.S.$20.00 (air mail).

Not for Resale
Aeronautical
Chart
Manual
(DOC
8697-AN/889/2)
SECO-NDEDITION - 1987
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

permitted without
licenseServi
from IHS ces, 2000
I No
nfreproduction
or tmtor networking
i on Hand1
i ng
Not for Resale
AMENDMENTS
The issue of amendments is announced in the ICAO Bulletin and in the monthly
supplements to the Catalogue of ICAO Publications, which holders of this
publication should consult. These amendments are available free upon request.
(ii)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
FOREWORD
The Standards and Recommended Practices (SAWS) and explanatory notes contained in Annex 4 - Aeronautical
Charts define the obligations of States to make available certain ICAO aeronautical chart types, and specify chart
coverage, format, identification and content including standardized symbology and colour use. The goal is to satisfy the
need for uniformity and consistency in the provision of a broad range of aeronautical charts that contain appropriate
information of a defined quality. The aeronautical charts required by all segments of the aviation community can thus
be provided in the form, quality and variety in which they best serve their function.
The purpose of this manual is to explain the obligations of States for providing aeronautical charts and to describe
methods for their production, distribution and maintenance. It is also intended that the manual:
a) assist both governmental and non-governmental charting agencies in the uniform application of the SARPs
contained in Annex 4;
b) promote maximum efficiency in the organization and operation of services providing aeronautical charts; and
c) assist States in the training of personnel responsible for the production of aeronautical charts.
In the development of the manual some limitation of the contents was necessary. The manual does not generally
cover how informatioddata to be charted is derived before it reaches the cartographer. The manual does, however,
often indicate who or which authority should be supplying the information and provides references to associated
documents. It has been assumed that each State has some cartographic capacity and that it would be unnecessary to
give significant consideration to basic cartographic practices and techniques. Also, techniques specific to particular
cartographic software and hardware are not covered as those elements would be included in the training and
documentation provided by the producers and vendors of those products. The scope of the manual is therefore generally
limited to those aspects which concern the application of Annex 4 SAWS to aeronautical chart production and chart
distribution.
The manual is published in furtherance of Recommendation 11/1 of the Aeronautical Information Services and
Aeronautical Charts Divisional Meeting (Montreal, 13 April - 7 May 1966), and is published under the authority of the
Secretary General of ICAO. It should be read in conjunction with the latest editions of the following related ICAO
documents:
Annex 4 -Aeronautical Charts
Annex 15 -Aeronautical Information Services
DQC8 126 -Aeronautical Information Services Manual
Doc 8400 - Procedures for Air Navigation Services - ICAO Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC)
Doc 9674 - World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84)Manual
Users of this manual may also wish to consult the online Aviation Training Directory of ICAO at
http://www.icao.int/td/for institutions that provide training in aeronautical cartography.
With the exception of Chapter 7, references within square brackets [ ] at the right margin are to the governing
SARPs of Annex 4, and relate to the subsequent sub-paragraphs of the manual. In Chapter 7, the references, reflecting
the Annex 4 provisions concerned are listed in a separate column and are shown opposite the text. The second digit of
the page numbers in Chapter 7 correspond to chapters in Annex 4.
(iii)
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
fiv)
Amendment No. 3 introduces amended sections of Chapter 7 in portrait page format. A forthcoming amendment
will replace the remaining landscape format pages and include a revised Chapter 4 on cartographic techniques.
Users are invited to forward to ICA0 suggestions for improvements or additions based on their experience when
using the manual. Any contribution for inclusion in the manual, or any errors or discrepancies noticed therein, should
be brought to the attention of:
The Secretary General
International Civil Aviation Organization
999 University Street
Montreal, Quebec
CANADA
H3C 5H7
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Chapter 1
General
Evolution of Annex 4 ..........................................................................................................................

Functional relationship of aeronautical charts ....................................................................................
Obligation of States to provide charts .................................................................................................
National cartographic services ............................................................................................................
Relations with other States..................................................................................................................
Relations with other international organizations.................................................................................
1.I
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-5
Maintenance of charts
Nature of the problem .........................................................................................................................

Preventive measures............................................................................. :..............................................
Methods ..............................................................................................................................................
Frequency of revisions ........................................................................................................................
Issue of advance information...........................................................................................................
3.1
3.2.
3.3
,3.4
3.5
1-8
1-9
Requirements for aeronautical charts
Establishing the need for aeronautical charts ......................................................................................

Mandatory charts ................................................................................................................................
Non-mandatory charts.........................................................................................................................
Conditionally required charts .......................................................................... :
...................................
Chart groups........................................................................................................................................
Joint civilmilitary charts ..........................
.........................................................................................
Priorities..............................................................................................................................................
Relations with chart users ...................................................................................................................
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-4
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-6
Cartographic techniques .
(In preparation)
Chapter 5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Reproduction
Estimating demand..............................................................................................................................
Estimating production runs .................................................................................................................
Reproduction.................................................................................. ....................................................
Colours and multicolour printing ........................................................................................................
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-4
Appendix 1. Scale of Hypsometric and Bathymetric Tints

(World Aeronautical Chart -ICA0 1:1 O00 000)
Appendix 2. Scale of Hypsometric and Bathymetric Tints
(International Map of the World 1:1 O00 000)
No.3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
(vi)
Page
Introduction............................................................. :...........................................................................
Distribution with Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP)...........................................................
Distribution by subscription................................................................................................................
Distribution agencies ..........................................................................................................................
Availability of foreign charts .................................................. :...........................................................
Reciprocal exchange ...........................................................................................................................
Out-of-date charts ................................. :.............................................................................................
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Chapter 7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
7.17
7.18
7.19
7.20
7.21
Chart distribution
Preparation of specific charts
Introduction.........................................................................................................................................
General specifications.........................................................................................................................
Portrayal of relief on the Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO and other relevant charts .................
Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type A .....................................................................................
Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type B .....................................................................................
Aerodrome Obstacle Chart -ICAO Type C ............................................................................
........
Precision Approach Terrain Chart - ICA0 .......................................................................................
Enroute C h a l - ICAO ......................................................................................................................
Area Chart 1.
ICAO .........................................................................................................................
.I
Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO ...................................................................
Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO ...................................................................
Instrument Approach Chart -ICAO ..................................................................................................
Visual Approach Chart - ICAO ........................................................................................................
AerodromeHeliport Chart - ICAO ..................................................................................................
Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart - ICAO .................................................................................
Aircraft ParkingDocking Chart - ICAO ..........................................................................................
World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:1 O00 O00 ...............................................................................
Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:500 O00 .............................................................................................
Aeronautical Navigation Chart - ICAO Small Scale ........................................................................
Plotting Chart - ICAO ......................................................................................................................
Electronic Aeronautical Chart Display -ICAO (in preparation) ......................................................
Radar Minimum Altitude Chart -ICAO ..........................................................................................
Appendix A
Appendix B
...................................................................................................................................
Reference material .
ICAO publications.................................................................................
Definitions
Specimen charts (Envelope)

Chart 1
Chart 2
Chart 3
Chart 4
Chart 5
Chart 6
Chart 7
Chart 8
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-4
Aerodrome Obstacle Chart .

ICAO Type A (Operating limitations)
ICAO Type B
ICAO Type C
Precision Approach Terrain Chart .
ICAO
Enroute Chart .
ICAO
Area Chart .
ICAO
Standard Departure Chart .
Instrument (SID) .
ICAO
Standard Arrival Chart .
Instrument (STAR) - ICAO
No 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-1-1
7-2- 1
7-2-16
7-3-1
7-4-1
7-5- 1
7-6- 1
7-7-1
7-8-1
7-9- 1
7-10-1
7-11-1
7-12-1
7-13-1
7-14-1
7-15-1
7-16-1
7-17-1
7-18-1
7-19-1
7-20-1
7-21-1
A-1
B-1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 6
Table of Contents
(vii)
Page
Chart 9
Chart 10
Chart 11
Chart 12
Chart 13
Chart 14
Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO

Visual Approach Chart - ICAO
Aerodrome/Hehport Chart - ICAO
Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart - ICAO
Aircraft Parking/Docking Chart - ICAO
Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO
No. 3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
26/5/06
I C A O 8677
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035345 074
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL.
-Evolut-ion
.
1.1
.of
Anne.x 4
1.1.1
The I n t e r n a t i o nSatla n d a radnsd
Recommended P r a c t i c e s (SARPS) of
"Annex J
Aeronautical Maps andCharts" of t h e
Annex 4 had t h e i r i n c e p t i o n i n
Draft Technical Annexes adopted by t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l C i v i l AviationConference i n
Chicago in 1944. T h i s d r a f t m a t e r i a l
formed t h e b a s i s f o r t h e
workof
the first
Meetingofthe
M A P Sub-Committee o f t h e PICA0 A i r NavigationCommittee i n 1945.
Further development and refinement
was continued by four meetings of t h e
AeronauticalChartsDivision(1945,1947,1948and19511,
bycombined
meetings of
theAeronauticalInformationServicesandAeronauticalChartsDivisionheldin
1959
and1966and,
i n a l i m i t e d way, by o t h e r d i v i s i o n a l c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e
Organization.
A MAP Panel was o r g a n i z e d i n 1 9 5 8 t o
do p r e p a r a t o r y work f o r t h e
f i r s t of these twocombined meetings.
1.1.2
Standards and Recommended Practices f ao er r o n a u t i ccahl a rw
t se r e
f i r s t a d o p t e d by the Council in 1948and were d e s i g n a t e d a s Annex 4 t o t h e
C o n v e n t i o no nI n t e r n a t i o n a lC i v i l . A v i a t i o n
a t t h a t time. The o r i g i n a l SARPS were
a l l types of c h a r t s b u t w i t h e m p h a s i s
w r i t t e n so as t o b e g e n e r a l l y a p p l i c a b l e t o
on t h e World AeronauticalChart 1:l 000 000. A s successivemeetings were h e l d ,
Standardsand Recommended P r a c t i c e s f o r o t h e r s p e c i f i c t y p e s w e r e p r e p a r e d
so that
by t h e t i m e t h e f i r s t
combined d i v i s i o n a l m e e t i n g was h e l d , some eleven types had
of t h e s e
beendesignated.
However, t h e r e was s t i l l no o b l i g a t i o nt op r o d u c ea n y
charts
1.1.3
On t hees t a b l i s h m e n t
of t h e MAP P a n et lheen t i rsei t u a t i o n
was
reviewed on t h e b a s i s of d e v e l o p i n g i n t u r n t h e o p e r a t i o n a l r e q u i r e m e n t s o r
t o be s a t i s f i e d , t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s
of g e n e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n ,
c h a r t s ,t h ef u n c t i o n s
thespecificationsforindividualtypes
of c h a r t s w i t h d u e r e g a r d t o t h e i r
o f S t a t e st op r o d u c ec h a r t s .
The
f u n c t i o n a li n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i pa n dt h eo b l i g a t i o n s
D i v i s i o na c c e p t e dt h e s ec o n c e p t s
and they are r e f l e c t e d in t h ep r e s e n t SARPS. A
more d e t a i l e d a c c o u n t of t h e h i s t o r i c a l backgroundof
Annex 4 , i n c l u d i n g t h e m a j o r
Foreword t o
elements of t h e v a r i o u s amendments t o t h e Annex, i s c o n t a i n e d i n t h e
the Annex.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
On 27 February
1984
and 18 March 1985,
the
Council
of ICAO adopted
1.1.4
amendments (Nos 46 and 47) t o Annex 4 which c o n s t i t u t e d m a j o r c h a n g e s t o t h e
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s of t h a t Annex. These amendments, d e v e l o p e dw i t ht h ea s s i s t a n c e
of a
Study Group, a f f e c t e d l a r g e l y t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r c h a r t s t o b e u s e d
i n the
cockpit. They a l s oi n t r o d u c e ds p e c i f i c a t i o n sf o rf i v e
new c h a r t s , i.e. Aerodrome
ICAO; AircraftParking/DockingChart
ICAO; Standard
Ground Movement Chart
DepartureChartInstrument(SID)
ICAO; StandardArrivalChart
Instrument (STAR)
ICAO; andAerodrome
ObstacleChart
ICAO Type C , a n d d e l e t e d t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s
ICAO.
for the Landing Chart

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
1-2
I
-
1.2
IfM
4841416 0035346 T20
.
*
I
d
F u nc t i onal
Ae.r_onautical Chart Manual
r e l a t i o n s hofi p a e r o n a u t k a l
charts
1.2.1
As i n d i c a t eid1n. 1 . 3itn,hlea t esrt a g e s
development
of
of
Annex
4 , c a r e was t a k e n t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r e a c h t y p e o f c h a r t t o o k
account of t h e i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p
of c h a r t s and t h e n e e d f o r e a s y t r a n s i t i o n f r o m
of flightoperations.Forexample,the
one c h a r t t o a n o t h e ri nt h ev a r i o u sp h a s e s
EnrouteChart and t h e Area C h a r t a r e complementaryandcover
similar requirements
fornavigationintheen-route
and t e r m i n a l a r e a p h a s e s r e s p e c t i v e l y , a n d i n t h e
compilation of any such pair
of c h a r t s , t h e f u n c t i o n a l i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p
embodied
i nt h es p e c i f i c a t i o n ss h o u l db ef u l l ye x p l o i t e d .S i m i l a r l y ,t h e r e
i s an
inter-relationship between the
Area ChartandtheInstrument
Approach C h a r t , t h e
Approach Chartandthe
Aerodrome C h a r t , e t c .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.2.2
this aspect
to
The m a ifnu n c t i o ntbsotea k einn taoc c o u ngti v i ndguceo g n i z a n c e

of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t d e s i g n a r e :
1) u s e of a common p r o j e c t i o n ;
2 )s e l e c t i o n
o f s c a l e s ,t h er e l a t i v ev a l u e so f
easilycomprehensible, e.g.10
t o 1;
c h a r t i s a l a r g e rs c a l ep o r t i o n
3)
r a t i o n a lc o v e r a g e
of another;
4)
s e l e c t i o n of s p o te l e v a t i o n s l h e i g h t s and o t h e rt e r r a i n
information,cultureandaeronauticaldata
which w i l l f a c i l i t a t e
t r a n s i t i o n fromone c h a r t t o a n o t h e r ; and
5)
simultaneousissue
revisions.
whereone
These v a r i o u s f a c t o r s h a v e b e e n t r e a t e d i n
of S p e c i f i c C h a r t s .
1.3
whichshouldbe
of r e l a t e dc h a r t s ,b o t h
new c h a r t s and
more d e t a i l i n C h a p t e r
Preparation
O b l i gS
aptoriatfoo
t en
vcsihdaer t s
Convention
on I n t e r n a t i o n a l
1.3.1
Under t h e terms of A r t i c l e 28 of the
C i v i lA v i a t i o n ,e a c hC o n t r a c t i n gS t a t eh a su n d e r t a k e n ,
so f a r a s p r a c t i c a b l e , t o
adopt and put into operation the Standards
and o t h e r o p e r a t i o n a l p r a c t i c e s
and
r u l e s whichmightbe
recommended o r established from time t o time p u r s u a n t t o t h e
Convention. One such s e t of Standardsand Recommended P r a c t i c e s i s c o n t a i n e di n
Annex 4 t o the Convention,whichlays
down s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r t h e p r o d u c t i o n
and
d i s s e m i n a t i o n( i n c l u d i n gt h e i ra v a i l a b i l i t y )
of c e r t a i n t y p e s of a e r o n a u t i c a l
charts.Theirpurpose
is t oc o n t r i b u t et ot h es a f e t y ,r e g u l a r i t y
and e f f i c i e n c yo f
i n t e r n a t i o n a l a i r n a v i g a t i o n by s p e c i f y i n g t h e t y p e s
of c h a r t s t o be made
a v a i l a b l e , and by ensuring adequate uniformity for
a l l c h a r t s w i t h i n i t s scope.
Another s e t of Standards and Recommended P r a c t i c e s i s c o n t a i n e d i n Annex 15 t o t h e
Convention, which d e a l s w i t h t h e c o l l e c t i o n a n d d i s s e m i n a t i o n ( i n c l u d i n g
its
a v a i l a b i l i t y ) ofaeronauticalinformationforuse
by a l l t y p e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l
a i r c r a f t o p e r a t i o n s , andwhich i s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e a e r o n a u t i c a l
of Annex 1 5 ) . The
i n f o r m a t i o ns e r v i c e ( A I S ) e s t a b l i s h e d by e a c hS t a t e( c f .3 . 1
8/2/ 90

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
Chaeter 1 - General
-
**
."UU
i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i pb e t w e e nt h e s e
subsequent paragraphs.
4843436 0015147 967
m
1-3
two Annexes i s t r e a t e d i n some d e t a i l i n
11.3.1,
1.3.2,
1.3.31
Annex 4 r e q u i r eesa cC
h o n t r a c t i nSgt a tteon s u rtehaev a i l a b i l i t y
of t h e r e q u i r e d c h a r t s e i t h e r
by p r o d u c i n g t h e c h a r t s i t s e l f , o r
by a r r a n g i n g f o r
production by a n o t h e r C o n t r a c t i n g S t a t e o r
by an agency, which should be provided
w i t ht h en e c e s s a r yd a t a .F o ra n yc h a r to rs i n g l es h e e to f
a c h a r t s e r i e s which
includestheterritoryof
two o r more C o n t r a c t i n g S t a t e s , t h e S t a t e s w i t h
jurisdiction over the territory
s o included are r e q u i r e d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e
manner i n
w h i c ht h ec h a r to rs h e e t
w i l l be made a v a i l a b l e . I n r e a c h i n g
a d e c i s i o n ,d u e
regard should be given
t o r e g i o n a l a i r navigation agreements approved
by t h e
Council of ICAO, normally on the advice of Regional
A i r NavigationMeetingsandto
any programme of a l l o c a t i o n e s t a b l i s h e d by theCouncilof
ICAO.
Such agreements
and a l l o c a t i o n s a r e n o r m a l l y r e f l e c t e d i n t h e
Air N a v i g a t i o n P l a n p u b l i c a t i o n f o r
each ICAO Region. Annex 4 a l s o r e q u i r e s e a c h C o n t r a c t i n g S t a t e t o p r o v i d e
all
i n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g t o i t s t e r r i t o r y t h a t is necessarytoenableanyother
C o n t r a c t i n g S t a t e t o implement i t s c h a r t programme.
1.3.2
C1.3.41
The i n c r e a s esdp e eoadfi r c r a ftto, g e t h ewri tghr e a t er ar n gi en
air traffic
operatingaltitudesandroutestages,andtheincreasingcongestionof
impose r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r r a p i d c h a r t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n
and some l a t i t u d e f o r
improvements i n c h a r t d e s i g n t o
meet changingoperationalneeds.There
is a
continuing need f o r e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n i n t h e s e d i r e c t i o n s b u t
a b a l a n c e h a s t o be
s t r u c k among u n i f o r m i t y i n c h a r t p r e s e n t a t i o n , o p e r a t i o n a l r e q u i r e m e n t s ,
and t h e
To promoteworld-wide
need t o u s e t h e most e f f i c i e n t andeconomicaltechniques.
adoption of new techniques and production methods
of proven value, Annex 4
recommends the exchange without charge between Contracting States
of a p p r o p r i a t e
charts,sincecartographic
methodsandtechniquesaremajorfactorsgoverning
on new
a b i l i t y t o m e e ta e r o n a u t i c a lc a r t o g r a p h i cr e q u i r e m e n t s .A l s o ,i n f o r m a t i o n
c h a r t i n g t e c h n i q u e s and production methods a s s u c h s h o u l d r e c e i v e t h e w i d e s t
possibledissemination.
1.3.3
The e f f e c t i vfeu n c t i o n
of AIS p r e - f l i g hi nt f o r m a t i ounn i t s
is partly
1.3.4
dependent upon t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y o f a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s f o r f l i g h t p l a n n i n g a n d
p l o t t i n g p u r p o s e s , and t h e s e c h a r t s a r e i n t u r n d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e e o - o p e r a t i v e
e f f o r t s ofthoseresponsibleforcompilinganddraughting
them a s well as of those
raw i n f o r m a t i o n f o r t h e p r e s c r i b e d a e r o n a u t i c a l
responsiblefororiginatingthe
overlays. A l l branches of endeavourinvolvedintheproductionof
a State's
aeronauticalchartsneedtobeawareofthefunctionalinter-relationships
as of s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d r e l a t e d r e q u i r e m e n t s . S a f e a i r
i n v o l v e d ,a sw e l l
navigationrequirestimely,up-to-dateandaccurateaeronauticalchartsthat
meet
currentaviationneeds;buttheavailability
of s u c h c h a r t s must pre-supposean
a d e q u a t ec a r t o g r a p h i ce s t a b l i s h m e n t ,e x p e r i e n c ei na e r o n a u t i c a lc a r t o g r a p h y ,
adequatebasicsurveys,theavailability
of t h e d a t a r e q u i r e d f o r t h e t o p o g r a p h i c
baseandaeronauticaloverlays,awareness
of thecircumstancesunderwhichthe
c h a r t s r e q u i r e t o berevisedandtherelated
amendment c y c l e s , a p p r e c i a t i o n o f t h e
n a t u r e of t h e demand, and f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e d i v i s i o n o f r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r
compilation and production of t h e c h a r t s a n d t h e m a c h i n e r y e s t a b l i s h e d f o r
It i s incumbentoneachContractingState
c o - o r d i n a t i o no ft h i sa c t i v i t y .
thereforetoensuretheliason
a n da r r a n g e m e n t sn e c e s s a r yf o rt h ee f f i c i e n t
discharge of t h e c o - o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t i n v o l v e d i n t h e p r o d u c t i o n a n d d i s s e m i n a t i o n
e
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
Not for Resale
1-4
KanuaP
Chart
Aeronautical
of aeronautical charts, T k f s is particularly significant where the aeronauticar

chart programme is administered an
byagency outsideof the aviation
administration.
1.4
National
cartographic
services
1.4.1
Local
circumstances
generally
determine
the
administrative
arrangements of States with regardto their nationa-l cartographic services. While
these arrangements varyas between States dependingon the existing infrastructure
and the availability of suitable
staff, accommodation and facilities, they commonly
take, with minor variations, one of the following forms:
1) a department of surveys or national equivalent responsible
for the entire governmental charting programme including

aeronautical charts, in some cases with assistance from military
cartographic units;
2)
a department of surveys or.equivalentbody responsible for .

ministering to governmental needs for topographi-c maps and
charts as well as small scale aeronautical charts, other
aeronautical charts being the responsibility
of a unit in the
national civil aviation administration responsible or the
aeronautical information services; or
3)
a department of surveys or national equivalent responsible

for
1.4.2
While it is not the purpose of this manual
to concern itself with
charts other than aeronautical charts,
it will be evident from the foregoing
analysis of the general pattern of cartographic responsibility that the production
of aeronautical charts is controlled,
in all cases where this
is not the
responsibility of a government Department distinct from the national civil aviation
authority, by the unit responsible for administering the aeronautical information
service which 3 . 1 of Annex 15 requires each Contracting State
to provide. It is
important that there should a
be proper appreciation
of this, s o that the necessary
machinery could be set in motion for organizing and co-ordinating the production of
as to ensure their availability as required,
aeronautical charts in such a manner
their conformitywith the stipulated specifications and amendment cycles, and
proper liaison between the civil
aviation administration and the chart-producing
agency in all cases where these are not identical.

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the governmental charting programme with the exception

of
aeronautical charts, which are
the responsibility of the unit
of
within the national civil aviation administration in charge
the aeronautical information service
(AIS), the AIS in some
cases havingthe assistanceof the national cartographic service
of the topographic base for
in the compilation and draughting
small scale visual
air navigation charts, and perhaps drawing
on
the servicesof military cartographic units, or on a commercial
chart-producing agency or similar charts.
ICAO Bb77
**
4841436 0015149 7 3 T
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.3.1, 1.3.21
1.4.3
While
the
chart-producing
agency,
governmental
commercial,
or
is
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r making a v a i l a b l e a c c u r a t e c h a r t s
and d a t a on r e q u e s t and f o r t i m e l y
implementation of s p e c i f i c a t i o n s and r e v i s i o n c y c l e s , t h e a e r o n a u t i c a l i n f o m a t i o n
s e r v i c e of e a c h S t a t e i s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r e n s u r i n g t h e i r a v a i l a b i l i t y t o f l i g h t
crews, p a r t i c u l a r l y a t theaerodrome AIS u n i t s
o p e r a t i o n sp e r s o n n e li n c l u d i n ga i r
a i r o p e r a t i o n s( c f .
e s t a b l i s h e d a t aerodromesnormallyusedforinternational
7.1.1, 7.1.2, Annex 15). The a e r o n a u t i c a li n f o r m a t i o ns e r v i c e sa r e
3.1.3,3.1.4,
a
alsorequiredtopublishintheirAeronauticalInformationPublications
d e s c r i p t i o n and l i s t of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s e r i e s a v a i l a b l e
and a n i n d i c a t i o n of
theirintendeduseincludingdetails
of how t h e c h a r t s may be obtainedand a l i s t
of sales a g e n c i e s( c f . 8 . 1 , 8.2, of Appendix 1, Annex 15).
E1.3.31
So much depends upon a States
departmental
arrangements,
which
are
1.4.4
l a r g e l y d i c t a t e d by t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y of f u n d s a n d / o r c o m p e t e n t s t a f f , t h a t
it is
notpracticabletosuggestanidealarrangementwhichcouldbeuniformlyapplied.
It would beadvantageous,however,for
a S t a t e sc a r t o g r a p h i cs e r v i c e st ob e
as
s e l f - c o n t a i n e di nt h e
matter of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s as l o c a lc i r c u m s t a n c e sp e r m i t
s i n c e t h i s would f a c i l i t a t e c o n t r o l of t h e c h a r t - p r o d u c i n g o p e r a t i o n i n
all its
phases by a s i n g l e u n i t , b e s i d e s s a v i n g
time, e f f o r t a n d money by r e d u c i n g t h e
number of u n i t s s e p a r a t e l y a d m i n i s t e r e d
and t h er e c o r d sa n dr e f e r e n c ed o c u m e n t st o
bemaintained.
Such anarrangementwouldalsosimplifyco-ordination
and l i a i s o n .
Insituationswherethecartographicserviceswithin
a S t a t e are e n t i r e l y t h e
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of B d e p a r t m e n t o t h e r t h a n t h a t w h i c h c o n t r o l s c i v i l a v i a t i o n , t h e r e
is a s p e c i a l need f o r c o - o r d i n a t i o n and l i a i s o n b e t w e e n t h e two d e p a r t m e n t s i n t h e
matter of a v a i l a b i l i t y , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d
amendment c y c l e s , t h e r e q u i r e m e n t f o r
t h e s ec h a r t ss p r i n g i n g
from c i v i la v i a t i o nn e e d s .
The chartsthemselvesmust
portrayvalidaeronauticalinformationconcerningfacilitiesandprocedures
available to international
a i r navigationonwhichonlytheagencyresponsiblefor
them i s i n a p o s i t i o nt op r o v i d e
bona f i d ei n f o r m a t i o n .
Where t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
is entirelywithinthepurview
of t h e d e p a r t m e n t
foraeronauticalcharts
c o n t r o l l i n gc i v i la v i a t i o n ,c o - o r d i n a t i o n
and l i a i s o n , as well as i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s andrequirements,
are l i m i t e d t o t h e t e c h n i c a l b r a n c h e s w i t h i n t h a t
departmentwhich a r e involved i nc h a r tp r o d u c t i o n .D e p a r t m e n t sr e s p o n s i b l ef o r
c i v i l a v i a t i o n may however f i n d i t more economical t o d e l e g a t e t h e p r o d u c t i o n
of
s m a l l - s c a l ec h a r t st oe i t h e rt h ed e p a r t m e n tr e s p o n s . i b l ef o rt o p o g r a p h i cc h a r t so r
t o a commercialchart-producingagency,oreven,throughbilateralagreement,to
t h ec a r t o g r a p h i cs e r v i c e s
of a n o t h e r S t a t e ; t h i s
i s e s p e c i a l l y s o wherethe demand
f o r them i s s l i g h t . It i s i m p o r t a n tt on o t et h a t ,w h a t e v e ra r r a n g e m e n t sf o r
p r o d u c t i o n of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s are i n f o r c e i n a S t a t e , t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r
and
t h e i ra v a i l a b i l i t y ,a d e q u a c y ,a c c u r a c y
and r e v i s i o n i s p l a c e d o n t h a t S t a t e ,
as well as
thatthisresponsibility
encompassesco-ordinationandliaison,
necessarypriorityforaeronauticalchartsinthenationalchart-production
programme.

Not for Resale
**
W 484L4Lb 0015L50 451
1-6
-__.__
Aeronautical Chart
Manual
1.4.5
Within
each
of the
designated
departments
and
agencies
an
a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l e.g.theChief
of t h e s e c t i o n r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e p r o d u c t i o n
of a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t si nt h ec h a r t - p r o d u c i n gd e p a r t m e n to ra g e n c y ,a n dt h eC h i e f
of t h e AIS s e c t i o n i n t h e d e p a r t m e n t r e s p o n s i b l e f o r c i v i l a v i a t i o n , s h o u l d b e
chargedwiththeresponsibility
of m a i n t a i n i n g d a y - t o - d a y l i a i s o n , f o r s o l v i n g
p u r e l yl o c a lp r o b l e m so rd e v e l o p i n gl o c a lp r o c e d u r e s ,a n df o rs a t i s f y i n gt h e
requirementstothebestpossibleextentwithfacilities
and s t a f f a l r e a d y
a v a i l a b l e . Where t h e t e r r i t o r y u n d e r t h e c o n t r o l
of a S t a t e f o r c i v i l a v i a t i o n
purposes i s a d m i n i s t e r e d t h r o u g h r e g i o n a l u n i t s
i t may b e n e c e s s a r y t o a p p o i n t
appropriate officials in each regional unit
who would operate under delegated
a u t h o r i t yo f , and i n a c c o r d a n c ew i t hi n s t r u c t i o n sf r o m ,t h e s eC h i e f s .T h e s e
d e s i g n a t e d o f f i c i a l s would a l s o b e r e s p o n s i b l e , w i t h i n t h e i r d e p a r t m e n t s , f o r
by t h e S t a t e , on a l l matters
initiatingaction,throughthemachineryestablished
a f f e c t i n gc u r r e n tp o l i c y ,
as w e l l a s r e c r u i t m e n t a n d t r a i n i n g n o t a l r e a d y . p r o v i d e d
f o r by the S t a t e .I n
some circumstances i t may befoundadvantageoustoform
a
"board" c o n s i s t i n g of t h e more i m p o r t a n tp r o v i d e r s of f a c i l i t i e s , s e r v i c e s and
f u n d sf o rt h es o l ep u r p o s e
of s o l v i n g p r o b l e m s w h i c h r e q u i r e t h e i r i n t e r v e n t i o n , o r
f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d r a f t i n g of r e q u e s t s a f f e c t i n g c a r t o g r a p h i c p o l i c y a n d
recruitment.
1.4.6
E v e rpyo s s i b al et t e n t i osnh o u lbgdei v et n
o
hdee v e l o p m e n t
rsimp5.ifiedchartdistributionarrangementswithineach
of
State:
1) by e s t a b l i s h i n g a common c e n t r e f o r t h e
s a l e and d i s t r i b u t i o n of
a 1 1a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t sa n da s s o c i a t e d
AIS p u b l i c a t i o n s ; a
number of d i s t r i b u t i n g a g e n c i e s and l a c k of a s s o c i a t i o n w i t h
( A I P ) would c o m p l i c a t et h e
A e r o n a u t i c a lI n f o r m a t i o nP u b l i c a t i o n s
- d i s t r i b u t i o n of c h a r t s ;
2)
by i n c l u d i n g as many c h a r t s as , p r a c t i c a b l ei nA e r o n a u t i c a l
I n f o r m a t i o nP u b l i c a t i o n s (see Chapter 6 , 6.2 of t h i s m a n u a l ) ;
3)
by p r o v i d i n gs u b s c r i p t i o ns e r v i c ef o ra n yc h a r t sn o ta s s o c i a t e d
w i t h AIP; and
4) by p l a c i n gt h ep r o d u c t i o n
of f r e q u e n t l y amended c h a r t s( e . g .
e n - r o u t ec h a r t s )o n
a regularproductionscheduleinkeeping
w i t h t h e sates e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e S t a t e ' s a e r o n a u t i c a l
i n f o r m a t i o n service f o r a d v a n c e d i s t r i b u t i o n w i t h
a common
e f f e c t i v ed a t e .( r e f .
4.4.3, AIS Manual)
Statescouldalsoderiveadditionalbenefits
by a 8 c e r t a i n i n g t h e e x i s t e n c e a n d
a v a i l i n g t h e m s e l v e s of data,processesandtechniqueswhichwouldhelp
them t o
p r o v i d et h er e q u i r e dc h a r t s .V a l u a b l ei n f o r m a t i o nc o u l db eo b t a i n e d ,f o ri n s t a n c e ,
by n a t i o n a l , p u b l i c o r
- s m . l a r g e s c a l e t o p o g r a p h i c a l maps whichmightbepublished
: p P i v a t eo r g a - i r i z a t i o n s ,p a r t i c u l a r l yf - q ra r e a sa r o u n di n t e r n a t i o n a la e r o d r o m e s ,
whichwouldbe
helpful to those States
who havenotyetproducedaerodromeobstacle

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8697
I C A O 8697
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 1
**
4843416 0015151 398
- General
1-7
I n some S t a t e sc o n e i d e r a h l ea s s i s t a n c ec o u l db ed e r i v e df r o mm i l i t a r y
services and a i r c r a f t o p e r a t i n g a g e n c i e s w h i c h o p e r a t e a d v a n c e d c a r t o g r a p h i c u n i t s ,
be overlooked.
and t h i s s h o u l d n o t
charts.
1.4,7
Once t hvea r i o uasg e n c i ewsh i cchauns e f u l lpya r t i c i p a ti en
aeronautical chart-producing actio.ns have been determined, agreements providing for
maximum practicable co-operation should be concluded between the department
its
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r c i v i l aviationandthosedepartmentsoragenciesnotunder
c o n t r o l which a r e i n v o l v e d i n t h e a v e r - a l l p l a n f o r p r o d u c t i o n o f a e r o n a u t i c a l
charts.Theseagreements
must, of c o u r s e ,b es u f f i c i e n t l yd e t a i l e da n dd e l e g a t e
sufficientauthoritytoassureimmediateaction,appropriatelevels
of l i a i s o n , and
prompt exchangeofinformation.Sincetheefficiency
of t h ec a r t o g r a p h i cs e r v i c e s
w i l l dependupon t h e d e g r e e of c o - o p e r a t i o n e x i s t i n g b e t w e e n p a r t i c i p a t i n g
departmental u n i t e o r c a r t o g r a p h i c a g e n c i e s , d e s i g n a t e d o f f i c i a l s i n t h e s e u n i t s o r
at regularintervalstheagreements,theoperational
agencies should review
specifications,andthe
means a v a i l a b l e o r t h e e x c h a n g e
of i n f o r m a t i o n n e c e s s a r y
t oe n a b l et h eS t a n d a r d s
of Annex 4 t o b e met. The agreementsshouldensurethat
the f o l l o w i n g p o i n t s a r e c o v e r e d a s a p p r o p r i a t e :
1) d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e f a c i l i t i e s t o b e
c o n c e r n e d ,a n dt h e i rc a p a b i l i t i e s ;
made a v a i l a b l e by theagency
2)
scope of t h ea s s i s t a n c et ob ep r o v i d e d ,i n c l u d i n ga ni n d i c a t i o n
of a n y a d d i t i o n a l a s s i s t a n c e w h i c h
may be made a v a i l a b l e f a r
statedperiodsifrequired;
3)
t h e c h a r t s f o r whicheachagency
of coverage and quantity;
-,-
i s r e s p o n s i b l ei n c l u d i n g
area
4) t h e p r i o r i t i e s t o
b ea s s i g n e dt ot h ep r o d u c t i o no fa e r o n a u t i c a l
chartsbothinterse
and i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e n a t i o n a l
chart-production programme;
5)
t h el e v e l s
of l i a i s o n ,i n c l u d i n gd e s i g n a t i o n
of t h eo f f i c i a l :
a)
t o whom approachshouldbe
made, t o e n s u r e prompt i n i t i a t i o n
of a c t i o n c o n c e r n i n g r e f e r e n c e d o c u m e n t s , c h a r t
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s and a v a i l a b i l i t y r e q u i r e m e n t s ;
b)
who would normally make a r e q u e s t f o r i n i t i a t i o n

t o produce an assigned chart;
c)
whose u n i t wouldbe
d)
who wouldbe
r e s p o n s i b l ef o rc o - o r d i n a t i o n ,i nc a s e s
t h e r e i s a poolingofresources;
e)
who wauldbe
r e s p o n s i b l ef o rr e c o r d i n g ,v e r i f y i n g
e n t e r i n g new o r r e v i s e d i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e c h a r t ;
of a c t i o n
r e s p a n s i b l ef o rp r o d u c t i o n
of t h e c h a r t ;
where
and
8/2/90

i
I
Not for Resale
ICAO 8697
Chart
Aeronautical
6)
t h e common c e n t r e e s t a b l i s h e d f o r s a l e
and d i s t r i b u t i o n o ft h e
c h a r t s and a s s o c i a t e d AIS p u b l i c a t i o n s ;
7)
methodof
p u b l i c a t i o n of c h a r t s e.g.
separatesubscriptionservice;
8)
due n o t e of t h eR e g i o n a lP l a ni n
so f a r a s
responsibility for chart production;
9)
d e a d l i n e sf o rp r o d u c t i o n
by i n c l u s i o n i n
A I P or i n a
it a f f e c t s
and r e v i s i o n ;
10)anyspecialarrangementsconcerningthesharing
actions,includingprocedureforreimbursement
1.5
Manual
of c h a r t i n g
of c o s t s .
R e lSoaw
ttahiitoeteh
n
rss
[1.3.2.1]
1.5.1
The p r o v i s i o n of a v i a t i ocna r t o g r a p h isce r v i c ej so i n t l y
by two o r
more S t a t e s o r by d e l e g a t i o n of a u t h o r i t y t o a non-governmentalagency i s provided
f o r i n Annex 4. If arrangementsare made on a j o i n t b a s i s t h e n t h e p r i n c i p l e s
previouslyenunciatedforachievingco-ordinationandliaisoncanequallyapplyto
the State undertakingtheresponsibilityofprovidingthecharts,carebeingtaken
i s clearlydefined.
to ensure that any division
of r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s b e t w e e n S t a t e s
Each S t a t e , of course, remains responsible for the adequacy and accuracy
of
information promulgated regarding
i t s own t e r r i t o r y , and adequate liaison
mustbe
provided between the relevant technical departments
of e a c h S t a t e t o e n s u r e q u i c k
transmission of i n f o r m a t i o nt ot h ep u b l i s h i n gS t a t e .A l s o ,i n f o r m a t i o np u b l i s h e d
by one S t a t e f o r a n o t h e r must c l e a r l y i n d i c a t e t h a t
i t i s published under the
a u t h o r i t y of t h a t S t a t e .
1.5.2
Irfe s p o n s i b i l i t y
i s d e l e g a t etado
ang e n c y
it i s v e rdye s i r a b l e
that such agency should at least'have an adequate technical background
and
preferablybe oneengaged i n o r a l l i e d t o c i v i l a v i a t i o n .
Where suchbackground i s
l a c k i n g ,t h e need f o r c l o s e c o - o r d i n a t i o n
and l i a i s o n i n c r e a s e s .
An agency may be
appointedtocoverthe
whole o r any p a r t of t h e a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t i n g
programme and
hereagaintheresponsibilitiesdelegatedshouldbeclearlydefined.
1.5.3
[1.3.2.21
I n determining
the
manner i n which a c h a rotsri n g lseh e e t
of a
o r more C o n t r a c t i n g S t a t e s w i l l be
c h a r t s e r i e s which i n c l u d e s t h e t e r r i t o r y
oftwo
made a v a i l a b l e , t h e o b j e c t i v e s s h o u l d
be themaintenance of a d e q u a t e c o n t i n u i t y i n
theproductionofanyoneco-ordinatedseries
of c h a r t s , p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t h e m a t t e r
of ensuringcompletecoverageof
alllandareasat
one s c a l eo ra n o t h e r .
An
example wouldbe
t h e a d o p t i o n of e i t h e r 1:500 000 c h a r t s o r s m a l l s c a l e c h a r t s a s
a na l t e r n a t i v et ot h e
World AeronauticalChart
ICAO 1:l 000 000.
Thisdoesnot
preclude agreements resulting
from d i s c u s s i o n s between two o r more S t a t e s e i t h e r a s
a preludetoorflowing
from such r e g i o n a l a g r e e m e n t s , o r
frominformalmeetings
ICAO Regions.
sponsored by ICAO betweengroups of S t a t e s i n anyofthe

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-8
I C A O Ab77
Chapter 1
**
= 4B4L43b
0035353
LbO
=
1-9
General
1.5.4
Neighbouring
States
may f i n d i t advantageous t o e x p l o r e
p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r a pooling of r e s o u r c e sf o rp r o d u c t i o no fc h a r t s .S m a l ls c a l e
chartslendthemselvesparticularlytothissolutionbecauseofthesavings
possibleinstaff,
accommodationandequipment,
thegreatereasewithwhichsheets
coveringtheterritory
of two o r more S t a t e s c a n b e p r o d u c e d , a n d t h e p o t e n t i a l f o r
g r e a t e r f a c i l i t y of co-ordination and for
less r i s k of m i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f t h e
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s . Such a s o l u t i o n would a l s o f a c i l i t a t e t h e s p e c i a l a n d u n i q u e t y p e
of s u r v e y of t h e t a k e - o f f f l i g h t p a t h a r e a s ( c f .
3.8.2 of Annex 4 ) r e q u i r e d i n t h e
p r e p a r a t i o n of Aerodrome ObstacleCharts,inasmuch
as t h e r e c r u i t m e n t a n d t r a i n i n g
of such a s u r v e y c r e w s e v e r a l l y
by e a c h S t a t e wouldbeuneconomic.
A groupof
States might also find it particularly useful to organize
a special team f o r
surveys required within their territories
i n connexion with the preparation
of
aeronauticalcharts,oralternativelyseveralStatesmightcollectivelyarrangefor
one of t h e a v a i l a b l e a e r i a l . s u r v e y c o m p a n i e s t o d o t h i s
work on a s i n g l e c o n t r a c t
a t more e c o n o m i c a lr a t e s .
Where a S t a t e i s u n a b l e t o p r o d u c e t h e r e q u i r e d c h a r t s
by two o r more S t a t e s i s n o t
and a pooling of c h a r t p r o d u c t i o n f a c i l i t i e s
f e a s i b l e ,t h es o l u t i o n
may l i e i n c o n t r a c t i n g t h e work o u t t o a commercial
a State with the capability to produce
chart-producingagencyorinagreementwith
t h ec h a r t s , on a m u t u a l l ya c c e p t a b l e ,e . g .c o s t - r e p a y m e n t ,b a s i s .S t a t e si nn e e d
of s u c h a s s i s t a n c e c o u l d a l s o a v a i l t h e m s e l v e s o f t y p e s
of a s s i s t a n c e a v a i l a b l e
u n d e r t h e ICAO T e c h n i c a l A s s i s t a n c e Programme o r b i l a t e r a l a i d , t o s u i t t h e i r
particularneedsforon-the-jobtrainingorexpertassistance.
1.6
R e l a tw
oi Iotinhntth
eserr n a t i O
o nr ag la n i z a t i o n s
In t haee r o n a u t i c aclh a rf ti e l dt h, e r e
i s some i n t e r p l aw
y i toht h e r
1.6.1
In o r d e r t o
i n t e r n a t i o n a lo r g a n i z a t i o n s a t b o t hi n t e r n a t i o n a la n dS t a t el e v e l s .
clarifytheserelationships,
a b r i e f summary of t h e r o l e p l a y e d by e a c h of t h e
relevantinternationalorganizations,withparticularreferencetoaeronautical
c h a r t i n g , i s p r o v i d e di nt h ef o l l o w i n gp a r a g r a p h s .
1.6.2
UnitedNations
-
(UN)
of the
Department
Technical
of
1.6.2.1
The c a r t o g r a p h iacc t i v i t y
Co-operation for Developmenthas t h e f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n s :
1)
t oc o - o r d i n a t et h ep l a n sa n d
programmesof
t h e UN a n dt h e
specializedagenciesinthefields
of c a r t o g r a p h y ;
2)
i nc o - o p e r a t i o nw i t hi n t e r n a t i o n a ls c i e n t i f i co r g a n i z a t i o n s ,t o
givesuchassistanceasmight
be r e q u e s t e d by t h e s p e c i a l i z e d
agencies;
3)
t op u b l i s hp e r i o d i c a ls u m m a r i e s
on c a r t o g r a p h y ,i n c l u d i n g
r e p o r t s on a c t i v i t i e s , p r o g r e s s a n d p l a n s i n t h i s f i e l d
with a
view t o f a c i l i t a t i n g t h e c o - o r d i n a t i o n o f n a t i o n a l
programmes;
8 / 2 190

i
I
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1- 1Q
tb
4 8 4 l 1 4 h b OOl15L54 O T 7
Chart
Aeronautical
Manual
41
t oc o - o r d i n a t ee f f o r t si ni n t e r n a t i o n a ls t a n d a r d i z a t i o n
w r i t i n g of geographical names;
5)
t o a r r a n g e f o r and a d m i n i s t e rr e g i o n a lc a r t o g r a p h i cc o n f e r e n c e s ,
( f u r t h e re l a b o r a t e di n
1.6.3 below);and
5)
t op r o v i d et e c h n i c a la s s i s t a n c ei nc a r t o g r a p h y .
of t h e
1.6.2.2
A Group of Experts on Geographical Names, s e t up by the
United
Nations, met i n 1960 and rendered a report which formed t h e b a s i s f o r t h e
work of a
UnitedNationsConference
on the Standardization of Geographical
Names (Geneva,
September 1967). The Conferencereachedconclusions
on a wide range of m a t t e r s
concerning standardization and u n i f o r m i t y i n t h i s f i e l d ; o t h e r C o n f e r e n c e s h a v e
beenheld i n London 1972, Athens 1977, Geneva 1982 and M o n t r e a li n 1987. Due t o
theimportance of s u c h s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n i n mapping, a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t a u t h o r i t i e s
should h e l p t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e n e c e s s a r y s t e p s a r e t a k e n ( i f n o t a l r e a d y d o n e ) t o
organize a n a t i o n a l names a u t h o r i t y and t o r a t i o n a l i z e t h e s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n of
geographical names i n keeping with UN p o l i c y .
1.6.2.3
As t o t e c h n i c a ls s i s t a n caec t i v i t i e gs ,o v e r n m e n h
t sa vree c e i v e d
t e c h n i c a l a s s i s t a n c e i n a n a l y s i n g e x i s t i n g and f u t u r e n e e d s i n c a r t o g r a p h y , i n
e s t a b l i s h i n gn a t i o n a lc a r t o g r a p h i cc e n t r e s ,i nt e c h n i q u e s
of geodetic,topographic
andphWogrammetricsurveyingandphoto-interpretation.Considerableemphasis
is
placed on t r a i n i n g o f technical personnel through provision
of fellowships and by
a r r a n g i n g r e g i o n a l and inter-regionalseminars.
1.6.3
7JN Reg.iona1 Cartographic

Conferences -.
1.6.3.1
I n 1948, The Economic and S o c i aCl o u n c i l
recommended t h a t member
governments of t h e U n i t e d N a t i o n s s t i m u l a t e s u r v e y i n g a n d
mapping of t h e i r n a t i o n a l
t e r r i t o r i e s and t h a t t h e S e c r e t a r y G e n e r a l
of t h e U n i t e d N a t i o n s t a k e a p p r o p r i a t e
actiontofurthersuchefforts.
A Committee o f Experts on Cartography was
a p p o i n t e dt os t u d yt h e
problemand a d v i s e on t h e means of i t s implementation. The
Committee recommended theconvening of r e g i o n a l c a r t o g r a p h i c c o n f e r e n c e s a s a n
e f f e c t i v e means of achieving the Council's goal
and named s i x r e g i o n s o r t h i s
purpose.

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ICAO 8697
1.6.3.2
The Committee c o n s i d e r etdh at htper i m a royb j e c t
of r e g i o n a l
cartographicconferences,which
would beadvisory
and c o n s u l t a t i v ei nn a t u r e ,
s h o u l db et h es t i m u l a t i o n
and e x e c u t i o n of p r a c t i c a l t o p o g r a p h i c s u r v e y s ( i n c l u d i n g
g e o d e t i cc o n t r o l )t o
meet theneeds of t h er e g i o ni nq u e s t i o n .T h i s
was conceived
t o i n v o l v e a review of t h e mapping programmes of S t a t e s , a review of t h e r e g i o n a l
needs f o r maps, c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a programme f o r r e g i o n a l mapping, t h e
of t e c h n i c a l
co-ordination of n a t i o n a l programmes t o meet regionalneeds,exchange
information on data and
methods and on executive organizations, and the provision
of finance,equipment,personnel
and t r a i n i n g .
of muttml a s s i s t a n c e i n t h e f i e l d s
There was a widemeasure of support of t h e Committees p r o p o s a l s andConferences
Asia and t h e F a r East, A f r i c a , and the Americas.
have been held for
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ICAO h apsa r t i c i p a t eidtnh e sceo n f e r e n c e ss,i n cteh eayrlea r g e l y

1,6.3.3
directedtowards improvement of cartography and t h i s i n e v i t a b l y h a s
a favourable
a conference
impactonaeronauticalcharting.Normally,theagendaforsuch
i n c l u d e sa e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t
matters and t h e r e i s a need t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e r e l a t i v e
importance of a e r o n a u t i c a l c a r t o g r a p h y i n t h e - o v e r - a l l n a t i o n a l c a r t o g r a p h i c
programmes i s recognized. The AIS/MAP DivisionalMeetings of 1959and1966
recognizedtheutility
of t h e c o n f e r e n c e s and recommended t h a t ICAO c o n t i n u e t o
support them. N a t i o n a la e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r ta u t h o r i t i e ss h o u l db ea w a r e
of t h e
w i l l ensure
a c t i v i t i e s of t h e c o n f e r e n c e s andshouldencourageparticipationwhich
t h a t t h e above-mentioned g o a l s are achieved.
1.6.4
Pan
American
I n s t i t u t e of Geography
and
H i s t o r y (PAIGH)
and
H i s t o r y was c r e a t e di n
1.6.4.1
The Pan
American
I n s t i t u t e of Geography
1928 a t t h e S i x t h I n t e r n a t i o n a l C o n f e r e n c e
of American States(Havana),began
f u n c t i o n i n gt h ef o l l o w i n gy e a ra n d ,i n1 9 4 9 ,
became t h e f i r s t Inter-American
S p e c i a l i z e d Agency of t h eO r g a n i z a t i o n of American S t a t e s . The i n s t i t u t e s main
of t h e member
f u n c t i o n is t o s t i m u l a t e , s u p p o r t and c o - o r d i n a t e t h e a c t i v i t i e s
n a t u r a lr e s o u r c e s ,
S t a t e s i n t h e f i e l d s of surveying andmapping,geographyand
oceanography,historyandanthropology.Threecommissionscoveringthemajor
f i e l d s of cartography,geographyandhistorywithvariousspecializedcommittees
h a v eb e e no r g a n i z e dt om o n i t o rt h ea c t i v i t i e si nt h e s ef i e l d s .C o n s u l t a t i o n s
of
t h e t h r e e commissions a r e h e l d e v e r y f o u r y e a r s c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h m e e t i n g s
of t h e
If t h eo c c a s i o n demands, c o n s u l t a t i o n sa l s o may b ec a l l e d
generalassembly.
betweenmeetings of thegeneralassembly.
1.6.4.2
The g r e aitn c r e a s ei nt h eq u a l i t y
and q u a n t i t y of b a s i c mapping i n
t h e Region t h a t h a s t a k e n p l a c e s i n c e t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n
of t h e Commissionon
Cartography constitutes one
of t h e most tangible accomplishments resulting from the
A s i g n i f i c a n tf a c t o ri nt h i sp r o g r e s s
is the
I n s t i t u t e sa c t i v i t i e s .
Inter-AmericanGeodeticSurveywhich
was i n i t i a t e d i n 1946.Under
this
of a
arrangement,seventeen S t a t e s are c o - o p e r a t i n g i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t

Not for Resale
ICAO Ab97 t t
484l14Lb 0015l15b 97T
precisely surveyed system of geodetic positions, the provision of aerial

photographic coverage and ultimately the production of uniform and integrated
mapping. The programme of the Institute in the field of cartography, as related to
aeronautical charts is as follows:
1) promotion of uniform standards in map making;establishment of
standards formap symbols and terms and standard methods
for
testing accuracy, and preparation
of glossaries of technical
terms used in mapping;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2) adoption of new techniques; encouragement in the use of

aero-photogrammetric methods for topographic and other mapping,
research in aero-triangulation in map production and the use
of
plastic materials for drafting and reproduction
of map.s;
aid to flying; production of up-to-date aeronautical charts; and

publication by each country ofinformation on aerodromes, radio
facilities, traffic control and meteorological services;
3)
4) presentation of technical informationin its regular

publications, and productionof training filmson surveying and
mapping techniques and procedures.
1.6.4.3
The Institutes headquarters and a small secretariat are located at
of one member nominatedby each State.
Mexico City. The commissions are composed
The Committees, specializing in one subject, made
are up of the bestqualified
technicians of the member countries and are named
by the Chairman of the Commission
on the basis of advicefrom-the national membersof the Commission. These are
permanent standing Committeeswhich carry forward the special investigations
entrusted to them during the period between consultations. One of these Committees
is an Aeronautical Chart Committee and ICAOS interest is primarily
in the work of
this committee butit also has an interest in the work of related committees, i.e.,
geodesy, topographic maps and aero-photogrammetry, gravimetry and geomagnetism,
hydrography and special maps.
1.6 e4.4
In many respects the work of the Commission on Cartography is

similar to that of the IJN Regional Cartographic Conferences. ICAO lends support to
this Organization and participates
in its work insofar as possible and States in
the area are encouragedt o do likewise.

Not for Resale
Chapter 1 - General
1.6.5
I n t e r n a t iCoanratlo a r a D h i c
1-13
ASSOCiatiGII ( I C M
I C A i s a non-governmental o r g a n i z a t i o n open t o any

nation
which
1.6.5.2
The
pursues a c a r t o g r a p h i c a c t i v i t y and agrees t o c o l l a b o r a t e a c t i v e l y i n t h e work of
t h eO r g a n i z a t i o n .
It doesnotrepresenteithergovernmentorcommercial
is rather a scientificassociationinterestedinthe
cartographicinterestbut
promotion of a l l a s p e c t s of cartography. Each n a t i o n i s r e p r e s e n t e d by a s i n g l e
o r g a n i z a t i o n , p r e f e r a b l y by a n a t i o n a l s o c i e t y o r n a t i o n a l c o m m i t t e e f o r
cartography.Currently,
I C A has 64 mezllber c o u n t r i e s and i s governed by a n
e x e c u t i v e committee c o n s i s t i n g of a President,Secretary-Treasurer,andseven
Vice P r e s i d e n t s ( a l l f r o m d i f f e r e n t n a t i o n s
and e l e c t e d a t eachGeneral Assembly)
The aims of t h e A s s o c i a t i o n a r e
a c c o r d i n g t o i t s p u b l i s h e d s t a t u t e s andby-laws.
t h e advancement of t h e s t u d y of c a r t o g r a p h i c p r o b l e m s , t h e i n s t i g a t i o n a n d
co-ordination of c a r t o g r a p h i c r e s e a r c h i n v o l v i n g c o - o p e r a t i o n b e t w e e n d i f f e r e n t
nations,theexchange
of ideasanddocuments,thefurtherance
of t r a i n i n g i n
cartography,andtheencouragement
of t h es p r e a d i n g of c a r t o g r a p h i c knowledge. To
achievetheseaimstechnicalconferences
a r e held about every
two y e a r s ;
(Frankfurt1962,Edinburgh1964,
Amsterdam 1967, New Delhi1968, Stresa 1970,
Ottawa1972,Madrid1974,
Moscow 1976,Washington1978,
Tokyo 1980, Warsaw 1982,
Perth1984,Morelia1987,Budapest1989,
Bournemouth 1991);theGeneral
Assembly
meets e v e r yf o u ry e a r s .S p e c i a l
Commissions a r e s e t up a s r e q u i r e d t o examine
s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of c a r t o g r a p h y i n w h i c h i n t e r n a t i o n a l c o - o p e r a t i o n a n d
A t p r e s e n t CommissionsandWorkingGroups
c o - o r d i n a t i o n a r e of p a r t i c u l a r v a l u e .
a r e c o n s t i t u t e d w i t h terms of r e f e r e n c e as f o l l o w s :
Standing Commissionof t h e H i s t o r y of Cartography

Standing Commissionon Education and Training in Cartography
Standing CammissiononAdvancedTechnology
Standing Commissionon Map Production Technology
Ad Hoc Commission on Tactual and Low-vision
Mapping
Ad Hoc Commissionon Population Cartography
Ad Hoc CommissiononThematic
Mapping from S a t e l l i t e Imagery
Ad Hoc Commission on Marine Cartography
Ad Hoc CommissiononUrban
Cartography
WorkingGroupon
the Cartographic Enterprise
Commission onConcepts i n C a r t o g r a p h y
Commissionon Maps and S p a t i a l D a t a Use
CammissiononWorld
Digital Data Bases for Environmental Science
Ad Hoc Commissionon N a t i o n a l A t l a s e s
WorkingGroupon
Cartographic Definitions
WorkingGroup on the Marketing of S p a t i a l I n f o r m a t i o n
J o i n t WorkingGroup(ICA/IFLA)onDocumentation
in Cartography.
17/7/92
No. 2

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.6.5.1
The I n t e r n a t i o n aCl a r t o g r a p h i c
Association was c r e a t e adt
Berm i n
1959 a t a conference organized by t h e S w i s s FederalTopographicServicefollowing
severalinformalconferencessponsored
by b o t h n a t i o n a l an3 commercialmapping
o r g a n i z a t i o n s . The f i r s t G e n e r a l Assembly was h e l d i n P a r i s i n
1961,and a second
i n London i n 1964 i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e 1 1 t h G e n e r a l
Assembly of t h e
C o n c u r r e n t l y ,s t e p s were takentowards
I n t e r n a t i o n a lG e o g r a p h i c a l Union ( I G U ) .
a f f i l i a t i o n of t h e I C A w i t h t h e I G U and t h i s was consunmated a t t h e abwre-mentioned
conjointassembly.
The t h i r d G e n e r a l Assembly was h e l d i n New D e l h i i n 1968, t h e
f o u r t h i n Ottawa i n 1972, t h e f i f t h i n Moscow i n 1 9 ? 6 , t h e s i x t h i n
Tokyo ir- 1988,
theseventhinPerthin
1984and t h e e i g h t h i n M o r e l i a
(Mexico) i n 1987.
The a c t i v i t i e s of t h e s e Commissionshave r e s u l t e d i n s e v e r a l p u b l i c a t i o n s ,
P.O. Box 9016,
a v a i l a b l e on orderfromRudolfMullerInternationalBookseller,
1006aa Amsterdam, Kingdom of t h eN e t h e r l a n d s .
Amongst t h e s ep u b l i c a t i o n s ,
of
p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t i s t h em u l t i l i n g u a lD i c t i o n a r y
of Technical Terms i n
Cartography,BasicCartographyforStudentsandTechniciansand,inpreparation,
Compendium of Cartographic Techniques.
It would
be
u s e f u lf o re a c hS t a t et op a r t i c i p a t ei nt h e
work of t h i s
1.6.5.3
O r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e a s s o c i a t i o n o r
componentof
the administration chosen for this
p u r p o s es h o u l da d e q u a t e l yr e f l e c tt h ea e r o n a u t i c a li n t e r e s ti nc a r t o g r a p h y .
The
P r e s i d e n t of t h eO r g a n i z a t i o n i s D r . J . L . Morrison, U.S. GeologicalSurvey,
516 NationalCentre,Reston,
VA 22092, U.S.A.; t h eS e c r e t a r y i s Mr. D . T . Pearce,
24 S t r i c k l a n d Road., Mt. P l e a s a n t ,W e s t e r nA u s t r a l i a
6153.
1.6.6
I n t e r n a t iH
o nyadlr o g r a O
p hr g
i ca n i z a t i o n
(MO)
1.6.6.1
The I n t e r n a t i o n H
a ly d r o g r a p h O
i cr g a n i z a t i o n
i s ai n t e r g o v e r n m e n t a l
o r g a n i z a t i o n b a s e d i n Nonaco.
I t s mainaims a r e t o e s t a b l i s h
a c l o s ea s s o c i a t i o n
to encourageandeffecttheadoption
of t h e b e s t
betweenhydrographicoffices,
methodsand
programmes forexecutinghydrographicsurveysandco-ordinating
h y d r o g r a p h i ce f f o r ti ns u p p o r t
of s a f e r and e a s i e r n a v i g a t i o n , t o o b t a i n u n i f o r m i t y
and t o
i n h y d r o g r a p h i cd o c u m e n t s( p a r t i c u l a r l yc h a r t sa n dN o t i c e st oM a r i n e r s )
f a c i l i t a t e t h e f r e e exchange of h y d r o g r a p h i c c h a r t s and informationbetween
nations.Conferencesareheldeveryfiveyears.Developmentsinhydrography
and
navigational methods are publicized.
1.6.6.2
In
many ways t h e work
of
t h e IHO and t h a t or' ICAO a r es i m i l a r ,
i n s o f a ra sn a u t i c a l
and a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t sr e s p e c t i v e l ya r ec o n c e r n e d .T h e r e
are
s e v e r a l a r e a s of common concern,such as t h e d e s i g n of symbols f o r n a v i g a t i o n a l
a i d s ,t h eu s e
and a b b r e v i a t i o n of geographical terms, e t c . Sone c o l l a b o r a t i o nw i t h
t h e IHO h a s b e e n e x p e r i e n c e d i n t h e p a s t a n d t h e r e
will l i k e l y b e a need f o r
co-ordination in the future.
I nternational Society for
Photogrammetryand
Remote Sensing ( ISPRS)
1.6.7.1
The I n t e r n a t i o n aSlo c i e tfyo r
Photogrammetry
and
Remote Sensing,
is
w h i c hb e g a na st h eI n t e r n a t i o n a lS o c i e t yf o rP h o t o g r a m m e t r yi nA u s t r i ai n1 9 1 0 ,
a non-governmental i n t e r n a t i o n a l o r g a n i z a t i o n d e v o t e d t o t h e
development of
internationalco-operafionforthe
advancement of photogrammetryandremotesensing
ISPRS i s composed of 73 n a t i o n a l Member Organizationssuch
and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n s .
a st h en a t i o n a ls o c i e t i e s
of photogrammetry.
The a f f a i r s of ISPRS areconducted
a c c o r d i n g t o p u b l i s h e d s t a t u t e s andby-laws
by a Council of s i x i n d i v i d u a l s from
ISPRS conducts a
d i f f e r e n tc o u n t r i e se l e c t e d
by t h e Members e a c hf o u ry e a r s .
CongressandExhibitioneveryfourthyear;the15thCongress
was h e l d i n Riode
J a n e i r o i n 1984. The proceedings of a Congress a r ep u b l i s h e da st h e" I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Remote Sensing".
The o f f i c i a l j o u r n a l i s
Archives of Photogrammetryand
ISPRS J o u r n a l of Photogrammetryand
Remote Sensing,
f 7/7/92
No. 2

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.6.7
I C A O 8697
Chapter 1
1.6.7.2
General
**
W 4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0015357 689
I_-
_
I
I
-
1-15
The technical work of ISPRS is organized into seven Commissions:
- Primary Data Acquisition

I1 - Instruments for Data Reductionand Analyses
I11 - Mathematical Analysisof Data
IV - Cartographic and Data Bank Applications
of
Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing
Commission V
- Other non-Cartographic Applications of
Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing
Commission VI - Economic, Professional, and Educational Aspects
of Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing
Commission VI1 - Interpretation of Photographic and Remote
Sensing Data
I
Each Commissionis headed by a President and a Secretary.A Commission is

allocated by the Members to a different Member Organization each four years.
A
Commission usually conducts a Symposium midway between Congresses.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Commission
Commission
Commission
Commission
1.6.7.3
Aeronautical charts are used during aerial photographic operations.
In some applications, sophisticated navigational methods and instruments are
applied in order to fly a photographic aircraft accurately along prescribed flight
lines. Aeronautical charts are frequently compiled and up-dated through the
application of aerial photographs and photogrammetric mapping techniques.
The work of ISPRS is influenced by ICAO directly through the

1.6.7.4
Commission Presidents and indirectly through the Member Organizations.

Not for Resale
CHAPTER 2
REOU IREMENTSFOR
2.1
E s t a b l i s htihneg
AERONAUTICAL CHARTS
need af eorro n a u t icchaal r t s
i t i s e s s e n t i atlh a t
a
2.1.1
For
the
safe
performance
of a ior p e r a t i o n s
current,comprehensiveandauthoritativesourceofnavigationdatabe
made
a v a i l a b l e a t a l l times, azld a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s p r o v i d e
a convenient medium f o r
s u p p l y i n gt h i si n f o r m a t i o ni n
a manageable,condensedandco-ordinatedmanner.
A11
segments of aviation
make r e f e r e n c e t o them f o r a i r t r a f f i c c o n t r o l , p l a n n i n g
and
navigationpurposes,and
i t i s of primeimportance t o p l a c e c u r r e n t
and a c c u r a t e
c h a r t si nt h eh a n d s
of t h e s eu s e r sq u i c k l y .
The d i f f e r i n g s c a l e s a n d f u n c t i o n s
of
t h e c h a r t s i n Annex 4 r e f l e c t t h i s v a r i e d i n t e r e s t ,
as a l s o do t h e c h a r t d e s i g n and
t h et y p e of i n f o r m a t i o n shown on them. Annex 4 c o n t a i n s t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s
for
s e v e n t e e n t y p e s of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s f o r w h i c h a n i n t e r n a t i o n a l
need or
u n i f o m i t yh a sb e e ne s t a b l i s h e d .
Of t h e s ec h a r t st h ep r o d u c t i o n / a v a i l a b i l i t y
of
s i x t y p e s of c h a r t s i s mandatory,sixnon-nandatoryand
of f i v e t y p e s of c h a r t s t h e
p r o d u c t i o n i s "conditional".
charts
Mandatory
[3.2.1, 3.2.2,
6.2.1,
7.2.1,
11.2.1,
13.2.1,
16.2.11
2.2.1
The
s i x mandatory
charts
a r e t h e Asrodromc Obstacle
Chart
ICAO Type A, P r e c i s i o n Approach T e r r a i n C h a r t
ICAO, Enroute Chart - ICAO,
Instrument ApproachChart
I C A O , A e r o d r m e / H e l i p o r t C h a r t - ICAO a n d t h e World
AeronauticalChart
ICAO, 1:l 000 000.
2.2.2
For
a l l aerodromes
used
by i n t e r n a t i o n ac li v ai lv i a t i o nt h, e
F r e c i s i o n Approach Terrain Chart must be produced for
a l l precision approach
runways C a t e g o r i e s I1 and 111, andtheInstrumentApproachChartwhereinstrument
approach procedures have beer, established
by t h e S t a t e .
2.2.3
For a l l a e r o d r o m erse g u l a r luys e d
by i n t e r n a t i o n acli v ialv i a t i o tnh e
Aerodrome/HeliportChart
i s r e q u i r e d , as w e l l as t h e A e r o d r m e O b s t a c l e C h a r t ,
A where significant obstacles exist in
the t a k e - o f f f l i g h t - p a t h
areas.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.2.
Type
2.2.4
Furthermore,
the
Enroute
Chart
must
be
made a v a i l a b lfeo r
all areas
whereFlightInformationRegions
( F I R ) havebeenestablishedandthe
World
A e r o n a u t i c a l C h a r t - ICAO 1:l 000 000 mustbeproduced
for a l l areasdelineatedin
Appendix 5 of Annex 4.
Non-mandatory
2.3
charts
l4.1.1,4.1.2,14.1.1,14.2.1,15.1.1,15.2.13
2.3.1
S ioxt h ecrh a r t w
s ,h i c h
a r e touched
upon
below,
are c o n s i d e r e d
"non-mandatory" c h a r t s ,w h i c h means t h a t t h e s e s h o u l d o n l y b e p r o d u c e d i f , i n t h e
o p i n i o n of t h e S t a t e a u t h o r i t y , t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y
of t h e s e c h a r t s would c o n t r i b u t e
tothesafety,regularityandefficiency
of a i r c r a f t o p e r a t i o n s .
2-1

Not for Resale
17/7/92
No. 2
2.3.2
The Aerodrome O b s t a c lCe h a r t
- ICAO Type B should
only
be
produced
v h e r e a need e x i s t s f o r a c h a r t t o a s s i s t i n t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of c r i t i c a l h e i g h t s
e.g. for c i r c l i n g p r o c e d u r e s , o r
of p r o c e d u r e s f o r u s e i n t h e e v e n t of a n emergency
duringtake-offorlanding,and
of o b s t a c l ec l e a r i n g a n dm a r k i n gc r i t e r i a .
When i t
i s n e c e s s a r yt op r o d u c e
a c h a r tc o m b i n i n gt h es p e c i f i c a t i o n s
of t h e Aerodrome
O b s t a c l eC h a r t - ICAO Type A and Type B, t h e combined c h a r t i s t o b e c a l l e d
Aerodrome O b s t a c l eC h a r t - ICAO (Comprehensive).
2.3.3
The Aerodrome
Ground
Novement Chart
ICAO i s a s u p p l e m e n t a rcyh a r t
whichshouldbeproducedonlywherethedetailedinformationneededfortheground
movement or' a i r c r a f t a l o n g t a x i w a y s t o a n d f r o m t h e a i r c r a f t s t a n d s a n d t h e p a r k i n g
shown w i t h s u f f i c i e n t c l a r i t y on t h e
anddocking of a i r c r a f t , c a n n o t b e
AerodrGme/HeliportChart - ICAO.
2.3.4
The A i r c r a P
f ta r k i n g / D o c k i nCgh a r t
ICAO i s a l s o a supplementary
t o thecomplexityofterminal
chartwhichshouldbe
made a v a i l a b l e o n l y w h e r e , d u e
facilities, the information
on t h e g r o u n d movement of a i r c r a f t b e t w e e n t h e t a x i w a y s
andtheaircraftstandsandtheparking/dockingofaircraftcannotbe
shown w i t h
s u f f i c i e n t c l a r i t y on the Aerodrome/Heliport Chart
ICAO o r on t h e Aerodrome
Ground Movement Chart - ICAO.
2.3.5
The A e r o n a u t i c C
a lh a r t
- ICAO 1:500 000 a nt dhAee r o n a u t i c a l
when o p e r a t i o n a l
Navigation Chart - Small Scale should be provided only
requirementsforvisualnavigationorchartproductionconsiderationsindicate
need f o r t h e s e c h a r t s e i t h e r a s
a substituteforortosupplementthe
World
AeronauticalChart - ICAO 1:l 000 000.
2.3.6
P l o t t i nCgh a r t
ICAO.
T h e sceh a r tasr e
a u s e f ua ld j u n cwth e r e
a
need e x i s t s f o r a c h a r t w h i c h w i l l p r o v i d e a meansof
m a i n t a i n i n g a continuous
f l i g h t r e c o r d of t h e a i r c r a f t p o s i t i o n
by v a r i o u s f i x i n g methodsand
dead-reckoning,andmaintainanintendedflightpath.Thesecharts
wouldbe
appropriatetomajorairroutesoveroceanicareasandsparselysettled
areas flown
by i n t e r n a t i o n a lc o m m e r c i a la i rt r a n s p o r t .
2.4
C o n d i t ri o
ecq
nhu
aalirlrtyes d
L5.2.1, 8.1.1, 8.2.1,9.1.1,9.2.1,10.1.1,10.2.1,12.1.1,12.2.11

2.4.1
The
r e q u i r e m e nf o
tprr o d u c t i o n
of t hfei vceh a r tlsi s t e d
"conditional",which
means t h a t t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y
of t h e s e c h a r t s
i f c e r t a i n conditions/circumstances p r e v a i l .
below i s
i s r e q u i r e do n l y
- ICAO Type C i s nof_ r e q u i r ewd h e rteh e

2.4.2
The Aerodrome O b s t a c lC
e hart
o b s t a c l ed a t an e e d e d
by t h e o p e r a t o r t o d e v e l o p p r o c e d u r e s t o
comply w i t h t h e
o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s of Annex 6 , P a r t s I and 11, Chapter 5 , a r e p u b l i s h e d i n t h e
AIP.
2.4.3
The Area Chart - ICAO i s t o be made a v a i l a b loe n l w
y h e rteh e
air
trafficservicesroutesorpositionreportingrequirementsare
complexandcannot
be adquately shown o n t h e E n r o u t e C h a r t
- ICAO.
17/7/92
No. 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
2.4.4
The Standard Departure Chart
Instrument (SIB) - IGAO rwst be
produced wherever a standard departure route
- instrument has been establishedand
cannot be shownwith sufficient clarityon the Area
Chart - ICAO.
2.4.5
The Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - I C M is to be made
available wherever a standard arrival route
- instrument has been established
and
cannot be shownwith sufficient clarityon the Area Chart- ICAO.
2.4,6
The Visual Approach Chart - ICAO has to be made available for a11
aerodromes used by international civil aviation
where only limited navigation
facilities are available or radio communication facilities are not available
no
adequate aeronautical charts of the aerodrome and its surroundings
1:500 at
000 or
greater scaleare available, or where visual approach procedures have been
established.
2.5
Chart groups
-- -- -.
2.5.1
The seventeen types of charts now contained in Annex
arranged in four groups, They are:
1)
Aerodrome
Aerodrome
3 ) Aerodrome
4) Precision
2)
b)
Group 2:
Obstacle
Obstacle
Obstacle
Approach
4 have been
Chart- ICAO TypeA

Chart- ICAO Type B
Chart- ICAO Type C
Terrain Chart
- ICAO
Chart for use in flight

between take-off
-- --.-s ___.---.- - and landing
- -
"
_:
5) Enroute Chart - ICAO

6 ) Area Chart ICAO
7) Standard Departure Chart- Instrument (SID) - ICAO
8 ) Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO
9) Instrument Approach Chart- ICAO
10) Visual Approach Chart - ICAO
c)
Group 3:-
Charts for use during ground rnovemg?t--.oJ aircraft

on
the aerodrome
-
_
.I-
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17/7/92
No. 2

Not for Resale
or
Group 4: Charts for.yiEuAl-air navigation, plotting a_n_d_

planning purposes
d)
14)
15)
16)
17)
World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1 : l 000 000

Aeronautical Chart ICAO 1 : 5 0 0 000
Aeronautical Navigation Chart - ICAO Small Scale
Plotting Chart - ICAO
2.5.2
Furthermore, within Group 2 a direct relationship exists between the
a s an
Enroute, Area, SID and STAR charts.
The Area Chart can be considered
enlargement or "blow up" of a portion of the Enroute Chart.
This usually occurs
around a busy airport or in a terminal
area, but could also occur at a busy
intersection of major ATS routes. It is not always necessary to produce a separate
Area Chart, sinceit might be possible to include
an enlargement on the Enroute
Chart as an "inset". For the Area Chart, the same relationship exists
with the
Standard Departure Chart
- Instrument (SID) and the Standard Arrival Chart
Instrument (STAR). The latter t w o charts are only produced when an instrument
departure or arrival route cannot
be shown with sufficient clarityon the Area
Chart. The SID and STAR Charts can be considered "blow-ups" of
parts.of the Area
Chart.
2.5.3
A similarrelationshipexistsinGroup
3 betweenthe
Aerodrome/Heliport, the Aerodrome Ground Movement and the Aircraft Parking/Docking
Charts. The two supplementary chartsare required only if the information cannot
be shown with sufficient clarity on the Aerodrome/Heliport Chart. The Aerodrome
Ground Movement Chart is
an enlargement of part of the AerodromelHeliport Chart and
the Aircraft ParkinglDocking Chart an
is enlargement of partof the Ground Movement
Chart
2.5.4
For details on the preparation of the specific charts, please refer
to Chapter7 of this manual.
2.6
-Joint
--.-
civil/military
charts
-*--
2.6,l
The specifications for ICAO aeronautical charts stem from Article
37
of the Convention on International Civil Aviation (Chicago,
7 December 1 9 4 4 ) which
is applicable only to international civil aviation, to the exclusion of the
operation of State aircraft (military, customs, police
etc.). However, a State may
find it expedient eitherto issue aeronautical charts
e.g. plotting and en-route
charts for use by all of its air services, including the military, or to utilize
the services of a military cartographic unit for the production of such charts.
Article 3 d ) of the Convention requires Contracting States to have due regard for
the safety of navigation of civil aircraft
when issuing regulations for military,
28 requires their collaboration to secure
customs and police aircraft, and Article
the publication of aeronautical maps and charts in accordance with standards which
may be recommendedor established from time to time pursuant to the Convention,
so
far as it may be practicable. It is therefore highly necessary that uniformity
with the internationally agreed specifications be preserved through close
co-ordination and liaison. In areas of difference which cannot be resolved through
negotiation between the parties concerned, adjudication by the authority in the
State which has control over all the parties may be found to be necessary.
17/7/92
No. 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
Chapter 2
2.7
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035364 T 4 6
-----
Requirements Afeorro n a u tC
i chaal r t s
I
_
2-5
Priorities
2.7 . I
Itnhper o d u c t i o n
of a e r o n a u t i c aclh a r t s ,
i t i s d e s i r a b l teao s s i g n
series and t o t h e i n d i v i d u a l c h a r t s w i t h i n
prioritiesbothtotheseveralchart
each series, p a r t i c u l a r l y where they are not produced within the department
r e s p o n s i b l ef o rc i v i la v i a t i o n .
It i s n o t , however, f e a s i b l et oe x p e c tt h a t :e a c h
most administrations
S t a t e c o u l d f o l l o w a uniformsystem i n t h i s r e s p e c t , s i n c e
attempttoproducefirstthosecharts
which a r e w i t h i n t h e i r c a p a b i l i t i e s
to
produce and any firm a l l o c a t i o n of p r i o r i t i e s a s b e t w e e n c h a r t s e r i e s c o u l d h a v e
t h e e f f e c t of r e t a r d i n gr a t h e rt h a n
of advancingimplementation.
Evenbetween
c h a r t s i n a p a r t i c u l a r s e r i e s i t i s d i f f i c u l t t o p r o p o s e a system of p r i o r i t y which
could be uniformly applied;
much dependsonthetypeandvolume
of a i r t r a f f i c , and
t h ef u n c t i o n sf o rt h e
time b e i n g t o b e s a t i s f i e d .
It may b e p o s s i b l e i n s u c h c a s e s
t h a t p r i o r i t y of f u n c t i o n w i l l d i c t a t e p r i o r i t y of production, and S t a t e s w i l l be
well a d v i s e d t o b e
so g u i d e d , t o t h e e x t e n t t h a t
i t i s p r a c t i c a b l e ,i na s s i g n i n g
a
prioritiestotheproduction
of c h a r t series o r of i n d i v i d u a l c h a r t s w i t h i n
series.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
**
2.7.2
C e r t a idni f f i c u l t i eiasns s i g n i npgr i o r i t i e s
may a r i s e where a
g o v e r n m e n td e p a r t m e n t ,o t h e rt h a nt h a tr e s p o n s i b l ef o rc i v i la v i a t i o n ,
i s charged
w i t ht h ep r o d u c t i o n
and p u b l i c a t i o n of a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t s .T h i s
is p a r t i c u l a r l y
so when t h e same department i s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r s u p p l y i n g t h e e n t i r e n a t i o n a l
r e q u i r e m e n t sf o r maps and c h a r t s , i n a d d i t i o n t o a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s .
Under such
i s normallylimited by 8 c a d r e of personnel who
anorganization,thisdepartment
It is
wouldbe a l l o c a t e d t o t h e
more r o u t i n e and f o r e s e e a b l e mappingprogrammes.
imperativethereforethattherequirementsforaeronauticalcharts
beadequately
a n t i c i p a t e d a n da s s i g n e da na p p r o p r i a t ep r i o r i t y w
, i t h i nt h en a t i o n a cl h a r t i n g
programme. There may be a tendency i n some a d m i n i s t r a t i o n s , p a r t i c u l a r l y i n S t a t e s
withdevelopingeconomies,toplace
a g r e a t e r emphasison maps and c h a r t s more
d i r e c t l y r e l a t e d t o p l a n s f o r economicdevelopment, t o t h e d e t r i m e n t of t h e
It is i m p o r t a n tt h e r e f o r et h a tt h e
many
p r o d u c t i o n of a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a - r t s .
a Statefrom i t s p a r t i c i p a t i o n w i t h i n t h e i n t e r n a t i onal
b e n e f i t s which accrue to
c i v i l a v i a t i o n community b e r e c o g n i z e d a n d t h a t a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s b e g i v e n t h e
r e q u i s i t ep r i o r i t y .
When t h e s e c h a r t s a r e
producedwithin,or
a r e d i r e c t l y under
the c o n t r o l of thedepartment of c i v i l a v i a t i o n , t h e a v i a t i o n
needs are b e t t e r
known and appreciated-, a.nd i t is much e a s i e r t o make r a p i d a s s e s s m e n t s and
adjustments t o programmes t o meet emergency s i t u a t i o n s , a f a c t o r which i s common
only in the field
of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s .
2,-8
R e l a t iw
ocnihu
tsahsretr s
I tnh e
matter of a e r o n a u t i c aclh a r t sd,e s i g n
and
development
have
their origin in the
needs of t h e u s e r s , which a l s o p r o v i d e t h e i m p e t u s f o r t h e
i n i t i a t i o n of t h ec h a r t i n g programme. These u s e r s a r e p r i m a r i l y aircrew, and
air trafficcontrol
g e n e r a la v i a t i o n p i l o t s , a i r l i n ef l i g h to p e r a t i o n sp e r s o n n e l ,
personnel, and b r i e f i n g o f f i c e r s i n
aerodrome A I S u n i t s , a l t h o u g h o t h e r
departmental and airline units indirectly involved in flight operations planning
andchartproduction,
as well as t e c h n i c a l l i b r a r i e s , . may have a s e c o n d a r y i n t e r e s t
i n t h ec h a r t s .
Not onlymusttheneeds
of t h e s e u s e r s b e t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n
2.8.1

i
I
Not for Resale
2-6
_--_
Aeronautical
Chart
Manual
_I____________
indeterminingpriorities,designcriteria
and t h e c a r t o g r a p h i c r e q u i r e m e n t ,
arrangementsmustalsobe
made t o e n s u r e d i s t r i b u t i o n of t h e f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t t o
i t . T h i sc y c l e
a l l t h o s e whose needs i n i t i a l l ye s t a b l i s h e dt h er e q u i r e m e n tf o r
skills and experience of
r e q u i r e s a t o t a l i n t e g r a t i o n of t h e s p e c i a l o p e r a t i o n a l
those engaged i n a i r n a v i g a t i o n a n d f l i g h t p l a n n i n g , w i t h t h e t e c h n o l o g i c a l s k i l l s
of c a r t o g r a p h i c o r of AIS s p e c i a l i s t s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n
of t h e c h a r t s .
Inasmuch a s i t i s t h e o p e r a t i o n a l d a t a c o l l e c t e d f r o m u s e r s t h a t , a f t e r i n t e r n a l
a n a l y s i s and co-ordination, and s u b j e c tt ot e c h n o l o g i c a ll i m i t a t i o n s ,u l t i m a t e l y
i s notcomplete u n t i l t h e p r o d u c t
is i n
makes up t h ef i n i s h e dp r o d u c t ,t h ec y c l e
thehands of those who s t i m u l a t e d i t s c r e a t i o n .
2.8.2
The speed, volume
and
complexity of modern a i r n a v i g a t i o n demand, f o r
reasons of s a f e t y of human l i f e and p r o p e r t y , t h a t a c c u r a t e
and up-to-date
a l l u s e r s . The most e l a b o r a t es y s t e m
a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t sb ea v a i l a b l ep r o m p t l yt o
of aids and p r o c e d u r e s f o r a i r n a v i g a t i o n wouldbe of l i t t l e v a l u e u n l e s s a i r c r e w
and t h o s e i n t h e v a r i o u s a v i a t i o n
ground s e r v i c e s who would a s s i s t them have the
means t o do s o throughthe medium of t h e p r e s c r i b e d a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s , w h i c h a r e
s p e c i a l i z e dt o o l se x p r e s s l yd e s i g n e dt of a c i l i t a t et h i sp u r p o s e .
Complete r e l i a n c e
is notinkeepingwiththeobligation
on c h a r t s produced by non-Stateagencies
Annex 4 t h e r e t o , which i s t o assume
imposed on S t a t e s by t h e ChicagoConventionand
r e s p o n s i b i l i t yf o rt h ep r o d u c t i o n
of t h e p r e s c r i b e d c h a r t s i n t h e i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y
agreed form.
-_
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
CHAPTER 3
MAINTENANCE OF CHARTS
3.1
Nature of t h e problem
P i l ofta t i g u e
i s o f t einn d i c a t e d
as the
probable
cause
of n a v i g a t i o n
e r r o r s and a s a c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r i n many c r a s h e s . An accurate,well-designed
of n a t u r a l and a r t i f i c i a l l i g h t
c h a r t t h a t i s e a s y t o read under varying conditions
w i l l assist in alleviating the tension
of f l y i n g i n a d v e r s e w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s a n d ,
ifkeptuptodate,thechartcancontributegreatlytoreducingtherisk
of
e r r o r . A t p r e s e n tt h e r e i s no p r a c t i c a l method f o rk e e p i n gc h a r t sc o m p l e t e l yu pt o
i s an i m p l i c a t i o n i n e v e r y NOTAM t h a t a n amendment t o a map o r c h a r t
date.There
may berequired.
However, severalstepscanbetakenwhich
w i l l c o n t a i nt h e
A compromise hastobefoundbetweenthe
problem w i t h i n manageabledimensions.
i n t e r e s t of t h e map producer i n a t t e m p t i n g t o s p r e a d h i s
work evenlythroughoutthe
y e a r ,w h i c hr e s u l t si ns t a g g e r e dp u b l i c a t i o nd a t e s ,a n dt h ei n t e r e s t
of t h e u s e r
who would p r e f e r t h a t a e r o n a u t i c a l d a t a h a s t h e
same v a l i d i t y on a l l a s s o c i a t e d
c h a r t s , and t h a tt h ec h a r t sr e a c hh i sh a n d ss i m u l t a n e o u s l y .
3.1.1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 01 a 2
C o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e problem r e q u i r esse p a r a tter e a t m e n t
of
a e r o n a u t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n and topographicalinformation,theformerbeing
more
i m p o r t a n tb e c a u s ea e r o n a u t i c a li n f o r m a t i o n
shown on a c h a r t is h i g h l y s u s c e p t i b l e
t o change.
It i s e s s e n t i a lt os a f e t yt h a tt h ei n f o r m a t i o nb ek e p tu pt od a t e .
It
is in fact true that
changes i n some d a t a o n t h e c h a r t
w i l l demand e a r l y r e v i s i o n ,
whilechanges
i n less i m p o r t a n tf a c i l i t i e s andprocedurescanbeheldfor
a longer
period
The degree of urgency of c h a r t r e v i s i o n v a r i e s a c c o r d i n g t o :
1) t h e n a t u r e
and f u n c t i o n of t h ec h a r t ,t h i sd e p e n d i n go nt h e
accuracy of t h e n a v i g a t i o n r e q u i r e d ; a n d
2) thedensity
of d a t a o n t h e c h a r t
t h e r a t e of change.
which i s s u b j e c t t o changeand
of
Forexample,
t h e AreaChart - ICAO i s d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e d a t a f o r n a v i g a t i o n
more s t r i c t l y t h a n a World
high accuracy; i t must t h e r e f o r e b e k e p t u p t o d a t e
AeronauticalChart (WAC) - ICAO 1:l 000 000, whichhas much less a e r o n a u t i c a l d a t a
and i ng e n e r a ls e r v e s
a less c r i t i c a l purpose.This
i s t r u er e g a r d l e s s of t h e
i s a d i s t i n c t i o n t o be made between a complex
p a r t i c u l a r t y p e of c h a r t , b u t t h e r e
chart for an area
where t h e d e g r e e of s e p a r a t i o n and n a v i g a t i o n a c c u r a c y
r e q u i r e m e n t sa r e low as compared w i t h a s i m i l a r c h a r t wheretheyarehigh.In
summary, t h e r ea r et h r e ef a c t o r si n v o l v e d ,i . e .t h ec o m p l e x i t y
of t h ec h a r t ,t h e
accuracy of t h e n a v i g a t i o n r e q u i r e d ,
and t h e i n t e n s i t y of use.
3-1

Not for Resale
ICAO 8 b 9 7
** =
484L4Lb OOLSLb7 7 5 5
C h a ruts e rasrgee n e r a l luyn w i l l i ntagoc c e p t

hand
amendments,
which
shouldbeavoided
as f a r as p r a c t i c a b l e o r a t l e a s t k e p t t o a minimum a s t h e y a r e
c o n d u c i v et oe r r o r .P i l o t s
and b r i e f i n go f f i c e r s ,p a r t i c u l a r l yt h o s eh a n d l i n g
l a r g e numbers of c h a r t s , have l i t t l e t i m ef o rm a n u s c r i p tc o r r e c t i o n s .
3.1.3
measures
Preventive
The b e s t method
of
reducing
the
r a t e of obsolescence i s t eon s u r e
are k e p t t o a minimum. Measureswhich may be
t h a t changes a f f e c t i n g t h e c h a r t s
t a k e nt oa c c o m p l i s h t h i s a r e as f o l l o w s , it beingrecognizedthat
some of t h e s e
mattersare somewhat out of thehands of t h ec h a r tp r o d u c e r :
3.2.1
1) changeable data should
be k e p t t o t h e
minimum r e q u i r e d t o f u l f i l
t h ef u n c t i o n of t h ec h a r t .T h i sr e q u i r e s ,
of c o u r s et h a tt h e
a chart
f u n c t i o n of t h ec h a r t i s clearlydefined.Sincedataon
s t a r t s t o changefromthe
moment of p u b l i c a t i o n , i f n o t b e f o r e ,
every unnecessary item on t h e c h a r t i n c r e a s e s t h e c h a n c e
of
obsolescence;
2 ) a system f o r c o - o r d i n a t i n g c h a n g e s i n f a c i l i t i e s
andprocedures,
and o t h e r matters over which one has control, with the schedule
f o r new c h a r te d i t i o n s ,s h o u l db ee s t a b l i s h e d .T h i s
is
p a r t i c u l a r l yi m p o r t a n ta r o u n dt h ep e r i o dt h a tt h ec h a r tn o r m a l l y
would b e r e v i s e d , t o a v o i d d e l a y s
andchangesimmediately
f o l l o w i n gp u b l i c a t i o n ;
3 ) t h ee f f e c t i v ed a t e
ofchanges
i nf a c i l i t i e s ,p r o c e d u r e s ,e t c . ,
job becomes
shouldbegivenadvancenotice.
The chartproducers
i m p o s s i b l eu n l e s sn o t i c e
i s r e c e i v e d i n time t o p e r m i t a p p r o p r i a t e
action.
It i s a l s oe s s e n t i a lt h a ts u c ha d v a n c en o t i f i c a t i o nc a n
a t t h e s p e c i f i e d time;
be r e l i e d upon t o t a k e p l a c e
4) a f a c i l i t y s h o u l d n o t b e
commissioned u n t i l i t is reasonably
certain that stability has been reached
and that under normal
c o n d i t i o n s t h e r e would be no change i n i t s s t a t u s o r
characteristics;
5 ) thechartspecificationsshould
bekeptsimpleanduncomplicated
( n o to n l yt h o s er e l a t i n gt oa e r o n a u t i c a ld a t a )
so t h a t t h e
production process can be kept to
a minimum when a r e v i s i o n i s
necessary;
6 ) simultaneousproduction of a s s o c i a t e d c h a r t s e r i e s s h o u l d
be
arranged. When each of a na s s o c i a t e dg r o u p
of c h a r t s c a r r i e s a
differentaeronauticaldatetheverification
ofamendments
(which
may befound i n NOTAM f o r example) becomes p a r t i c u l a r l y c o n f u s i n g ;

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.2
Chapter- 3
- Maintenance
3-3
o f Charts
7 ) w h e r ep r a c t i c a b l e ,b a s e sf o rf u t u r ea e r o n a u t i c a lo v e r p r i n t ss h o u l d
andeconomical
b e p r i n t e d in q u a n t i t y i n a d v a n c e t o p e r m i t r a p i d
i s s u e of new e d i t i o n s .
3.3
Methods.
3.3.1
T h e raerteh r ebea s im
c e t h o dasv a i l a b ltteohceh a rptr o d u c e r
up to d a t e , namelyhandamendments,
overprintsor
k e e p i n gc h a r t s
for
new e d i t i o n s .
3.3.2
Hand amendments afti r sgt l a n c ae p p e a r
t o o f f etrh e
t o t h eu s e rb e c a u s e :
solution,butarenormallynotacceptable
1 ) thecomplexityof
most e f f e c t i v e
modern c h a r t s p r e v e n t s i n s e r t i o n
of l e g i b l e
amendments;
2 ) many c o r r e c t i o n s e n t a i l e x p e r t d r a u g h t s m a n s h i p a n d / o r
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e m a t e r i a l ;
3 ) t h e r e i s u n c e r t a i n t y a s t o whether a l l r e l e v a n t m a t e r i a l h a s b e e n
received;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4 ) i t p l a c e s a burden on the user whereas

collectively to action the
it i s moreeconomical
amendments a t t h e s o u r c e .
Furthermore,hand amendments a r e u n a c c e p t a b l e t o t h e c h a r t p r o d u c e r s
and
d i s t r i b u t o r sb e c a u s eo ft h ep r o b l e m
of amending stock before issue and because of
t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of making e r r o r s .
3.3.4
The i s s u e of new e d i t i o E ocfh a r tasp p e a rtso f f etrhoe n l y
effectivesolution,particularlyinthecaseofthe
more complex c h a r t s ( d e n s e l y
c o v e r e dw i t ha e r o n a u t i c a ld a t a )
and t h i s is t h e o n l y method t h a t seems t o s a t i s f y
t h eu s e r s .I n d e e d ,i fa n yi n f o r m a t i o na st ot h ef r e q u e n c y ,i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ,t i m e s
of o p e r a t i o n and o t h e r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of r a d i o a i d s t o n a v i g a t i o n
a r e shown on
World Aeronautical Charts - ICAO 1:l 000 000 o r on Aeronautical Charts ICAO 1:500 000, t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d t o be kept up t o d a t e by means of new
e d i t i o n so ft h ec h a r t( c f .
1 6 . 9 . 6 . 1 and17.9.6.1,
Annex 4). However, t h e r ea r e
some disadvantages, namely:
1) g r e a t e r p r o d u c t i o n f a c i l i t i e s a r e r e q u i r e d ;
2 ) t h e r e a r e economicdrawbacks
agencies ;
tobothproducer
and d i s t r i b u t i n g
8/2/90

Not for Resale
3-4
Manual
Chart
Aeronautical
3 ) it is difficultto gain co-operation of sales agencies

when chart
stocks are frequently rendered obsolete, unless the old stock are
recalled at no l o s s to the agencies.
3.3.5
One method which is suita b l e for certain types of charts is multiple
printing and issuein bound volumes. An essential part of such a system is the
arrangement for purchase on a subscription basis, this having the advantage to the
producer of stabilizing the demand,
i.e. the quantity to be produced.
Additionally, charts which are revised frequently on a pre-determined schedule
can
also be issued on a subscription
basis.
3.4
Freqpncy o f revisions
3.4.1
A chart should be revised a s frequently as is necessary t o keep it
up-to-date. It is difficult however,to assess the requirements for scheduling the
of the different
issue of new editionsof charts on an international basis because
on analysis of
conditions existing in each State.Also the criteria must rest an
the various charts or chart series available and their inter-relationship; for
example, if a full complement of charts is available, the maintenance of one series
such as the Enroute Chart in a completely up-to-date condition
lessen
maythe
necessity for adherence to a schedule for other less critical tocharts
the extent
permissible under the specifications. With these reservations, the following table
of what is required:
may be taken to indicate a close approximation
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Chapter 3
- Maintenance
of Charts
3-5
I
I
_
Remarks
Type of Chart
Approximate period
between revisions
1.
Aerodrome Obstacle
Chart (Types A, B and C)
When accumulationof
hand amendments
just
if
ies
2.
Precision Approach Terrain

Chart
When any significant

change in terrain
profile occurs
3.
Enroute
Chart
28(AIRAC
cycle)
days
Congested
areas
Multiplesof 12 weeks Uncongested areas

(AIRAC cycle)
4.
Standard Departure Chart Instrument (SID)

Standard Arrival ChartInstrument (STAR)
When a significant
change occurs but
not more often
than 4 weeks
5.
Instrument Approach Chart
When a significant
change in procedure
occurs
When accumulationof
hand amendments
justifies
7.
When accumulation
hand amendments
justifies
Aerodrome/Heliport Chart
Aerodrome Ground Movement
Chart
Aerodrome Parking/Docking
Chart
8.
World
Aeronautical
Chart
Base
1:l 000 000
Aeronautical
Chart
Aeronautical
1 :500 000
AeronauticalNavigationChart
Small Scale
9.
Plotting Chart
4 years
information
1 - 2 years
of
In congested
areas the
aeronautical
information may
be revised more
frequently.
Note also
16.8.6.1 and
17.8.6.1 of
Annex 4
Significant change
in aeronautical
information
Note.- Significant changes are those which need to be taken into account in
aircraft operations.
17/7/92
No. 2

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6. Visual Approach Chart
3.5
Issue"advance"
of
information
of
3.5.1
To operatehighperformanceaircraft
intheever-increasingvolume
air traffic, the pilot must devote a minimum amount of time to reference data.
t o him in a clear, positive and orderly fashion
Information must be presented
preferably through self-briefing media. In the absence of reasonable assurance
that facilities and services directly required on a flight
are available and are
operating satisfactorily, operatorsare expressly forbidden from commencing that
flight (cf. 4.1.1,
Annex 6). Changes in the availability status of aerodromes and
navigation aids, in air traffic procedures and
in the realignment of theair
traffic services system are not matters which yield to guesswork. Yet there is
frequently a considerable time lag before permanent changes appear
on aeronautical
charts.
3.5.2
There is no place on the airways for a pilot who is not up to date on
his route information. The responsibility for the
pilot-in-command of any
international flightto-acquaint himself with all appropriate informationis stated
in Chapter 2 of Annex 2. The conventional practiceof expecting him to absorb this
information in a pre-flight information unit immediately prior
to take-off is no
of the problem and to control
longer adequate. It is necessary to go to the root
the amendments at their origin by ensuring that editions of charts carrying
new o r
amended aeronautical information
are issued in advance'of the date on which the
changes become effective, whenever the changes are foreseeable.
When such charts
are received,by users haphazardly,or after the effectivedate, it becomes
virtually impossible to ensure that flight crews are adequately.forewarned.
3.5.3.
Changes to radio communication and navigation aids, servicesand
procedures normally shown
on aeronautical chartscan be anticipated and made
effective in accordance with a predetermined schedule
of "effective dates". Most
of the above-mentioned changesare already subject to the "regulated system
(AIRAC)" applied by States' AeronauticalInformation Services under the provisions
of 5 . 2 of Annex 15. Under the AIRAC system, the changes, unless operational
considerations snake it impracticable,
an indicated
a) must reach users at least28 days in advance of
effective date;
b) have effective datesin keeping with a pre-determined,

of effective dates basedon
internationally agreed schedule
an interval of 2 8 days; and
c) must not be changed further for at least another 28 days
after the indicated effective
date, unless the circumstance
would not persist for
notified is of a temporary nature and
the full period.
It is essential that co-ordination take

place between AIS and
M A P activities to
ensure that related aeronautical information
is given advance distribution
simultaneously on the documents issued byboth activities,and timed to be
date. It must be ensured that for
available 28 days before the same effective
four weeks after the effective date of such information, amendment will only be
required in respect of urgent unforeseeable temporary changes.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Chapter 3. Maintenance of Charts
3-7
3.5.4
The procedure described above should be brought to the attention of all parties responsible for
originating information for aeronautical charts, to ensure that the raw information will be protected while in transfer
and received in time for publication on the schedule date. These parties should be advised of the dates established,
including not only the publication and effective dates, but also the number of days in advance of publication that all
such information should be available to those processing the charts. Ideally there should be an interval of 42 days
between the publication date and the effective date. This allows for a period of up to 14 days postage time in order
for recipients to receive the information at least 28 days in advance of the effective date.
In cases where additional notice is desirable and practicable, a publication date of 56 days (or even longer) in
advance of the effective date is used. Effective dates established for the 10-year period commencing January 2006
are as follows:
Schedule of AIRAC effective dates, 2006-2015
17 January
14 February
13 March
10 April
8 May
5 June
3 July
31 July
28 August
25 September
23 October
20 November
18 December
2009
15 January
12 February
12 March
9 April
7 May
4 June
2 July
30 July
27 August
24 September
22 October
19 November
17 December
14 January
11 February
11 March
8 April
6 May
3 June
1 July
29 July
26 August
23 September
21 October
18 November
16 December
2012
2013
2014
2015
12 January
9 February
8 March
5 April
3 May
31 May
28 June
26 July
23 August
20 September
18 October
15 November
13 December
10 January
7 February
7 March
4 April
2 May
30 May
27 June
25 July
22 August
19 September
17 October
14 November
12 December
9 January
6 February
6 March
3 April
1 May
29 May
26 June
24 July
21 August
18 September
16 October
13 November
11 December
2006
19 January
16 February
16 March
13 April
11 May
8 June
6 July
3 August
31 August
28 September
26 October
23 November
21 December
2007
2008
18 January
15 February
15 March
12 April
10 May
7 June
5 July
2 August
30 August
27 September
25 October
22 November
20 December
2011
13 January
10 February
10 March
7 April
5 May
2 June
30 June
28 July
25 August
22 September
20 October
17 November
15 December
2010
8 January
5 February
5 March
2 April
30 April
28 May
25 June
23 July
20 August
17 September
15 October
12 November
1O December
In order to ensure that charts published under AIRAC procedures include the correct effective date, it is essential
that an effective date should not be notified until a high degree of certainty exists that it will be met.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697 t t
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035387 543
CHAPTER 5
REPRODUCTION
5.1
Estimating demand
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5.1.1
The i n t e r - r e l a t efda c t o r s
which
normally
should
be
taken
into
account
i n estimatingthepotential
demand f o r a new c h a r t o r c h a r t
series, aswellas
enablingtheassessment
of p r i o r i t i e s andensuringeconomies
i np r o d u c t i o n ,a r e :
1) t h e p a s t s a l e s e x p e r i e n c e w i t h o t h e r c h a r t s
of a s i m i l a r t y p e ;
2) i ft h ec h a r t
i s a s s o c i a t e dw i t h a p a r t i c u l a ra e r o d r o m e ,t h e
relative traffic at that
aerodrome;
3 ) t h ee x p e r i e n c e
charts ;
of n e i g h b o u r i p g S t a t e s i n p u b l i s h i n g s i m i l a r
4 ) t h e number of a i r c r a f t r e g i s t e r e d i n t h e c o u n t r y ;
5)' t h e number of p i l o t s l i c e n s e d i n t h e c o u n t r y ;
6 ) thechartprocurementpractices
of a i r l i n e s o p e r a t i n g i n t h e
country(theoperators
may dependon t h e c h a r t s e r v i c e s ' of t h e
countryconcerned,contractwith
a serviceagencyorproducethe
c h a r t st h e m s e l v e s ) .
5.1.2
Obviously
t hqeu e s t i o n
of demand s h o u lbdaen a l y s eidtnheea r l y
p l a n n i n gs t a g e st oe n s u r et h a tt h e r e
i s s u f f i c i e n t demand t o w a r r a n t i n i t i a t i o n
t h ep r o j e c t .T h i sd o e sn o t
mean t h a t t h e demand needbe
highsincemandatory
chartscalledforin
Annex 4 w i l l need t o beproduced
i n anyevent.Forexample,
Type A may b e l i m i t e d t o a few
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t f o r Aerodrome O b s t a c l e C h a r t s
copiesandtheprimarydecisionthen
becomes one of "methodof
reproduction".
of
5.1.3
The q u e s t i o n of p r i c e i s n ort a i s e di nt h e
above
since
it is
c o n s i d e r e dt h a tt h ep r i c e
wouldnotbe
a significantfactorinthe
demand.
basedontheassumptionthattheprice
would be a nominaloneandwouldnot
t h et o t a lc o s t
of s u r v e y s ,c o m p i l a t i o na n dd r a u g h t i n g ,p r i n t i n g ,s t o r a g e ,s e l l i n g ,
etc.
This i s
reflect
5.1.4
In t hcea s e
of r e v i s i o n s some of t h fea c t o risn c l u d e idn
5.1.1
above
would not be applicable
and p a s t e x p e r i e n c e wouldbe t h e m a j o r c r i t e r i o n .

Not for Resale
5.2
Estimating;
production
runs
5.2.1
Having
takeintoaccount:
e s t i m a t etdh e
demand, t haec t u aplr o d u c t i ornu n
w i l l need t o
1 ) w h e t h e rt h ec h a r t
i s t o b ei n c l u d e di nt h eA e r o n a u t i c a l
I n f o r m a t i o n P u b l i c a t i o n ( A I P ) and i f s o , whether i t would a l s o b e
made a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y ;
i s anannualsubscriptionsystemtocover
a n dr e v i s e dc h a r t s ;
2 ) w h e t h e rt h e r e
3 ) t h e probableperiod
a l l new
of v a l i d i t y of t h e c h a r t ;
4 ) t h e c o s t of p r o d u c i n g v a r i o u s q u a n t i t i e s
beyond t h e minimum r u n
necessarytoserveinitialrequirements,bearingin
mind t h e
for m u l t i - c o l o u r c h a r t s a n d t h e
economy of h i g h p r e s s r u n s
relativechangeintheaeronauticalinformationandinthebase
information;
5)theextracostinvolvedinre-runs
of a m u l t i - c o l o u rc h a r t .
5.2.2
For
a mono-colour c h a r t ,hpe r e srsu snh o u l bdseu f f i c i e nt toa k e
c a r e of t h e e s t i m a t e d i n i t i a l
demand andanysupplementary
demand f o r t h e c h a r t
of n w l t i - c o l o u rc h a r t s ,
i t is
during i t s e s t i m a t e dp e r i o d of v a l i d i t y .I nt h ec a s e
likelythattheaeronauticalinformation
w i l l become o b s o l e t e b e f o r e t h e b a s e
i t m i g h tt h e r e f o r eb ef e a s i b l et op r i n ts u f f i c i e n ti m p r e s s i o n s
of
information,and
thebase material t o t a k e c a r e
oftwo
o rt h r e er u n s
of t h e a e r o n a u t i c a l p l a t e .
5.3
Reproduction
5e 3e
1
When t h pe r e p a r a t i o n
of a c h a r t i s complete, i t i s i m p e r a t i v teh a t
printinginstructionsbeclearlypresentedtotheactivityresponsiblefor
a
r e p r o d u c t i o n . The v a r i o u s items p r o v i d e ds h o u l db ec l e a r l yi d e n t i f i e di n
reasonablypermanentmannerand
t h i s i s p a r t i c u l a r l y e s s e n t i a l w h e r e more than one
p l a t e i s involved. The f o l l o w i n gi n s t r u c t i o n ss h o u l db ep r o v i d e d :
1 ) number of c o p i e sr e q u i r e d ;
2 ) methodof
reproductiontobeemployed;
3 ) m a t e r i a l o nw h i c ht h ef i n i s h e dp r o d u c t
i s t o b ep r o v i d e d ,t o g e t h e r
w i t hw e i g h t ,t h i c k n e s s ,t e a ra n df o l ds t r e n g t h s ,b r i g h t n e s sa n d
o p a c i t y of p a p e r w h e r e r e l e v a n t ;

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5.1.5
In t hcea s e
of r e l a t i v e leyx p e n s i vceh a r t s u
, ch
as m u l t i - c o l o u r
visualnavigationcharts,
i t m i g h tb eu s e f u lt oc o n d u c t
a survey of a n t i c i p a t e d
demandamong t h e p o t e n t i a l c h a r t u s e r s , b e a r i n g i n
mind,however,
t h a ts u c hs u r v e y s
c a nb ee x p e n s i v ea n dp o s s i b l yt h e i rc o s tm i g h tb e t t e rb ei n v e s t e di nt h ec h a r t
a
programme i t s e l f . As a compromise, a samplesurveycouldbeundertakenwith
l i m i t e d number of p a r t i c i p a n t s .I fs u c h
a survey i s undertaken i t shouldbe
a l o n g - t e r mb a s i s ,l i s t i n g
a l l p o t e n t i a lc h a r t i n gp l a n s
and
comprehensiveandon
o b t a i n i n g , among o t h e r t h i n g s , a n i n d i c a t i o n
of p r i o r i t i e s r a t h e r t h a n
c o n c e n t r a t i n go nt h e
"need" f o r a s p e c i f i c c h a r t o r c h a r t s e r i e s .
I
1
I C A O 8697
= 484L4Lb
00L5B89 3 L b
=
-----
Reproduction
5-3
__I
4 ) c o l o u ro rc o l o u r sf o rp h o t oc o l o u rp r i n t so rp r e s s. p r i n t i n g ;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 5
*X
5 ) whereonecolour
i s u s e df o rd e p i c t . i o n
of v a r i o u s items and
d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n i s accomplished by s c r e e n i n g , c o m p l e t e d e t a i l s
thecombination of n e g a t i v e s a t t h e p l a t e
making s t a g e ;
6 ) when r e p r o d u c t i o n i s t o b e m u l t i - c o l o u r e d p r i n t i n g , t h e
e f f e c t i n g r e g i s t r a t i o n and d e t a i l s of t o l e r a n c e s ;
of
method f o r
7 ) where a s c r e e n i s used, as n o t e da b o v e ,t h es p e c i f i c a t i o n s
of t h e
s c r e e n , i . e . l i n e d o t s (number of l i n e s of d o t s ) p e r c e n t i m e t r e
( i n c h ) , and t h ep e r c e n t a g e of s o l i d c o l o u r a p p e a r i n g o n t h e
p r i n t e dp r o d u c t ;
8 ) where more t h a n one s c r e e n i s used,theangles
a t whichtheyare
t o be used (patterning or
moirC e f f e c t w i l l r e s u l t i n a r e a s of
o v e r l a pi fs c r e e n sa r en o tp r o p e r l ya l i g n e d ) .
The u s u a ls c r e e n
a n g l e s are:
2 screens
3 screens
6 screens
45"and
90"
30", 60" and 90"
15",30",45",
6 0 , 75",and
w i t h 0" a t 1 2 o.'crlock;
90"
9 ) d e t a i l e dp r o o f i n gr e q u i r e m e n t s
10) i ft h er e q u i r e m e n t
i s such,and
i fc a p a b i l i t ye x i s t sw i t ht h e
r e p r o d u c t i o na g e n c y ,s p e c i a li n s t r u c t i o n sf o rd r i l l i n gh o l e s( f o r
pages t o b e c o n t a i n e d i n l o o s e - l e a f b i n d e r s ) , f o l d i n g o r b i n d i n g ,
supported by samples ;
11) t h e d a t e o n
which t h e f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t
is r e q u i r e d ;
1 2 )c o m p l e t ed e l i v e r yi n s t r u c t i o n s ;a n d
13) i n s t r u c t i o n s f o r t h e r e t u r n o r d i s p o s a l
of a l l o r i g i n a l s .
5.3.2
Many of t hi et e ml si s t eadb o v e
w i l l r e q u i rper e l i m i n a rdyi s c u s s i o n
is also a c r i t i c a l
between t h e r e q u i s i t i o n e r and thereproductionagency.There
two p r i n t s
p o i n ti np r o d u c t i o n
of v e r y small q u a n t i t i e s i n one colour.Foroneor
of a l a r g e o r i g i n a l , vandyke orozalidcopiesareeconomicalbut,dependingon
l o c a l c o n d i t i o n s , a t some pointbetween 20 and 50 p r i n t s i t becomesmore
economical
t o make a p r i n t i n g p l a t e and p r i n t t h e r e q u i r e d i m p r e s s i o n s o n
a p r i n t i n g press.
5.3.3
The u s e of s c r e e n s w i l l blei m i t e tdtohcea p a b i l i t py r o v i d e d
reproductionagency.
Both s i z e andtype of s c r e e n sa v a i l a b l e w i l l a f f e c t
c a p a b i l i t y , and t h i s knowledgeshouldbe
a p a r t of productionplanning.

Not for Resale
by t h e
I C A O 8697
**
W 4841YLb 0015190 038
5.3.4
I f a j o b i s not of a s t a n d a r p
dattern
i t w i l l be n e c e s s a r tyo
determinewhatcapabilities(camera,
press, e t c . )a c t u a l l ye x i s t .
Where i t i s
found t h a tr e q u i r e m e n t sa r ee x t e n d i n gc a p a b i l i t i e s
t o t h e i r limits, i t i s good
p r a c t i c e t o obtain samples before
commencing a p r o j e c t t o s p e c i f i c a t i o n s which may
notbeattainable.
5.3 0 5
The r e q u i r epdr o d u c t i odna tseh o u lbddei s c u s s ew

d i tthh e
The meeting of t h er e q u i r e d
reproductionagency t o e n s u r es a t i s f a c t o r ys c h e d u l i n g .
productiondate w i l l becontingentupontherequisitionersupplyingoriginalsonor
before a mutually satisfactory date.
P r e l i m i n a rdyi s c u s s i o n
w i l l always
be
necessary
t o determine
the
form
i n which m a t e r i a l i s t o b ep r e s e n t e df o rp r i n t i n g .T h i s
i s p a r t i c u l a r l y t r u e where
circumstances a r e s u c h t h a t small p r e s s c a p a b i l i t y i s beingused t o c a p a c i t y w h i l e
l a r g ep r e s sc a p a b i l i t y
may be a v a i l a b l e .I fs u c h
a s i t u a t i o n e x i s t s i t may be
d e t e r m i n e dt h a tm u l t i p l ep r i n t i n g
(more thanonechart
on a p l a t e ) i s a more
economicalanswer t o t h e r e p r o d u c t i o n problem.
5.3.6
5 04
Colours
multicolour
and
PrintinR
[Appendices 3 & 41
C o l o u rssp e c i f i efdoursoeane r o n a u t i c aclh a r t s
a r e c o n t a i n eidtnh e
ColourGuideof
Annex 4, Appendix 3 t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e e l e m e n t s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h e a c h
colour.Optionalcolours
are p e r m i t t e df o rc e r t a i nc u l t u r ed a t a ,a r e a s
where
r e l i e f d a t a i s i n c o m p l e t ea n da e r o n a u t i c a lo v e r p r i n ti n f o r m a t i o n ;t h e s ea r ec l e a r l y
d e f i n e di nt h eC o l o u r
Guide. A l t e r n a t i v es y s t e m sf o rh y p s o m e t r i ct i n t sa r e
Map
s p e c i f i e d i n Appendix 4 , o n e s y s t e m b e i n g t h e t i n t s y s t e m f o r t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l
of t h e World on t h eM i l l i o n t hS c a l e
(IMW), (Appendix 4). S i n g l ec o l o u rc h a r t s
shouldbeprintedinblackonwhiteoroff-white
paper.
5.4.1
5.4.2
D e t a i l esdp e c i f i c a t i o nf sot hreex a cp tr o p o r t i o n
of colour
pigments
requiredtoobtain
a s e l e c t e d c o l o u r a r e omittedbecause of t h e l a c k of a n
a
i n t e r n a t i o n a lp r i n t i n gi n kc o l o u rs t a n d a r d .M a t c h i n gt h ec o l o u r st ob eu s e do n
c h a r t w i l l dependon t h e t e c h n i c a l c o l o u r - m a t c h i n g c a p a c i t y a v a i l a b l e t o t h e
cartographic agency or
on t h e a d v i c e a v a i l a b l e
from p r i v a t e p r i n t i n g c o n s u l t a n t s .
Colours should be carefully
comparedandmatched
within an area utilizing
a r t i f i c i a l l i g h t (whichprovides a more c o n s i s t e n t and e v e n l i g h t t h a n n a t u r a l
d a y l i g h t ) . Colourproofingfrompressproofsshouldbe
made only when t h ei n k sa r e
dry.Chemicalreactions
of c e r t a i nc o l o u rp i g m e n t so np a p e r ,p a r t i c u l a r l y
when t h e
when wet
c o l o u r s are o v e r p r i n t e d o n e a c h o t h e r , p r o v i d e d i f f e r e n t t o n e s o r v a l u e s
ordry.
5.4.3
D e t a i l egdu i d et o
h
sper o p o r t i o n
of c o l o u r( sa n g l e ds ,e n s i t i e ds ,o t
of d o t s , e t c . ) f o r t h e s c r e e n s r e q u i r e d t o p r o d u c e
a r e a s ,l i n ew e i g h t s ,d i a m e t e r
ICAO 1:l 000 000 and t h e
thetintsforboththe
World AeronauticalChart
( N )a r e p r o v i d e d i n
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Map of t h e World o n t h e M i l l i o n t h S c a l e
T h e s eg u i d e sp r o v i d et h ee s s e n t i a li n f o r m a t i o n
Appendices 1 and 2 t ot h i sc h a p t e r .
r e q u i r e dt op r o d u c et h ec o l o u re f f e c t s
a t t h ep l a t e - m a k i n ga n dp r i n t i n gs t e p si n
t h ep r o d u c t i o n of a c h a r t . To o b t a i nt h ec o r r e c tr e p r o d u c t i o ni m p r e s s i o n s ,t h e
l i g h t e r c o l o u r s mustbe
printedfirst,followed
by o v e r p r i n t i n g t h e d a r k e r c o l o u r s
t o e n s u r et h ef i n a lc o l o u r
and s c r e e ne f f e c td e s i r e d .E x a c tr e p l i c a s
of t h et y p e
of s c r e e n s i l l u s t r a t e d o nt h e s es a m p l e sa r eg e n e r a l l ya v a i l a b l e .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
A E R O N A U T I C A L C H A R T MANUAL
Chapter 5
- Reproduction
W O R L D AEFi
S C A L E OF I
GREY
PURPLE I RI IIF
The figures shown against each solid colour represent

the comparative value in
THE 'MUNSELL BOOK OF COLOR'
(MUNSELL COLORCOMPANY,BALTIMORE,MARYLAND,U.S.A.)
SPECIFICATION OF SCREENS
-The Density reading and Dot Area information relate to the
interposing screen used to make the printing plate. They do not
relate to the final print of the colours in the tint boxes.
ffote.- Elevations have not been associated with the
hypsometric and bathymetric tints shown in order to allow
flexibility in the selection of tints.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
i.
R O N A U T I C A LC H A R T
HYPSOMETRIC AND
ICAO 1 : l OOOOC
BATHYMETRIC TINT
SEPIA SOL
SEPIA SCRE
SEPIA SCREI
BROWN SOL
BROWN SCREI
BROWN SCREE
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8b97
Appendix
30
'S
I
)LID
i
'
450'1350
1I
26.378 0.254 mrn

per cm
67 0.01 per inch
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
26 0.127 mm
per cm
450
26.378 0.254 mm j 26 0.127 rnm

per cm
per cm
67 0.01 per inch i6 0.005 per inch
j
j
I
I
c
mm
per cm
26 0.127
I
56 0.005 per inch
1 26.378 0.254 mm
450
. -. ,.-

Not for Resale
per cm
67 0.01 per inch
26 0.1 27 rnm
per cm
66 0.005 per inch
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
52.36
p e r cm
133
per inch
450
1.1
0.5
27 mm
1.005 ins
I
:
'
I
I
i
I
52.36
per crn
133
per inch
450
0.5
iI
I
0.075 mm
05%
0.003 ins
a
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
AERONAUTICALCHARTMANUAL
Chapter 5
- ReDroduction
INTERNA
S C A L E OF
BLUE
GREEN/YELLOW
YELLOW
2.5
22.5
918
The figures shown against each solid colour represent

the comparative value in
THEMUNSELL BOOK OFCOLOR
(MUNSELL COLOR COMPANY,BALTIMORE, MARYFAND, U.S.A)
SPECIFICATION OF SCREENS
The Density reading and Dot Area information relate to the

interposing screen used to make the printing plate. They do not
relate to the final print of the colours in the tint boxes.
<
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
YELLOW/
i
I
T
I O N A L M A P OF THE W O R L D 111
i
j H Y P S O M E T R I CA N DB A T H Y M E T R I C
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Appendix 2
10 000
TINTS
ABOVE 6000 METRES
WHITE
PURPLE SOLID
4000
I!
52.36
per cm
,33
! perinch
II
PURPLE
2 500
PURPLE
3 000
!
I
450
i
1
I
0.06
!
!
13%
!0'070mm
:0.0028 ins
I
52.36
per cm
l W h
L
i
I
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
YELLOW SOLID AND

ORANGE SOLID

Not for Resale
-!
I C A O 8697
h---
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0015200 807
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LAND BELOW SEA

Not for Resale
,____-
.I_-
-_
. I C A O Ah97
**
i
Ii
~-
YELLOW SOLID AND

ORANGE SCREEN
1 000
500
200
I1
II
it
YELLOW SCREEN
I
!
100
0 --
52.36
per crn
133
GREEN SCREEN
900
! per inch
i
200
52.36
per cm
133
per inch
450
0.32
52%
0.1 50 mm
0.006 ins
.-
BLUE SCREEN
500
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
1 000
1j
52.36
YELLOW
500
52.36
YELLOW
! per inch i
i
I
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
-.
52.36
GREEN
_. .
per inch
100
._
52.36
per cm
SEA LEVEL
. .
BLUE
90
0.36
56%
per cm I
:
133
per inch
45O
0.66
78%
200 --
--A._
500
--
133
per inch
j
I
.-
45O
:
1
-~_
52.36
per cm
10.105 mm
10.0042 ins
!
I
BLUE
10.148 mm
10.0059 Ins
I
I
I
133
per inch j
GREEN
0.36
56%
i0.148 mm
! 0.0059 ins
II
21/11/85

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
Y t
= 484L4Lb
0035203 5 L b
CHAPTER 6
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CHART
6.1
DISTRIBUTION
Introduction
6 -1.1 Chart
distribution is second only in importance to the production of
the chsrts themselves. There is a requirement for a distribution system
which will
be simple in arrangement, but will ensure prompt availability of the charts to
States, organizations or individuals requiring them. To this end every possible
attention should be
given to:
1) establishing acommon centre for the distributionof all
aeronautical charts and associated
AIS publications;
2) including as many charts as practicable

in the AIP;
3 ) providing a subscription service for any chart not included
in the
AIP ;
4 ) placing the productionof frequently amended charts(e.g. Enroute
Charts on a regular production schedule
in keeping with the
procedure established by the States aeronautical information
service for advance distribution with a universal effective
Ccf. 4 . 4 of the AIS Manual).
6.2
Distribution
with
date
Aeronautical
Information
Publication
(AIP)
6.2.1
The MAP part of an AIP is intended as a catalogue of information on
the availability of aeronautical charts and is not be
to a repository for the
charts themselves. The MAP part of the specimen AIPin Appendix G of the
Aeronautical Information Services Manual
Doc 8126 indicates the range and type
of
the information requiredt o be s o published.
6.2.2
The following charts, especially for aerodromes listed
in theAGA
part of the relevant regional plan, should,
when available, form part of the AIP
unless distributed through a separate subscription service to recipients of the
AIP;
Aerodrome Chart - ICAO
- ICAO
Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart
Aircraft Parking/Docking Chart- ICAO
Aerodrome Obstacle Chart- ICAO TypeA (Obstacle Limitations)
Precision Approach Terrain Chart
- ICAO
Enroute Chart - ICAO
- ICAO
Instrument Approach Chart
Area Chart - ICAO
Standard Departure Chart Instrument ( S I D ) - ICAO
Standard Arrival Chart- Instrument (STAR) - ICAO
Visual Approach Chart- ICAO

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
6.2.3
**
4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0035204 452
The l o c a t i o n tohfe cs eh a rsths o ubl de
as f o l l o w s :
Aerodrome C h a r t s( a n d when r e q u i r e d , t h e AerodromeGroundMovenent

a n dt h eA i r c r a f tP a r k i n g / D o c k i n gC h a r t s ) :i nt h e
AGA p a r t ,e a c h
c h a r tt oi m m e d i a t e l yf o l l o wt h ed e t a i l e dd e s c r i p t i o n
of theaerodrome
t ow h i c h i t is r e l a t e d ;
Aerodrome O b s t a c l e C h a r t - Type A a n d P r e c i s i o n A p p r o a c h T e r r a i n
C h a r t :t of o l l o wt h er e l e v a n tA e r o d r o m eC h a r t ;
Area Charts(and when r e q u i r e d ,t h eS t a n d a r dD e p a r t u r eC h a r t

I n s t r u m e n t ( S I D ) a n dt h eS t a n d a r dA r r i v a lC h a r t
- Instrument
(STAR)): i n t h e RAC 4 p a r t of t h e A I P i n a s s o c i a t i o n w i t h t h e
d e s c r i p t i o n o fh o l d i n g ,a r r i v a l ,a p p r o a c ha n dd e p a r t u r ep r o c e d u r e s ;
InstrumentApproachandVisualApproachCharts:inanAppendix
inthatorderwiththecharts
f o l l o w i n g t h e MAP p a r t of t h e AIP,and
i n e a c h s e r i e s i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r by name o f t h e c i t y a n d g i v e n a n
a p p r o p r i a t e p a g e number f o r c h e c k l i s t purposes.
includedinthe
I na d d i t i o nt ot h ea b o v e ,o t h e rc h a r t si n s o f a ra sp o s s i b l es h o u l db e
AIP t o become a p a r t of t h e r e g u l a r d i s t r i b u t i o n s y s t e m o f
AIP.
6.2.4
When t h se h e est i z o
ef
a c h a r t i s larger t h a n AIP s h e est i z ea n dt h e
s h e e tc a n n o tb ef o l d e dt ot h i ss i z e ,t h ec h a r t( e . g .E n r o u t eC h a r t )
may b ep l a c e d
wallet. I f t h i s would c r e a t e d i f f i c u l t i e s i n u s e
i n a p o c k e to ro p e ne n dp l a s t i c
o r amendment, a s e p a r a t e volumeof
t h e AIP may be a s o l u t i o n .
6.2.5
D i s t r i b u t i o n of c h a r tws i t h
A I P h at shfeo l l o w i nbga s iacd v a n t a g e s :
1) each AIS u n i t o r s e r v i c e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e p r o v i s i o n
of
pre-flightinformationtoairnavigation
w i l l receivethe
essentialchartsnecessaryforthisfunctionthrough
a single
subscription;
2) p o t e n t i a l u s e r s o f c h a r t s
e d i t i o n s of t h e c h a r t s .
6.3
w i l l be b e t t e r a b l e t o o b t a i n t h e
latest
D i s t r i b u t i o n by s u b s c r i p t i o n
o i s t r i b u t ce h a r t sw. i t h
an
AIP, a s e p a r a t e
6.3.1
When i t i s n ofte a s i b l ted
subscriptionserviceshouldbeestablishedespeciallyforthosechartswhich
are
r e i s s u e df r e q u e n t l y ,e . g .E n r o u t eC h a r t s .T h i s
w i l l e n s u r et h a t a l l u s e r s of t h e
c h a r t sw o u l d ,f o rt h e p e r i o d
of t h e s u b s c r i p t i o n , r e c e i v e w i t h o u t d e l a y a l l t h e
c h a r t sp r o d u c e dw i t h o u th a v i n gt o
make arrangements f o r p u r c h a s e o f t h e c h a r t s e a c h
time a new e d i t i o n i s i s s u e d .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8677
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035205 399
Chapter 6D i s tCr h
i baur t i o n
I
_
-
6-3
I n computing
charges
t o be made, only a r e a s o n a b lpe r o p o r t i o n
of
6.3 ' 2
p r o d u c t i o nc o s t s h o u l db er e c o v e r e de; x c e s s i v ec h a r g e tse n dt od i s c o u r a g es a l e s .
i s s t r e s s e d , as charging out
The d e s i r a b i l i t y of recovery by an annual charge
i n d i v i d u a li s s u e sn o to n l yg i v e s
r i s e t oc o n s i d e r a b l ep e t t ya c c o u n t i n gb u tc a n
d e l a yq u i c kd i s t r i b u t i o n .D i s t r i b u t i o n
by s u b s c r i p t i o n a l s o would e n a b l et h e
c h a r t - p r o d u c i n ga g e n c yt oe s t a b l i s ht h e
demand f o r e a c h t y p e of c h a r t , a b a s i c
factorinthesubsequentprinting,distributing
and othernecessaryarrangements.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
D ias pt reinbc6ui.te4i so n
6.4.1
Each
S t a tseh o u ladr r a n gteos t a b l i s h
a t l e a s t one c h a r t
distribution centre or agency within
i t s t e r r i t o r y where a l l a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s
and a s s o c i a t e d AIS publicationsproduced by t h a t S t a t e c a n b e p u r c h a s e d f r o m s t o c k
Also s a l e of a l l suchchartsand
by any S t a t e , o r g a n i z a t i o no ri n d i v i d u a l .
at
p u b l i c a t i o n s may b e d e l e g a t e d t o a d d i t i o n a l l o c a l o r f o r e i g n c e n t r e s o r a g e n c i e s
points where operators
and o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d u s e r s g e n e r a t e a n a p p r e c i a b l e
demand
whichcanbe
b e t t e r met by t h i s method. To e n s u r e n o t i f i c a t i o n of t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y
of c h a r t s and o t h e r A I S p u b l i c a t i o n s t h e s e c e n t r e s o r a g e n c i e s
and t h e i r f u n c t i o n s
and how purchases may be
shouldbe l i s t e d i n t h e A I P w i t h f u l l a d d r e s s , p r i c e s
made
6.4.2
The l a t e setd i t i o n s
of c h a r t s produced by e a cSht a tseh o u lbde
available for sale also at each
Aerodrome AIS U n i t , p a r t i c u l a r l y t h o s e e s t a b l i s h e d
a t i n t e r n a t i o n a la i r p o r t s .T h i s
w i l l enablecrew members t oo b t a i nt h ec h a r t st h e y
need conveniently and withoutdelay.
An ICAO AeronauticalChartCatalogue
a t each of theseaerodromes,toprovide
(Doc 7101) s h o u l d a l s o b e a v a i l a b l e
i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e world-wide a v a i l a b i l i t y of c h a r t s .
6.5
A v a i l a b i l i t y of f o rcehiamr t s
6.5.1
A l l c h adr it s t r i b u t i ocne n t r eo
asg
r e n c i es h
s ouh
l da vaev a i l a b l e
s t o c k s of c h a r t s produced by f o r e i g n S t a t e s and c h a r t - p r o d u c i n ga g e n c i e s ,r e l a t i v e
t o t h e i r needsand t o meet t h er e q u i r e m e n t s of Annex 4, 1 . 3 . Th-ese c h a r t sc o u l d 5e
providedon a " s a l e o r r e t u r n
Basis" s o a s t o e n c o u r a g e t h e h o l d i n g
of s u f f i c i e n t
of f i n a n c i a l loss.
stockstosatisfyallpotential
n e e d sw i t h o u tt h er i s k
6.5.2
Arrangements
should
a l s o be made f oard e q u a taed v e r t i s e m e n w
t,ithin
a
S t a t e , of t h e f o r e i g n c h a r t s a v a i l a b l e t o g e t h e r w i t h d e t a i l s
of t h e p r o c e d u r e t o b e
i s contemplated. Such n o t i f i c a t i o n may b ee f f e c t e d by means.
followedifpurchase
of a nA e r o n a u t i c a lI n f o r m a t i o nC i r c u l a r
( A I C ) or a n yo t h e ra p p r o p r i a t e
method.If
i t would e n a b l e t h o s e l i k e l y
thesechartsare
on s a l e a t e a c h i n t e r n a t i o n a l a i r p o r t
inconvenience before deciding
on
t o r e q u i r e them t o examine them w i t h a minimumof
purchase.
'6.6
exchanpe
Reciprocal
6.6 .i
Annex 4, 1.3.4 recommends t h aatp p r o p r i a tceh a r t s
produced by
Contracting States should be
made a v a i l a b l e w i t h o u t c h a r g e t o o t h e r C o n t r a c t i n g
a r e c i p r o c a lb a s i s .I na d d i t i o nt op r o v i d i n ge s s e n t i a l
S t a t e s onrequeston
aeronauticalinformation,suchanexchangeservestoimproveworld-wide
d i s s e m i n a t i o n of information on new charting techniques and production methods.

Not for Resale
ICAO Ab97 t t
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 003520b 225
6.6.2
Arrangements
should
be
made f o r a t l e a s t one
copy
of e a c hc h a r(ti f
a
series, a copy of one s h e e t i n t h e s e r i e s ) t o
b ef u r n i s h e df r e e
of c h a r g et oe a c h
o t h e ri n t e r e s t e d
S t a t er e c e i v i n g A I S p u b l i c a t i o n s . To t h i s l i s t may beaddedany
chart-producingStateoragencywillingtofurnish
similar c h a r t s on a r e c i p r o c a l
b a s i s . The c h a r t ss h o u l db ea d d r e s s e dt ot h ed e s i g n a t e da e r o n a u t i c a la u t h o r i t y
of
theStateorState-authorizedchart-producingagency,asappropriate.
6.7
Out-of-date
charts
6.7.1
I n 2.8.2, the
importance
of t haev a i l a b i l i t y
of up-to-date
a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t sh a sb e e ne m p h a s i z e d .W h i l eS t a t e - c o n t r o l l e dd i s t r i b u t i o n
sale chartsthatareobsolete,
a
a g e n c i e s a r e i n a good position to withdraw from
problem arises w i t h c h a r t d i s t r i b u t i o n c e n t r e s o r a g e n c i e s d e s i g n a t e d
by a S t a t e
The problem i sm a g n i f i e d when
andengaged
i n t h e s a l e of c h a r t s f o r p r o f i t .
f o r e i g n commercialand
p r i v a t e u s e r s of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s s e e k t o o b t a i n t h e i r
r e q u i r e m e n t sf r o ma d v e r t i z e dd i s t r i b u t i o na g e n c i e so u t s i d et h ec o n t r o l
of t h e S t a t e
The d i f f i c u l t y a r i s e s m a i n l y
from t h e r e l u c t a n c e
i n which these agenciesoperate.
of s a l e s a g e n t s t o h a v e u n s o l d o b s o l e t e c h a r t s
on t h e i r hands when new e d i t i o n s a r e
issued. Unawareness of t h ec h a r t sb e i n go u t - o f - d a t ec o u l d
a l s o be a f a c t o r . It i s
i m p o r t a n tt h a t a S t a t e s h o u l d t a k e e v e r y p r a c t i c a b l e m e a s u r e t o p r e v e n t t h e s a l e
of
out-of-datecharts.Thesemeasuresshouldinclude
prompt r e s t o c k i n g of up-to-date
and a d v i c e t o s a l e s a g e n t s
of t h eo b s o l e s c e n c e of
e d i t i o n s of thechartsconcerned
c h a r t s f o r which t h e S t a t e h a s p r o d u c t i o n r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
and of t h e need t o
withdrawimmediatelytheobsoletechartsfrom
sale.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7.1 INTRODUCTION
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
INTRODUCTION
In d e v e P o p i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r c h a r t s , t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
of f l i g h t crewsand t h e
environmentalfactorsaffectingtheuse
of a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s i n theco'ckpithavebeen
taken into account.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
P l i g h t crews r e q u i r e i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e t i m e t h e a i r c r a f t
a t i t s destination.
u n t i l i t s t o p s a t theunloadingpoint
moves from t h e l o a d i n g p o i n t
Forthepurpose
of d e t e r m i n i n g t h e o p e r a t i o n a l r e q u i r e m e n t s t h e t o t a l f l i g h t h a s b e e n
divided into the following phases:
2.. 1:
Phase
Phase
Phase
Phase
Phase
Phase
1 - Taxifrom
3 42
5
6
aircraftstandtotake-offpoint
Take-offand
climb to en-route
ATS r o u t e s t r u c t u r e
En-route ATS r o u t e s t r u c t u r e
Descent t o approach
Approach t o l a n d and missed approach
Landingand t a x i t o a i r c r a f t s t a n d .
Ideally, the information required for total flight should

be' a v a i l a b l e on one chart, but
as t h i s i s notpossible,
a compromise i s necessary,whichhastotakeintoaccQuntthe
r e q u i r e m e n t sf o r :
a ) minimum number of c h a r t s . to c o v e r t h e f l i g h t ;
b)
optimum s i z e of t h e c h a r t s
c )c l a r i t y
d )c o n t i n u i t y

ofinformation,use
and t h e i r h a n d l i n g i n t h e c o c k p i t ;
of colours and t y p ef a c e ;
of i n f o m a t i o nf r o mo n ec h a r tt ot h en e x t .
Not for Resale
and
7.2
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
.
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
.. . . . .....
GENERAL
The f o l l o w i n go p e r a t i o n a lr e q u i r e m e n t sg o v e r n i n gt h ep r e s e n t a t i o n
on eachtype of charthavebeenformulated.
of e s s e n t i a l i n f o r m a t i o n
t o t h e f u n c t i o n of t h e c h a r t .
2.1.1,
Each type of c h a r t mustprovideinformationrelevant
2.1. . 2
Each t y p e of c h a r t mustprovideinformationappropriatetothephase
t h e s a f e and e x p e d i t i o u so p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r c r a f t .
2.1.3
The p r e s e n t a t i o n of information mustbe a c c u r a t e , f r e e f r o m d i s t o r t i o n

unambiguous,andbe
r e a d a b l eu n d e ra l l
normal o p e r a t i n gc o n d i t i o n s . ,
2 .I. .4
C o l o u r so rt i n t s
and t y p e s i z e mustbe
s u c ht h a tt h ec h a r tc a n
be e a s i l y r e a d and
i n t e r p r e t e d by t h e p i l o t i n v a r y i n g c o n d i t i o n s
of n a t u r a l and a r t i f i c i a l l i g h t .
2.1.5
The i n f o r m a t i o n mustbe i n a f o r m w h i c h e n a b l e s t h e p i l o t t o a c q u i r e
time consistent with workload and operating conditions.
2.1.6
The p r e s e n t a t i o n of informationprovided on eachtype

t r a n s i t i o n f r o mc h a r tt oc h a r ta sa p p r o p r i a t et ot h ep h a s e
2.1 e 7
The chartsshouldbeTrueNorthorientated.
2.1.8
of t h e c h a r t s s h o u l d b e
210 x 148 mm (8.27 x 5.82 i n ) which i s t h e A5
The b a s i c s h e e t s i z e
s i z ed e v e l o p e d by t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l S t a n d a r d s O r g a n i z a t i o n .
of f l i g h t , t o e n s u r e
and c l u t t e r ,
i t i n a reasonable
of c h a r t mustpermitsmooth
of f l i g h t .
A number of g e n e r a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n s h a v e b e e n f o r m u l a t e d w h i c h a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
a e r o n a u t i c a lc h a r t s ,u n l e s so t h e r w i s es t a t e d
i n t h ed e t a i l e ds p e c i f i c a t i o n s
c o n c e r n e dT
. h e s eg e n e r a sl p e c i f i c a t i o n sa r e :
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
a l l ICAO
of t h e c h a r t
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
81 21 90
'9
u
F
!-i
m o
'9

11
Not for Resale
II
' IU
lb
~~
~~~~
I C A O 8697
2
1
**
~
--
__
__ ~~
-_ _ _
Ll84l14Lb 0036306 038
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - Preparation of S p e c i f i c Charts

General Specifications
1
VI
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-2-3
17/7/92
NO 7.
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
SWBOLS
2.4.1
Symbols usedmustconform
t o t h o s e shown i n Annex
4 , Appendix 2 - ICAO Chart Symbols, e x c e p tt h a t
where i t i s d e s i r e d t o show o n a n a e r o n a u t i c a l
o r itemsofimportanceto
c h a r ts p e c i a lf e a t u r e s
c i v i l a v i a t i o n f o r w h i c h no ICAO symbol is a t
presentprovided,anyappropriate
symbol may be
c h o s e nf o rt h i sp u r p o s e ,p r o v i d e dt h a t
i t doesnot
ICAO c h a r t symbol
causeconfusionwithanyexisting
o ri m p a i rt h el e g i b i l i t y
of t h ec h a r t .
The s i z e
andprominence of symbolsandthethicknessand
spacing of l i n e s may b e v a r i e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e
s c a l ea n df u n c t i o n s
of t h e c h a r t , w i t h d u e r e g a r d
t o t h e i m p o r t a n c e of t h e i n f o r m a t i o n t h e y
convey.
For f u r t h e r g u i d a n c e , see a l s o page 7-2-11.
Note for chart:
UNITS
OF
MEASUREMENT
"DISTANCES IN KILOMETRES"
2.5.1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Distances must be expressed

in either kilometres
a n dt e n t h st h e r e o fo rn a u t i c a l
miles andtenths
t h e r e o fo rb o t h ,p r o v i d e dt h eu n i t s
are c l e a r l y
differentiated.
or
or
"DISTANCES IN NAUTICAL MILES"

"DISTANCES IN KILOMETRES (AND NAUTICAL MILES)"
e.g.
188.1 km (101.4 NM)
Note for chart:

2.5.2
A l t i t u d e s ,e l e v a t i o n sa n dh e i g h t sm u s tb ee x p r e s s e d
i n e i t h e r metres o r f e e t o r b o t h , p r o v i d e d t h e
u n i t s are c l e a r l y d i f f e r e n t i a t e d .
"ALTITUDES, ELEVATIONS AND HEIGHTS I N METRES"
or
or
"ALTITUDES, ELEVATIONS AND HEIGHTS I N FEET"

"ALTITUDES, ELEVATIONS AND HEIGHTS
IN METRES (AND FEET)"
8 m (27 ft)

Not for Resale
J,
ICAO 8677
1
In
hl
**
= 4843436
dB a0,
c e a,
3ww
E
PIU
oonf
-rl cd
- 0
4
hl
"1
l-l
-I
"0.
0035232 5 2 9
Not for Resale
Chapter 7
Preparation of S p e c i f i c Charts
General S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
hl
"f
"0.
7-2-5
0 3 '
\
\
\o
0
ANNEX 4
DMUGHTING
REFERENCE
2.8.3
2.8.4
DETAILS
ILLUSTRATION
jh
Where a geographical term such as "cape","point",

"gulf" o r " r i v e r " i s a b b r e v i a t e d o n a n y p a r t i c u l a r
c h a r t , t h a t word m u s t b e s p e l t o u t i n f u l l i n t h e
languageused by t h e p u b l i s h i n g a g e n c y , i n r e s p e c t
of t h e most importantexample of eachtype.
i n abbreviatiuns
Punctuation marksmustnotbeused
w i t h i n the body of a c h a r t .
>
0
o=
n-
J
l
I n a r e a s whereronlanized names havenotbeen

officiallyproducedoradopted,andoutsidethe
t e r r i t o r y of C o n t r a c t i n g S t a t e s , names shouldbe
t r a n s l i t e r a t e d fromthe non-Roman alphabetform by t h e
system generally used
by the producing agency.
**
I
c
m
c
ct
ABBREV IAT IONS
-c
f+
2.9.2
2.8.3
In order t o avoidproblems of t r a n s l a t i o n and

l e g i b i l i t y , t h e p r a c t i c e 0.f u s i n g a b b r e v i a t i o n s o n
a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s i s t o befollowed
, this
n e c e s s i t a t i n go fc o u r s et h ep r o v i s i o n
of a s u i t a b l e
legend.
F o r t h e most p a r t , a b b r e v i a t i o n s f o r a e r o n a u t i c a l
infornationarecontainedintheProceduresfor
Air
Navigation Services - ICAO Abbreviations and Codes
(Doc 8400) andno abbreviationshouldbeusedwhich
i s inconflictorinconsistentwiththoseinthat
document.
0
0
ct
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2. 9.
a-
Ln
Tu
ct
a-
Ln
Ii
Where geographical terms a r e a b b r e v i a t e d onany

particularchart,theyshouldbespelledoutinfull
i nt h el a n g u a g eu s e d
by t h e p u b l i s h i n g a g e n c y i n
r e s p e c t of themostimportantexample
of each
type.Punctuation
marks a r en o tt ob eu s e df o r
a b b r e v i a t i o n s w i t h i n t h e body of t h e c h a r t .

Not for Resale
4.
ICAO 6697
aru
cd
u s
1
u o
f f
= 484L4Lb
O O L 5 2 L B TY7
2.5
rn&
N.
e4
In
4
e4
e4
e4
Not for Resale

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
__1__p_1
7-

7-2-7
8 / 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
cnc
ucd
~~
~~~
aJ
00
-.
~
+I
__
I C A O 8697 t t m 4843436 0036308 900 m
maJ
Not for Resale
fiu
u s

rl
rl
.d

0
H
7-2-9
No. 2
17/7/92
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
It i s s p e c i f i e dt h a tp r o h i b i t e d ,r e s t r i c t e da n d
danger areas must be
shown on World A e r o n a u t i c a l
C h a r t s - ICAO 1:l 000 000 , A e r o n a u t i c a l C h a r t s ICAO 1:500 000, EnrouteCharts - ICAO, Instrument
ApproachCharts - ICAO, AreaCharts - ICAO ,
S t a n d a r dD ep a r tu r eC h a r t
- Instrument(SID) - ICAO,
S t a n d a r dA r r i v a lC h a r t
Instrument (STAR)
ICAO,
VisualApproachCharts
ICAO a n d Ae r o n a u tic a l
The same
N av i g at i o nC h a r ts - ICAO SmallScale.
symbol i s t o beused i n t h e d e p i c t i o n of a l l s u c h
of a r e a ( o r r e s t r i c t i o n ) b e i n g
a r e a s ,t h et y p e
evidentfromthedesignator
P, R o r D meaning
p r o h i b i t e d ,r e s t r i c t e do rd a n g e ra r e a
respectively.SeealsoAppendix
F of t h e
A e r o n a u t i c a l I n f o r m a t i o n S e r v i c e s Manual
LDOC 8126).
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.14.1
2.14.2
2.15.1
2.15.2
A I R TRAFFICSERVICESAIRSPACES
of
When
ATS
a i r s p a c e i s shown on a c h a r t , t h e c l a s s
ai r s p ac em u s tb ein d ic a te d .Fo ra p p lic a tio n ,
see
subsequent paragraph AIR TRAFFICSERVICES SYMBOLS.
On c h a r t s u s e d f o r v i s u a l f l i g h t , t h o s e parts of
t h e ATS A i r s p a c e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n t a b l e i n Annex 11
applicable to the airspace depicted on the chart
shouldbeonthefaceorreverse
of e a c h c h a r t .
The ATS A i r s p a c e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n s t a b l e i s
reproduced a t page 7-2-15
MAGNETI C VARIATION
T r u e N o r t h a n d m a g n e tic v a r ia tio n m u st b e in d ic a te d .
When m a g n e t i c v a r i a t i o n i s shown on a c h a r t , t h e
v a l u e s shown s h o u l d b e t h o s e f o r t h e y e a r n e a r e s t
t o t h e d a t e of p u b l i c a t i o n t h a t i s d i v i s i b l e by 5 ,
i.e. 1 9 8 0 1, 9 85 e, tc I. ne x c e p tio n a l
cases where
t h e c u r r e n t v a l u e wouldbe more than one degree
different,afterapplyingthecalculationfor
an n u a l ch a n g e , a n in te r im d a te a n d v a lu e sh o u ld b e q u o te d .
The d a t e andtheannualchange

Not for Resale
may be shown.
To be developed
rn
o!
i"
1.
I C A O 8697
**
= 484141b
Not for Resale
Chapter 7
Preparation o f S p e c i f i c Charts

i
I
0015217 000
cn
-4
7-2-1 1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
W0
ANNEX 4
DRAUGHTING
REFERENCE
DETAILS
ILLUSTRATION
t h r e et y p e so f
Aerodrome ObstacleCharts, some r a d i o
f a c i l i t y d a t a i s r e q u i r e d o r i s recommended f o r a l l
w i l l varyaccordingto
chartsbutobviouslythisneed
thefunctionandscale
of t h e c h a r t and t o i t s
frequency of r e v i s i o n . The r a d i on a v i g a t i o na i d s
shown c a n t h e r e f o r e b e l i m i t e d t o e n - r o u t e a i d s , w i t h
onlysufficientidentificationtoenablereferenceto
o r t o a publication giving the
an Enroute Chart
d e s i r e dd e t a i l s .
In viewof t h er e l a t i v e l yr a p i d
change i n t h e l o c a t i o n and c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of r a d i o
navigationaids,particularlyinfrequency
assignments,anddue
t o t h e i m p r a c t i c a b i l i t y of
c o n t i n u a l l yr e v i s i n gt h ec h a r t s ,
i t i s i m p e r a t i v et h a t
a minimum t o a v o i d
the'radio data be kept to
obsolescence,
Application of
symbols
Formostradionavigationaids
a d i s c r e t e symbol i s
a v a i l a b l e and t h i s , t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e
name of t h e a i d
(shown i n a box), i s s u f f i c i e n t where only minimum
for which
d a t a i s r e q u i r e d . For r a d i on a v i g a t i o na i d s
no d i s c r e t e symbol i s a v a i l a b l e , i t i s n e c e s s a r y t o
u s e t h e common symbol t o g e t h e r w i t h a n a b b r e v i a t e d
i n d i c a t i o n of t h es e r v i c ep r o v i d e d .
The s i z e of t h e
symboland a s s o c i a t e d d a t a w i l l need t o b e v a r i e d t o
The s i z e
s u i t t h e s c a l e andcongestion of t h ec h a r t .
shown i n Appendix 2 of Annex 4 i s c o n s i d e r e d t o b e a
minimum. Lead l i n e ss h o u l d be avoided wherever
pos s i b l e .
Where a r a d i o n a v i g a t i o n a i d i s l o c a t e d a t an
aerodrome it may b e f e a s i b l e t o combine t h e two
symbols, for example NDB and c i v i l land aerodrome.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
/"
common symbol
.Q
.. ...
~~
rw
~~
~~~
.-
i5
a a
G X
cdw
CA
QI
_
I
u)
c
0
__
~~~
_
I
_
_
O k
w o
w
4 8 4 1 4 L b 0036110 5 b 9
Not for Resale
naJ
Specific Charts
I C A O 8b97 t t
Chapter 7
Preparationof

7-2-13
8/ 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
SAMPLES OF TYPE
EXAMPLE
TYPE STYLE
USE
2.16
Names of countries and states.
Roman capitals- outline.
Citie! and towns of 1st. 2nd. and 3rd

Importanceto airnavigation.
Gothic (block) capitals - Gothic condensed,

12 pt. to 8 pt.
Towns of 4th importance to air navigation.
Gothic (block) capitals - News Gothic

condensed, 8 pt.
Towns of 5th and 6th importance

to air navigation.
Gothic (block) letters: capitals and lower case

NEWSGothic 6 pt. and
News Gothic condensed 6 pt.
Islands and island groups, points,

capes,
mountain pansr and national parks.
Gothic (block) letters: Capitals and lowercase

(NEWSGothic and NEWSGothic condensed)
Mountain ranges and prominent peaks.

peaks of secondary importance.
Gothic (block) letten: Light Copperplate Gothic

condensed capitals. Lightline Gothic capitals
and lower case.
All hydrographicfnatures.
Roman italics (capitals or lower case).
PHILLIPSBURG
Trujillo
Atkinson
BRENNER PASS
Cape Moreton
ISLANDS
INERIDGE
PUNTA JAVANA
NATIONAL
PARK
Mt. Vernon
CORDILLERAS
Rio Tejo
Calais Canal
Pikes Peak
INDUS RIVER
~~
Gothic italics (capitals).
Descriptive notes and landmarks.
Gothic lightline.
CANADIAN NATIONALALASKAHIGHWAY
Ranger station
Tower
~~
General information
(for charts used in the cockpit
and for pre-flight planning charts)
Notes.-
Gothic letters: capitals andlowar caseblock, italics;

light, medium, bold;
regular and condensed;
sizes as appropriate';
Universor similar style"*.
*final printed size to be no smaller than 6 pt, capital height 1.4 mm (.a55 ins) e.g. ABC DEFGHI
**type style chosen should avoid numerals which could be ambiguous e.g. avoid "3,5,6,9" which
could be confusedwith "8" under certain circumstances.
'
~~~
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
information
Information
lnformation (etc)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Names of railroadsand prominent highways.
123456789
123456789
c
Not for Resale
Chapter 7.
7-2-15
General
ATS AIRSPACE CLASSES - SERVICES PROVIDED AND

FLIGHT REQUIREMENTS
(Annex I I , Chapter 2, 2.6 refers)
Class
Type
of flight
Separation
provided
Service provided
Speed Imitation'
Radio communication
requirement
Subject
to an
ATC
clearance
IFR only
All aircraft
Air traffic control service
Not applicable
Continuous two-way
Yes
IFR
All aircraft
Not applicable
Continuous two-way
Yes
VFR
All aircraft
Not applicable
Continuous two-way
Yes
IFR
IFR from IFR

IFR from VFR
Not applicable
Continuous two-way
Yes
VFR
VFR from IFR
1 ) Air traffic control

service for separation from IFR;
2) VFRNFR traffic information
(and traffic avoidance advice on
'request)
250 kt IAS below

3 050 m (IO O00 ft) AMSL
Continuous two-way
Yes
IFR
IFR from IFR
Air traffic control service, traffic

information about VFR flights
(and traffic avoidance advice on
request)
250 kt IAS below

3 050 m (10 O00 ft) AMSL
Continuous two-way
Yes
VFR
Nil
IFRNFR and VFRNFR traffic

information (and traffic
avoidance advice on request)
250 kt IAS below

Continuous two-way
Yes
IFR
IFR from IFR
Air traffic control service and,

as far as practical, traffic
information about VFR flights
250 kt IAS below

Continuous two-way
Yes
Nil
Traffic information as far as

practical
250 kt IAS below

3 050 m (10 O00 ft) AMSL
No
No
IFR from IFR as

far as practical
Air traffic advisory service; flight

information service
250 kt IAS below

Continuous two-way
No
VFR
Nil
Flight information service
250 kt IAS below

3 050 m (I O O00 ft) AMSL
No
No
IFR
Nil
250 kt IAS below

3 050 rn (IO O00 R) AMSL
Continuous two-way
No
VFR
Nil
250 kt IAS below

3 050 m (i
O O00 ft) AMSL
No
No
'
E
VFR
'
<
IFR
'
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
* When the height of the transition altitude is lower than 3 050 m
(IO O00 ft) AMSL, FL 100 should be used in lieu of 10 O00 ft.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-2-16
PORTRAYAL OF RELIEF
ON THE INSTRUMENT APPROACH CHART - ICAO
AND OTHER REVEVANT CHARTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1
This section is aimed at providing guidance on the portrayal of relief, obstacles and minimum altitudes on the
instrument Approach Chart - ICAO, Area Chart - ICAO, Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO and
Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO.
1.2
The function of the instrument approach chart is to provide the pilot with information which will enable the
performance of an approved instrument approach procedure to the runway of intended landing, or an established missed
approach procedure. The clear portrayal of the procedure and the minimum flight altitudes applicable to the procedure flight
track are the primary and essential information elements required by the pilot. Relief and obstacle information is useful for
orientation, a general visualization of terrain features and especially awareness of potentially dangerous terrain. This
information may be used by the pilot in deciding whether to accept clearance to altitudes below the minimum sector altitude
shown on the chart. On instrument flight rules (FR)-based charts, including the area, SID, STAR, and instrument approach
charts, relief and obstacle portrayal is not intended as a navigational substitute for the minimum flight altitudes applicable
to airways, routes and procedural flight track. In contrast, on the visual flight rules (VFR)-based visual approach chart, relief
and obstacles are important elements for navigation and are shown in greater detail related to their value as visual landmarks.
2. RELIEF PORTRAYAL METHODS

2.1
Relief portrayal must be designed to suit the function of the chart and the significance of relief in the charted
area. A primary criteria for the design of relief portrayal on IFR-based charts is that relief must not clutter the chart so as
to interfere with the pilot?s understanding of the primary and essential aeronautical data. Care should be taken to ensure that
aeronautical data is emphasized, however, at the same time, relief should be able to be interpreted quickly, particularly where
it is significant. A discussion of common relief portrayal methods follows.
2.2 Spot elevations

2.2.1
A spot elevation indicates the location of a point and its elevation above mean sea level and is to be marked in
accordance with Annex 4,Appendix 2, symbol number 13 and exceptionally, in cases of doubtful accuracy, with symbol
number 14. Portrayal of relief by the spot elevation method alone may be an acceptable method of portraying relief where
the terrain around the aerodrome does not rise significantly and is not complex. It offers the advantages of relatively simple
and economic cartographic preparation and printing. However, spot elevations have the following disadvantages:
a)
they take time to interpret correctly;
b)
they give no indication of the lateral extent of high ground, slope or low ground, therefore, they can be
misleading if used as a basis for determining the minimum altitude at which it is safe to fly in a given area;
c)
they cannot provide an instantaneous appreciation of relief because they give no indication of the shape of
the terrain;
d)
they do not emphasize either higher or more extensive areas of high ground;
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Chapter 7. General
7-2-17
e)
they may increase clutter on the chart, to the detriment of other information displayed, without providing
the pilot with enough useful information on the configuration of the terrain; and
f)
their absence may be misinterpreted as indicating low ground.
2.3 Contour lines and layer tinting

2.3.1
Contour lines are lines connecting points of equal elevation and are to be portrayed in accordance with Annex 4,
Appendix 2, symbol number 1 and exceptionally, in cases of doubtful accuracy, with symbol number 2. Portrayal of relief
by contour lines without layer tinting has fewer of the disadvantages indicated in 2.2.1, except that contour lines may also
create chart clutter and may be difficult to interpret easily unless presented by layer tinting and smoothed shapes. On
an instrument approach chart, contour lines are normally spaced every 150 m (500 ft) or 300 m (1 O00 ft) and, to be of
significant benefit, must have elevation values either specified through a legend or printed with the contour line and be
accompanied by selected spot elevations. A high density of contour lines, each with its printed elevation, is typical for
mountainous or complex terrain areas and is likely to generate considerable chart clutter. In such circumstances, the use of
colour is important to improve the readability of both the contour and the over-lying aeronautical information.
2.3.2
Even if the terrain surrounding the aerodrome is suitable for a monochrome presentation, care should be taken
(e.g. prudent selection of light half-tone screens and careful supervision of the photo lithographichmage setting and printing
process) to ensure that the printed chart is not cluttered and that aeronautical information is emphasized and clear. Selected
spot elevations should be included and printed in solid italic type. Also, on monochrome charts, the interaction of contour
lines and layer tint screens with screens used to portray other topographic features, and aeronautical information such as
airspace classification boundaries, must be evaluated to make certain a clear presentation, free of patterning or moir effect,
is possible. See Chapter 5 - Reproduction, for guidance on the alignment of overlapping screens.
2.4 Smoothed contour lines, contour values and layer tints printed in brown
2.4.1
Annex 4 specifies that relief portrayal be provided by the following method:

,
smoothed contour lines, contour values and layer tints printed in brown;
layer tinting to start at the next higher suitable contour line appearing on base topographic maps, exceeding
150 m (500 ft) above the aerodrome elevation for application on instrument approach charts. This figure
is raised to 300 m (1 O00 ft) for application on Area, SID, and STAR charts; and
appropriate spot elevations, including the highest elevation within each top contour line shown, printed in
black.
This relief portrayal method offers the following advantages:

a)
it provides an instantaneous general visualization of relief and emphasizes high ground;
b)
selected spot elevations provide detail of high points;
c)
smoothed contour lines help to decrease chart clutter;
d)
the use of brown colour for contour lines, contour values and layer tints provides a visual structure and
organization that allows a clear yet subdued presentation of relief while emphasizing over-lying
aeronautical data;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.4.2
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-2-18
e)
the area immediately surrounding the aerodrome of intended landing is not obscured by contour lines or
layer tinting; and
f)
the method reflects actual relief elevations.
2.4.3
In comparison with relief portrayal by the spot elevation method, production time and cost will increase due to
the preparation of a suitable terrain contour base, increased pre-press or photo lithographic work, and increased complexity
in the printing process and possibly in collation for distribution. In that respect, it should be noted that the basic topographic
information needed to produce the terrain contour base would have already been made available when designing the
instrument procedures. From there, cartographers will have to produce the base chart, and once this is done, the overlay
produced and elements of pre-press or photo lithographic work would be relatively permanent and require little further
amendment. The ICAO experience in chart production indicates that a colour chart costs approximately twenty per cent more
for the printing process than a monochrome chart.
2.4.4
Relief portrayal by the method of smoothed contour lines, contour values and layer tints printed in brown is
required (Annex 4, 11.7.2) for all relief on the Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO under the following circumstances:
a)
in areas where relief exceeds 1 200 m (4 O00 ft) above the aerodrome elevation within the coverage of the
chart or 600 m (2 O00 ft) within 11 km (6 NM) of the aerodrome reference point; and
b)
when the final approach or missed approach procedure gradient is steeper than optimal due to terrain.
2.4.5
The above method is also recommended where relief is lower on the Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO and
in areas where significant relief exists on the Area Chart - ICAO, Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO
and Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO (Annex 4, 11.7.3, 8.6.2, 9.6.2 and 10.6.2, respectively). In all
these cases of relief portrayal, obstacles must also be shown.
2.4.6
In planning relief portrayal, the interrelationship of all related charts within the terminal area should be
considered. This is not only to facilitate the preparation of relief base material, but also to provide a coordinated relief
presentation between charts. Where significant relief exists in the terminal area and is shown on area or SID, STAR and
instrument approach charts, contours should be derived from an electronic terrain and obstacle database developed in
accordance with Annex 15 - Aeronautical Znfomation Services, Chapter 10, or digitized at a scale of about 1500 000.
Appropriate spot elevations, including the highest spot elevations within each top contour, should also be compiled at this
stage. This scale is likely an average between approach and area chart scales, and is intended to give the generalized
depictions useable for all charts involved. When relief for all charts is prepared from the same base, the result (disregarding
differences in chart scale, criteria for starting contours and contour intervals) is that each contour line is consistent for all
charts.
2.4.7
On all instrument approach charts for a particular aerodrome, relief should be portrayed in a highly consistent
manner from chart to chart (including consistent starting contours and contour intervals). In a similar manner, consistency
of relief portrayal should be planned between SID and STAR charts. However, in areas of significant relief, it will likely not
be possible to maintain the same contour interval between the instrument approach chart and the associated SID, STAR or
area charts and provide an uncluttered relief presentation on the smaller scale charts. Where this occurs, it is desirable to
have a relationship between the contour intervals used (e.g. SID, STAR or area charts to use double the contour interval of
the instrument approach chart). A contour interval legend may be provided on the
face of the chart.
7
2.4.8
On the Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO and Standard Amval Chart - Instrument
(STAR) - ICAO, the area covered by the procedures and the paper size for the chart may cause difficulties in presenting
significant relief and obstacle information to scale. In these cases an inset, which portrays areas of significant relief drawn
to scale, may be included in the chart.
2.4.9
The following table summarises Annex 4 provisions for relief, obstacle, and minimum altitude portrayal on
relevant aeronautical charts. Paragraph numbers associated with Annex 4 Standards are indicated in bold (e.g. 11.7.2) and
Recommended Practices in italics (e g. 8.6.2).
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 7. General
7-2-19
AREA
CHART
ENROUTE
CHART
IFR-Nil
RELIEF
SID
VAC
IAC
STAR
(FR-relieffor
errain and
iituational
iwareness
FR-relief for
.errainand
iituational
iwareness
FR-relief for
errain and
ituational
iwareness
FR-relief for
errain and
iituational
iwareness
VFR-relief for
visual navigation
3.6.2
Significant relief
;hould be shown
)y the smoothed
:ontour-brown
ayer tint method
itarting at 300 m
ibove ELEV of the
3rimary AD.
).6.2
significant relief
ihould be shown
>ythe smoothed
:ontour-brown
ayer tint method
itarting at 300 m
rbove AD ELEV.
'0.6.2
iignificant relief
hould be shown
'y the smoothed
,ontour-brown
ayer tint method
tarting at 300 m
ibove AD ELEV.
11.7.2
12.7.2
I) Relief must be
Relief must be
shown.
;hown.
!) Where relief
neets 11.7.2
:riteria, all relief
nust be shown by
he smoothed
:ontour-brown
ayer tint method
itarting at 150 m
ibove AD ELEV.
More detailed
relief portrayal
than the instrument
approach chart.
Generalization of
relief by smoothed
contours may not
be appropriate.
11.7.3
3) Where relief is
ower than 11.7.2
:riteria, all relief
;hould be shown
>ythe smoothed
:ontour-brown
ayer tint method
;tarting at 150 m
ibove AD ELEV.
1.6.2
[n areas of
;ignificant relief
ibstacles should be
ihown in
issociation with
.elief.
'0.6.2
n areas of
*ignificantrelief
)bstacles should be
,hewn in
issociation with
elief.
11.10.2
12.10.2
iequired
Required
7.6.2
Required
1.9.3
k9.3.2
i0.9.3.2
Vil
Nil
Required
4ltemative to
USA and in parts
3f the chart not
:overed by MSA.
Utemative to
VISA and in parts
>fthe chart not
:overed by MSA.
Nil
Vil
3.9.3.2
10.9.3.2
11.10.5
Nil
Required
iequired
Required or
:erminal arrival
dtitude
?.6.2
in areas where
significant relief
:xists, the chart
should be drawn to
scale.
11.3.2
10.6.2
Yes
n areas where
iignificant relief
:xi&, the chart
ihould be drawn to
;cale.
OBSTACLES
AREA
MINIMUM
ALTITUDE
(within parallels
and meridians)
MINIMUM
SECTOR
ALTITUDE
P. 6.2
:n areas of
;ignificant relief
ibstacles should be.
ihown in
issociation with
.elief.
Nil
Yes
i
CHART DRAWP
TO SCALE
3.3.2
Yes
12.3.1
Yes
12.3.3
Should be drawn to
the same scale as
the instrument
approach chart.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-2-20
2.5 Depiction of smoothed contour lines, intervals, values and tints

2.5.1
For application on instrument approach charts, contour lines may be selected to start at the first even 300 m
(1 000 ft) contour line appearing on base topographic maps which is at least 150 m (500 ft) above aerodrome elevation. This
ensures that the area immediately surrounding'the aerodrome of intended landing is not obscured by the lowest layer tinting.
Subsequent contour intervals may be selected at 150 m (500 ft), or 300 m (1 O00 ft) or exceptionally 500 mIor 2 O00 ft, irr
order to give a satisfactory presentation of terrain. The larger intervals may be selected to take account of the increasing
steepness usually associated with higher ground, thus avoiding close spacing of the contour lines and providing a clean
appearance. The interval selection may also be affected by limitations on the availability and use of colour tints. For most
instrument approach, area, SID and STAR charts, to give a suitable generalized depiction of terrain, four or fewer contour
intervals should be sufficient.
2.5.2
For application on area, SID and STAR charts, contour lines may be selected to start at the first even 300 m
(1 O00 ft) contour line appearing on base topographic maps which is at least 300 m (1 O00 ft) above aerodrome elevation.
Subsequent contour intervals may be selected at 300 m (1 O00 ft), or 500 m or 2 O00 ft, or exceptionally 1 O00 m or 3 O00 ft.
When an inset is used on a SID chart to depict relief in the vicinity of the initial climb, it may be appropriate, depending on
the relief, to start at the first even 300 m (1 O00 ft) contour line which is at least 150 m (500 ft) above aerodrome elevation
and use a 150 m (500 ft) contour interval.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Contour data associated with topographic charts at a scale of 1500 O00 is recommended as a source. From there
2.5.3
a smoothed contour line is to be created (traced, digitized or computed) just outside, i.e on the lower side of the actual
contour. The smoothed contour should eliminate minor indentations in the topography such as valleys not more than 3.7 km
(2 NM) in width. Similarly, where two groups of contours at the same elevation come within 3.7 km ( 2 NM) of each other
(e.g. a pass between hills), they should be combined within one contour. In the smoothing process, a closed "smoothed"
contour should be considered not as a line enclosing ground above a certain elevation, but as a line outside which the ground
is lower. If the smoothing of contour data is computed by a mapping system algorithm, the result should be examined to
ensure that topographic features such as ridges are not truncated. The following figures illustrate the contour smoothing
process:
Figure 1
Figure 3
Figure 2
2.5.4
Relief is to be portrayed by graduated half-tone screen tints between contour lines with all contour lines, contour
values and tints printed in brown. Half-tone screen tints are to be based on the brown colour provided in Annex4,
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-2-21
Chapter 7. General
Appendix 3, Colour Guide, page APP 3-1 for contours and topographic features. The following specifications are
recommended to achieve the desired subdued relief presentation.
contour lines: brown, 50 per cent half-tone screen
contour values: solid brown (position contour values to avoid conflict with aeronautical data)
area below first contour line in the vicinity of the aerodrome: clear - no tint
first contour tint (i.e. lowest): brown, 10 per cent half-tone screen
second contour tint: brown, 20 per cent half-tone screen
third contour tint: brown, 30 per cent half-tone screen
fourth contour tint: brown, 40 per cent half-tone screen
2.5.5
For most applications, to give the generalized depiction of terrain suitable for instrument charts, four or fewer
contour intervals should be sufficient. If more are required they may be chosen from the intermediate half-tone screens
(Le. 5 per cent, 15 per cent, 25 per cent, and 35 per cent). However, to achieve differentiation between screens when using
more than four tinted contour intervals, an appropriate quality reproduction process is necessary. For the best results when
printing half-tone screen tints, a high quality offset paper number one, vellum or smooth finish is recommended.
2.6 Portrayal of spot elevations and obstacles

2.6.1
Appropriate spot elevations and obstacles are to be provided by the procedure specialist.
2.6.2
Spot elevations must be marked in accordance with Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol number 13 and exceptionally,
in cases of doubtful accuracy, with symbol number .14. If a spot elevation is the highest elevation on the chart, it should be
emphasized in accordance with the alternatives presented in symbol number 12. The boxed presentation (e.g.
should not be used if it could cause confusion with other boxed altitudes on the chart. Spot elevations must be printed in
black.
2.6.3
Obstacles are to be marked in accordance with Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol numbers 129 to 135. Obstacles
which are lighted and can be identified during night operations should be marked with the appropriate symbol. Obstacle
symbols are to be positioned at their exact positions, however, should several appear within a small area, only the highest
in the group needs to be shown. If an obstacle is the highest elevation on the chart, it should be emphasized by a larger
symbol and larger type. Obstacles and associated elevationsheights must be printed in the colour used on the chart for
aeronautical data (normally black or dark blue).
2.7 Placement of note and text boxes

2.7.1
The placement of notes and text boxes must be carefully selected in order to ensure that note and text box
information is easily read and has a minimum impact on aeronautical data and relief portrayal. The optimum placement is
in an open non-tinted area, with the next choices being areas of the lightest screen or the least significant relief information.
Relief information behind the note or text box should be cleared only when considered necessary to insure legibility of the
note or text. Obstacle or aeronautical data must not be cleared or obscured.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
V
D
7.3 AERODROME OBSTACLE CHART
ICAO TYPE A (OPERATINGLIMITATIONS)
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
3.1.1
Aerodrome O bs tacle Ch arts - ICAO Type A ( O p e r a t i n g L i m i t a t i o n s ) , i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h t h e

Aerodrome ObstacleChart - ICAO Type C (Annex 4, Chapter 5) o r w i t h r e l e v a n t i n f o r m a t i o n
p u b l i s h e d i n t h e AIP, are r e q u i r e d f o r p r o v i d i n g t h e d a t a n e c e s s a r y t o e n a b l e t h e o p e r a t o r t o
comply w i t h t h e o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s
o f Annex 6 , P a r t s I and I T , Chapter 5. Such l i m i t a t i o n s
are i n t e n d e d t o e n s u r e t h a t f o r e a c h f l i g h t a n a i r c r a f t
w i l l b e so loaded as t o b e c a p a b l e of
anagreed minimum performance.This
minimum performance i s i n t e n d e d t o e n s u r e t h a t
in the
event'ofanenginefailureduringtake-off,theaeroplane
w i l l be capable of either
of
di s c ont i nui ng th e tak e-o ff an d sto p p in g with in th e area p ro v id ed fo r s u ch emer g en ci es o r
becoming a i r b o r n e b e f o r e r e a c h i n g t h e
end o f t h e runway a n d t h e r e a f t e r of c l i m b i n g t o a
specifiedheight;andclearing
a l l obstacles in the flight path
area by a s p e c i f i e d h e i g h t
whichincreases as t h e d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e a e r o d r o m e i n c r e a s e s .
APPL ICAB I L ITY
3.2.1
and 3.2.2
The production of t h i s c h a r t i s mandatory f o r a l l aero d ro mes reg u l ar l y u s ed by i n t e r n a t i o n a l

c i v i l a v i a t i o n , wherethere are s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e s i n t h e t a k e - o f f f l i g h t p a t h a r e a s .
are no s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e s w i t h i n t h e t a k e - o f f
Where a c h a r t i s n o t r e q u i r e d b e c a u s e t h e r e
f l i g h t p a t h areas, i t i s i m p e r a t i v e t h a t n o t i f i c a t i o n b e g i v e n t o t h i s e f f e c t
by p u b l i c a t i o n
A s e p a r a t ec h a r t i s
i n t h e AGA S e c t i o n of th eAero n au ticalIn fo rmatio nPu b licatio n( A I P).
r e q u i r e df o re a c h
runway. In some s i t u a t i o n s i t may b en e c e s s a r yt op r e p a r e
a s e p a r a t ec h a r t
t o meet p r i n t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s b e c a u s e
of s h e e t s i z e a n d t o p e r m i t t h e
f or e a c h " t a ke - off"
finishedcharttobeincludedinthe
AIP.
N
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
FUNCTION
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
GENERAL
PLANNING
Intheplanningstage,duecognizanceshouldbetaken
of t h e i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n t h i s
c h a r t , t h e Aerodrome Obstacle Chart
Type C, and t h e A e r o d r o m e / H e l i p o r t C h a r t , f o r t h e
same
of surveys may beprevented by r e c o g n i z i n g t h a t much of
aerodrome.Duplicationorrepetition
t h e b a s i c d a t a w i l l b e t h e same f o r a l l t h e s e c h a r t s a n d p e r h a p s t h e y c a n b e o b t a i n e d w i t h o n e
a r e r e q u i r e d t o b e shown on t h e Aerodrome O b s t a c l e
s u r v e y .C e r t a i nl i m i t e dt o p o g r a p h i c a ld a t a
Chart: - Type A p r i m a r i l y w h e r e t h e t e r r a i n p e n e t r a t e s t h e p l a n e s u r f a c e d e f i n i n g s i g n i f i c a n t
obstacles.
The a u t h o r i t y r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e d e v e l o p m e n t
and production of t h e c h a r t w i l l beguided i n
of v a r i o u s
t h e methods of conducting a s u r v e y ( r e q u i r e d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e l o c a t i o n a n d h e i g h t s
ICAO
n a t u r a l a n d man-made o b j e c t s ) i n d e f i n e d a r e a s a r o u n d t h e a e r o d r o m e
by r e f e r e n c e t o t h e
A i r p o r tS e r v i c e s Manual, Part 6 - Control of Obstacles (Doc 9137).
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
F7
hl
cr)
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - Preparation of Specific Charts

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type A-

i
I
2
m
I4
v)
-_-__-__
7-3-3
c1
cr)
2( d s :u
P)
P)
F7
- 7-3-4
81 21 90
aal
U
G P
(d
Lu
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I C A O 8697
0
0
c)
0
c)
0
0
**
484141b 0015225 187
Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
**
6"
-1
..
Q
c,
Q
aJ
013
aJ.rl
.W
Pc)I
-~
--
4843436
0035226
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c .rl
a
.d

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type A

7-3-5
7-3-6
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8 / 21 90
v)
3w
*u
ICAO 8697

**
a,
B
t-l
a
.rl
T3
E 4843416 0035227 T 5 T E
Not for Resale
t
I
Chapter 7
Obstacle
Aerodrome
cn
!=l
3
w
ICAO 8697
US
0 0
L)m
zs
0 0
**
4841416 0036115 040
Not for Resale
I-
0
w
0
a
w
I-
a
0
-I
LL
I-
Preparation of Specific Charts

Chart
ICAO Type A
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-3-7
17/7/92
No. 2
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
TYPOGRAPHY
Samples of type suitable for use on charts are

provided on page 7-2-14.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.7.1
The magnetic variation to the nearest degree and date

DIMENSPONS AND E L E I I A T I O N S I N
of informationmust be indicated.
F-',
See also Chapter7 - General Specifications,

page 7-2-10, Annex4 reference 2.15.2.
?I
AERONAUTICAL DATA
Obstacles
3.8.1.1

Obstacles in the take-off flight path area which

project above a plane surface having1.2a per cent
slope and havinga common origin with the take-off
flight path area, must be regarded as significant
obstacles, except that significant obstacles lying
wholly below the shadow of other significant obstacles
3.8.1.2 of Annex 4 need not beshown./
as defined in
Mobile obstacles such as boats, trains, trucks,
etc.,
which may project above 1.2
the per cent plane shall
be considered significant obstacles but must not be
of 'creating a shadow.
considered as being capable
Not for Resale
M A G N E TVI C
ARIATION
METRES
1
3"W- JAN 1985
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
The most c r i t i c a l e l e m e n t t o b e p o r t r a y e d
is t h e
e l e v a t i o n of s i g n i f i c a n to b s t a c l e ( s ) .
It is
imperativethattheseobstaclesbeplotted
andbe
positionedonthecharttogreataccuracyandbe
c l e a r l yl a b e l l e do ri d e n t i f i e d .I n c i d e n t a l l y ,t h e
authority concerned with publishing the charts should
make every possible attempt to have removable
is finalized for
obstacles eliminated before the chart
p r o d u c t i o na n dd i s t r i b u t i o n .I nt h ei l l u s t r a t i o n ,t h e
1.2 per cent slope
shown on t h e p r o f i l e i s a plane
having a common o r i g i n w i t h t h e t a k e - o f f f l i g h t p a t h
area.Obstacleswhichpenetratethisslope
andwhich
l i e within the take-off flight path
area a r e
considered to be significant obstacles and must be
drawnon t h e p r o f i l e by a v e r t i c a l l i n e e x t e n d i n g f r o m
t h e e l e v a t i o n of t h e t o p of the obstacle through the
g r i d l i n e i m m e d i a t e l y below t o t h e n e x t l o w e r g r i d
i s i n t e r s e c t e d by a c i r c l e
l i n e .T h i sv e r t i c a ll i n e
c o n t a i n i n g t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n number of t h e o b s t a c l e .
3.8.1.2
i s considered to be a plane
The shadow ofanobstacle
surface originating at a horizontallinepassing
throughthetop
of t h e o b s t a c l e a t r i g h t a n g l e s t o t h e
c e n t r el i n e of t h et a k e - o f ff l i g h tp a t ha r e a .
The
plane covers the complete width
of t h e t a k e - o f f f l i g h t
a t 3.8.1.1
p a t h a r e a and extends to the plane defined
of Annex 4 o r t o t h e n e x t h i g h e r s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e
300 m (1 000 f t ) of
i f i t o c c u r sf i r s t .F o rt h ef i r s t
area, t h e shadow planes are
thetake-offflightpath
h o r i z o n t a l a n d beyond this point such planes have an
upward slope of1.2percent.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
Not for Resale
VerticalCoordiMteS based.
stopwy
Point of origin of
take-off flight path area
PD
REFERENCE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
c.,
The i l l u s t r a t i o n shows how t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r a n

o b s t a c l e l i e s w i t h i n t h e shadow of a n o t h e r and
t h e r e f o r e n e e d n o t be shown on t h e c h a r t .
3.8.1.3
a shadow i s
Ifthesignificantobstaclecreating
l i k e l y t o beremoved, t h e n o b j e c t s w h i c h would become
s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e s by i t s removalmustbe
shown.
I n v i e w of t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of unforeseen changes in
t h e s i t u a t i o n a l l o b s t a c l ed a t as h o u l db er e t a i n e d
so
t h a t a re-survey would not necessarily be required if
c e r t a i n o b s t a c l e s were removed o r i f t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n
of theaerodromewerechanged.
Take-off f l i g h t p a t h area
3.8.2.1
The t a k e - o f f f l i g h t p a t h a r e a c o n s i s t s
of a
quadrilateral area on the surface
of t h e e a r t h l y i n g
d i r e c t l y below,andsymmetricallydisposedabout,the
area h a st h ef o l l o w i n g
t a k e - o f ff l i g h tp a t h .T h i s
characteristics:
it commences a t t h e endof t h e are a d e c l a r e d
(i.e. a t t h e end of t h e
suitablefortake-off
runway o r c l e a r w a y a s a p p r o p r i a t e ) ;
i t s width a t t h e p o i n t of o r i g i n i s 180 m (600 f t )

and t h i s w i d t h i n c r e a s e s a t t h e r a t e of 0.25D
( e a c h s i d e d i v e r g e s a t 12.5%) t o a maximum of 1
800 m ( 6 000 f t ) , where D i s t h e d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e
p o i n t of 'origin; and
i t extends t o t h e p o i n t beyond which no
s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e s exist o r t o a d i s t a n c e of
10.0 km (5.4 NM), whichever i s t h e lesser.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
0
0
W
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
The t a k e - o f f f l i g h t p a t h a r e a
is t h e a r e a w i t h i n w h i c h
o b s t a c l e s are t o b es e l e c t e d and i d e n t i f i e d . The
take-offflightpatharea
commences a t t h e endof t h e
runway o rc l e a r w a y( i ft h e r e
i s a c l e a r w a y ) .I ft h e
runway l i e s w i t h i n a s t r i p which extends beyond t h e
runwayandwhich
has n o t b e e n d e s i g n a t e d as a clearway
butconforms t o t h e minimum s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r a
clearway(Chapter
3 , 3.5.1 t o 3.5.3, Annex 14, Volume
I ) , thenthetake-offfl.ightpathareashould
commence
a t t h e end of t h e s t r i p .
The area s h o u l d ' h a v et h e
d i m e n s i o n si n d i c a t e di nt h ei l l u s t r a t i o n .
3.8.2.2
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DIMENSIONS OF TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH AREA

(Not to scale)
---12 000 m (6.5 NM) --E--10 000 m (5.4 NM) -4

-6 480 rn (3.5NM)-4
O I
0-
m w
*
P
I
me
in
nrt
3 P.
PI0
e l
Maximum
width
- - - * m
0 0
F.
Hrn
4
6 0
tD
Y
Forrunways
s e r v i n ga i r c r a f th a v i n go p e r a t i n g
l i m i t a t i o n s which do n o tp r e c l u d et h eu s e
of a
t a k e - o f ff l i g h tp a t hg r a d i e n to f
l e s s than 1.2 p e r .
c e n t ,t h ee x t e n t
of t h et a k e - o f ff l i g h tp a t ha r e a
s p e c i f i e d in 3 . 8 . 2 . 1 c ) of Annex 4 mustbeincreased
12.0 Zun (6.5 NF) and t h es l o p e of t h e
t on o tl e s st h a n
3.8.1.1. and 3 . 8 . 1 . 2 mustbe
planesurfacespecifiedin
less.
reducedto 1.0 p e rc e n to r
cn
When a 1.0 percentsurveyplanetouches

no o b s t a c l e s ,
t h i s p l a n e may belowered u n t i l i t t o u c h e s t h e f i r s t
obstacle.
1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
A s l ope of less t h a n 1.0 per cent need be considered

only when t h e r e are no o b s t a c l e s p e n e t r a t i n g t h e
1.0 pe rc e nts l op e.
It s h o u ldb en o tedth atth ewid th
area remains a t a co n s tan t
of t h e t a k e - o f f f l i g h t p a t h
1 800 m ( 6 000 f t ) i f extended beyond 10 .O km
( 5 . 4 NM). I n t h e e v e n t
a ch arth asb eenp u b lish ed
on
t h e b a s i s of th e fo rmer more co n s erv ativ e
specifications,theonlychange
would .be t o i n d i c a t e
obs t a c l e s w hi c h h av e become s i g n i f i c a n t by a lowering
of t he s ur ve y p lan e an d /o r
by e x t e n d i n g t h e area
beyond t h e 10.0 km (5.4 NM) len g th . The survey may
r e v e a l t h a t no change i s n e c e s s a r y e x c e p t t o i n d i c a t e
the over-all distance that has been taken into
c ons i de r a t i on.
Curved f l i g h t p a t h
When o b s t a c l e s , i n c l u d i n g h i g h t e r r a i n , e x i s t i n t h e
it may be necessary t o
take-off flight path area
p r e s c r i b e a t u r ni nt h et a k e - o f fp r o c e d u r e .I ns u c h
a
situation the take-off flight path area has to be
a d j u s t e d s o t h a t it is c e n t r e d on t h e c u r v e d f l i g h t
of t h e
pathratherthantheextendedcentreline
runway. It i s a p p r o p r i a t et oi n d i c a t et h er a d i u s
of
from th e b eg in n in g of t h e runway
turnandthedistance
t o t h e c e n t r e of cu rv atu re. The d i s t a n c ef r o mt h e
beginning of t h e runway t o a n o b s t a c l e , s i t u a t e d
withinthecurvedportion
of t h e a r e a , m u s t b e
i t s intersection with a
measuredalongthetrackto
pe r pe ndi c ul a r from t h e a c t u a l o b s t a c l e .
O b s t a c l e s ,s i t u a t e do u t s i d ea n dn e a rt h ec u r v e d
p o r t i o n of t h e same area,sh o u ldb ein d icated(s ee
draughtingillustration).
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
DFUUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
I
I-
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
Declared distances
3.8.3.1.
of each
The following information for each direction
runway shall be entered in the space provided:
a)
take-off run available;
b)
accelerate-stopdistanceavailable;
C)
take-offdistanceavailable;and
d)
landing
distance
available.
2'800
TAKS-OFF RUN AVAILABLE
2 800
TAKE-(IFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE

ACCELERATPSTOE DISTANCE AVAILABLE
2 800
2 800
In Annex 14, VolumeI, Attachment A, Section 3 ,

guidance is given on declared distances.
I..
I "-"1
.~".
LANDING DISTAWCE AVAILABLE
1.*".1"
.....,*"..".""
..-,..., _...
...,...,.....""...".."."
,.........,..~."
,.,,.....
_
.
I
2800
_._"...
"".l...........l....l
Y
1
. I.
I..._..
.
'
)-h
Runway
I
,-
Take.offrun avaikakrble (TORAI

Landing distance available
,
I I Il!
I
Take-Qfldistanceavaikrble (TODA)
3.8.3.2

Where a declared distance is not provided becausea

runway is usable in one direction only, that runway
should be identified as "not usable for take-off,
landing, or both".
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Accelerpte-stop dtstance available (ASDA)
ANNEX 4
REFEREI~CE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
Plan and profile views

3.8.4.1
The plan view shall show:

the outline of the runways by a solid line,
including the length and width, the magnetic
bearing to the nearest degree, and the runway
number ;
the outline of the clearways by a broken line,
including the length and identification
as such;
*
)
alternative take-off flight path areas. When

alternative take-off flight path areas not centred
of the runway centre line are
on the extension
shown, notes shall be provided explaining the
significance of such areas; and
WARNING
THE TAKEOFF FLIGHT PATH
AREA IS LOCATED I N
A
DENSELY
BUILT UP AREA.
NUMEROUS
OBSTACLES EXISTONEITHERSIDEOF
THETAKE-OFF
FLIGHT PATH AREA DEFINED ONTHIS CHART.

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
take-off flight path areas by a dashed line and

the centre line by a fine line consisting
of short
and long dashes;
0
0
I-
I C A O 8637 t f
/--
' 0
0s
-?
--
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035236 Tb2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
c a
0 0
u u
Chapter 7 - Preparation of Specific Cha'rts

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type A
a,

i
I
.~
;..
. .
7-3-15
7-3-16
81 2/

ICAO 8697
**
Aeronautical Chart: Manual
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035237 9T9
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
I C A O 8697

i
I
**
4841416 0015238 835
m a
0
,
ii
O G
m
c,
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-3-18
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8/ 2/90

a,
E
ua,
mid
. .
5cp
Not for Resale
.rl
4
l u 4
clw
a o u
In-
4 n 4
0
n
I C A O 8697
**
= 484141b
0035240 493
Not for Resale

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type A,---

___
7-3-19
81 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8697
** =
..
"a"
d
484l 141b 0036323 117
Not for Resale

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type B
..
a
:.!
u v
o m
u u
!?e
aaJ
a
CaJ
urn

7-4-1
17/7/92
No. 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tdG
IN
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
4.2.2
GENERAL
It i s p e r m i s s i b l e t o combineType A and Type B aero d ro me o b s t acl e ch art s , i n w h i ch

t i t l e of t h e c h a r t m u s t b e
"Aerodrome Ob stacle Ch art
ICAO (Comprehensive)".
case t h e
PLANNING
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
H
fi
In t he pl a nnin g stag e, co g n izan ce s h o u ld b e tak en

of t h e c l o s e i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n t h i s
t y p e of c h a r t , t h e Aerodrome ObstacleChart
ICAO Type A ( O p e r a t i n g L i m i t a t i o n s ) a n d t h e
Aerodrome/Heliport Chart-ICAO.
Surveysanddetaileddrawingsprepared
by t h e a u t h o r i t y
of t h e aero d r o m e, s h o u l d b e av ai l ab l e
c ha r ge d w i t h th e p lan n in g , co n s tru ctio n an d main ten an ce
t o cover the basic data required
f o r i n c l u s i o n on t h e c h a r t .
>
oa
r
9
4
**
I
I+
I
r
0
0
W
n-
lu
0
Ln
W

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
COVERAGE AND SCALE
4.4.1
The extent o f each chart must b e s u f f i c i e n t t o c o v e r

a l ls i g n i f i c a n to b s t a c l e s .I s o l a t e dd i s t a n to b s t a c l e s
t h a t would unnecessarily increase the sheet size
may
be indicated by t h e a p p r o p r i a t e symbol and anarrow,
provided that the distance
and bearing from t h e
aerodrome reference point and elevation are given.
170m
- A N T E N N AE L E V .
9020m @ 278'
4.4.2
The h o r i z o n t a l s c a l e must be within the range

1:lO 000 t o 1:20 000.
4.4.3
A horizontal linear scale

showing both metres and f e e t
must be included i nt h ec h a r t .
When necessary, a
l i n e a r s c a l e f o r k i l o m e t r e s and n a u t i c a l m i l e s must
a l s o be shown.
of
1 :20,000
H O R I Z O N T A LS C A L E
METRES
300
500
IO00
1000
1 : : :
I
1000
2000
3000
FEET
FORMAT
4.5.1
The c h a r t s must include:

a)

any necessaryexplanation
and
of theprojectionused;
of thegridused;
b)
any n e c e s s a r yi d e n t i f i c a t i o n
c)
a n o t a t i o ni n d i c a t i n gt h a to b s t a c l e sa r et h o s e
which p e n e t r a t e t h e s u r f a c e s s p e c i f i e d i n
Annex
14, Volume I, Chapter 4;
Not for Resale
TRANSVERSE MERCATOR PROJECTI0.NDONLON STATE GRID -CENTRAL ZONE
OBSTACLES SHOWN ARE THOSE WHICH PENETRATE

THE SURFACES SPECI FI ED IN A N N E X 14, V O L U M E 1,
CHAPTER 4
7 -4-4

I C A O 8697
**
4BI.11416 0036126 3 2 6
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O Ab77
r m
**
H 4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035246 903
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - PreparationofSpecific
Charts

i
I
7-4-5
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-4-6
81 2 / 9 0
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
P
b
c-4
a,
M
cd
n
CA
E!

ICAO 8 6 9 1
**
@?
4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0035247 848
Not for Resale
ICAO 8697
**
I
-
--+- f l'
M 48414Lb 0036127 862 M
Not for Resale

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7 -4-7
-
Or
*
or
I
t y ,
17/7/92
No. 2
.--
REFERENCE
DETAILS
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4.7.3
A l l objects,eithercultural
or natural,thatproject
above the take-off and approach surfaces specified
under Aeronautical Data
o r t h e c l e a r i n g and marking
s u r f a c e s s p e c i f i e d i n Annex 14, Volume I, Chapter 4
must be shown.
4.7.4
Roadsand r a i l r o a d s w i t h i n t h e t a k e - o f f
and approach
area, and l e s s t h a n 600 m (2 000 f t ) from t h e endof
t h e runway o r runway extensions mustbe shown.
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
See specimen chart 2
Buildings and o t h e r f e a t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e
aerodromecan be transposed from the
aerodrome c h a r t .
Hydrographic d e t a i l s ,r o a d s ,r a i l r o a d s ,
towns, e t c . ,
can be transposed from the instrument and v i s u a l
approach charts.
Geographical names of f e a t u r e s may be shown i f of

significance.

Not for Resale
.......................
............................................
...........................................
............................................
...........................................
.............................................
..:::::::::~::::~~~~""'
...............
::::::::::::y..:.:..:
....:....":"'.:::;::.::~~~~~
..........................................
....................................
......................................
~
~
~
~
...........................................
...........................................
............................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - Preparation of S p e c i f i cC h a r t s
- ICAO Type B
AerodromeChart
Obstacle
I
_
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7 -4-9
17/7/92
No. 2
7-4-10
Addendum
(16/9/87)

a,
5
w
0
Not for Resale
a,
.n
a - m
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
f) taxiways, aprons and parking areas identifiedas

by a solid line;
such, and the outlines depicted
g) stopways identified as such and depicted bya

broken line
;
h) the length of each stopway;
i) clearways identified as such and depicted by
a
broken 1 ine ;
length
\ST::AY in
# metres
j > the length of each clearway;
k) take-off and approach surfaces identified as such

and depicted bya broken line. These surfaces are
specified in Annex14, Volume I, Chapter 4 , and
are :
take-off climb surface;

approach surface;
inner horizontal surface;
conical surface;
- transitional surface;

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
The s p e c i f i c a t i o n s i n Annex 14, Volume I, Chapter

Where t h e competent
authorityhasestablishedlowersurfaces,they
may
beused i n t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of s i g n i f i c a n t
obstacles.
4 , a r e minimum requirements.
In o r d e r n o t t o c l u t t e r t h e c h a r t w i t h e x t r a n e o u s
limits of t h e l o w e s t s u r f a c e a t
l i n e s ,o n l yt h e
anygivenpointshould
be shown. The competent
a u t h o r i t y s h o u l d e s t a b l i s h and determine the
e l e v a t i o n datumand p o i n t , o r p o i n t s , f o r t h e
measurement of t h e limits of t h e i n n e r h o r i z o n t a l
surface. (In t h e example shown i n Specimen
Chart 2, t h e i n n e r h o r i z o n t a l s u r f a c e
was located45m
above t h e o f f i c i a l aerodrome e l e v a t i o n , d e f i n e d a s
t h eh i g h e s tp o i n t
of thelandingarea.
The o u t e r
l i m i t s were f i x e d t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t t h e
following considerations :
1) t o p r o v i d e p r o t e c t i o n c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h a t
theapproachsurfaces;
and
of
2) to provide the smallest area in regard to

removaland r e s t r i c t i o n of o b s t a c l e s c o n s i s t e n t
w i t h t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s of Annex 14, Volume I.
The c e n t r e of t h e i n n e r h o r i z o n t a l s u r f a c e
was
located mid-way between t h e two p a r a l l e l runways
and t h e r a d i u s was chosen s o t h a t t h e s u r f a c e
would include a l l t h e i n n e r s e c t i o n s
of t h e
approachandtake-offclimbsurfaces).

Not for Resale
ICAO 8677
ca
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0036333 066
Not for Resale

Aerodrome
Obstacle
Chart - ICAO Type B
a n
a,
m
m
t,
E
0
k
a
a
m
cd
a
cw
0
I
cw
4u
n
d

r-
7-4-1 3
17/7/92
No. 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
n)
any a d d i t i o n a lo b s t a c l e s , a s determined by 3.6.1.1

of Anriex 4 i n c l u d i n g t h e o b s t a c l e s i n t h e
shadow
of a s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e , w h i c h
would o t h e r w i s e
beexempted.
Those objects which penetrate the above mentioned

s u r f a c e s ( r e f . Annex 14, Volume I, Chapter 4,) a r e
c o n s i d e r e dt ob es i g n i f i c a n to b s t a c l e sa n d
it is
imperative that they be plotted
on t h e c h a r t t o a h i g h
As i n t h e
degree of a c c u r a c y ,a n dc l e a r l yi d e n t i f i e d .
c a s e of t h e Aerodrome ObstacleChart - Type A, t h e
authority concerned should
make e v e r y e f f o r t t o h a v e
r e m o v a b l eo b s t a c l e se l i m i n a t e d ,p r e f e r a b l yb e f o r et h e
c h a r t is f i n a l i z e d f o r p r o d u c t i o n , b u t t h i s s h o u l d
not
delay publication of the chart.
O t h e ro b j e c t s ,e . g .c h i m n e y s ,a n t e n n a e ,t r e e s
or
terrain which might affect visual manoeuvring
on t h e c h a r t ,
( c i r c l i n g )p r o c e d u r e ss h o u l db ei n c l u d e d
andidentified.
ASPHALT
4.9.l.1
The n a t u r e o f t h e
begiven.
runway andstopway
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
s u r f a c e ss h o u l d
II
ooD
3 L <
0 0 0

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
---+----,-
- --
I__._
it
--
7-4-16
81 21 90
Lu
y-lWii
hi
0 o a a
0
4

..
m
cd
aJ
$4
cd
2re
M
a
a
cd
w
w
I C A O 8697
**
' i i
H
4
.n
.-I
aJ
$4
oal
W 484L4Lb 0035257 7 9 7 W
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.5 AERODROME OBSTACLE CHART

ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
ICAO TYPE C
GENERAL
~~
~~
~~~~
~~
FUNCTION
5.1.1
ICAO Type C i s t o p r o v i d e t h e o b s t a c l e
The primary function of t h e Aerodrome ObstacleChart
datanecessarytoenable
an o p e r a t o r t o d e v e l o p p r o c e d u r e s t o
comply w i t h t h e o p e r a t i n g
l i m i t a t i o n s of Annex 6, P a r t s I and 11, Chapter 5 , w i t h p a r t i c u l a r r e f e r e n c e t o i n f o m a t i o n
o n o b s t a c l e s t h a t limit t h e maximum permissible take-off
mass.
Inaddition,thischart
a)
t h ed e t e r m i n a t i o n
b )t h ed e t e r m i n a t i o n
landing;and
C)
t h ep r o v i s i o n
is intendedtosatisfythefollowingfunctions:
of minimum s a f eh e i g h t si n c l u d i n gt h o s ef o rc i r c l i n gp r o c e d u r e s ;
of proceduresforuseintheeventofanemergencyduringtake-off
or
of s o u r c e material f o r a e r o n a u t i c a l c h a r t s .
Annex 6 Part I (4.3.1 f ) ) r e q u i r e s t h a t a f l i g h t mustnotbe

commenced u n t i l t h e
limitations i n Chapter 5 of t h a t Annex can
pilot-in-command i s s a t i s f i e d t h a t t h e o p e r a t i n g
becompliedwith.
One of t h e s eo p e r a t i n gl i m i t a t i o n sr e q u i r e st h a t ,d u r i n gt a k e - o f ft h e
of a c r i t i c a l power-unit failing a t a n y p o i n t i n t h e
a e r o p l a n e must b e a b l e , i n t h e e v e n t
take-off either to discontinue the take-off and
stop w i t h i n t h e a c c e l e r a t e - s t o p d i s t a n c e
available,ortocontinuethetake-offand
clear a l l o b s t a c l e s a l o n g t h e f l i g h t p a t h b y a n
is i n a p o s i t i o n t o comply w i t h t h e p r o v i s i o n s c o n c e r n i n g
adequate margin until the aeroplane
(5.2.9 of Annex 6, P a r t 1)o p e r a t i o n of anaeroplanewithonepower-unitinoperative
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
GENERAL
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
To meet t h i s a s p e c t of the operating limitations the operator has to develop contingency

procedures for which he needs information on height and l o c a t i o n of a l l o b s t a c l e s e x c e e d i n g
height of 120 m (4OO'feet) above t h e lowest elevation on the runways, w i t h i n a d i s t a n c e of
45 km from t h e aerodrome.
The Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - Type C, i n combination w i t h t h e Aerodrome Obstacle Chart
Type A provides the obstacle information required for developing the contingency procedures
f o r most aeroplanes.
The production of a new Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - Type C i s a resource-demandingand c o s t l y

of surveying,drawing and p r i n t i n g work involved, any s u i t a b l e
task. To o f f s e t t h e h i g h c o s t
existing topographical chart or series
of c h a r t s may beused t o form the base chart and then
To allowfortheuse
of these
be overprintedwiththerequiredaeronauticalinfomation.
existingcharts,thescale
of t h e c h a r t s i s f l e x i b l e , between 1:20 000 and 1:lOO 000.
The Aerodrome ObstacleChart

Type C i s not intended to beusedon
t h e f l i g h t deck.
Therefore i t s s c a l e , s i z e and manner of presentation of the information need not be highly
standardized. However, t h e c h a r t must provide a l l t h e i n f o r m a t i o n needed by t h e o p e r a t o r t o
develop the appropriate contingency procedures.
APPL ICAB IL ITY
5.2.1
The Aerodrome O'bstacle Chart
ICAO Type C need not be made a v a i l a b l e where:
a) the obstacle data necessary to enable an operator to develop procedures to

comply with
t h e o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s of Annex 6, Parts I and 11, Chapter 5 i s p u b l i s h e d i n t h e
Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) ( s e e page 7-5-15 f o r example of an Aerodrome
Obstacle Register); or
b)

no s i g n i f i c a n to b s t a c l e se x i s t ,
Not for Resale
and t h i s f a c t
i s published i n t h e AIP.
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
GENERAL
PLANNING
In the planning stage, cognizance should

be taken of t h e c l o s e i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p
between
t h i s t y p e of c h a r t , t h e Aerodrome ObstacleChart
ICAO Type A (Operating Limitations), the
Aerodrome ObstacleChart
ICAO Type B and t h e Aerodrome/HeliportChart
- ICAO. As f o r t h e
Aerodrome Obstacle Charts Type A and B, d u p l i c a t i o n o r r e p e t i t i o n of surveys may be prevented
by recognizing that the required compilation
of much of t h e b a s i c d a t a f o r t h e s e c h a r t s
will
be t h e same, However, t h e Aerodrome ObstacleChart
Type C must p r o v i d e c e r t a i n o b s t a c l e
d a t a and topographical information covering a d i s t a n c e of 45 km (24 NM) from t h e aerodrome
referencepoint.
It i s assumed t h a ta p p r o p r i a t et o p o g r a p h i c a lc h a r t sa r ea v a i l a b l ef o rt h e
a r e a around many a i r p o r t s . These c h a r t s , i f supplemented with"overprint"obstacledata
and
other significant aeronautical information, should
be s u i t a b l e f o r u s e a s t h e t o p o g r a p h i c
b a s e f o r t h e Aerodrome Obstacle Chart
Type C.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
a0
\
N
\
\o
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTUTION
COVERAGE AND SCALE
5 -3.1
The extent of each chart

a )t o
must be s u f f i c i e n t :
cover a l ls i g n i f i c a n to b s t a c l e s ,i n c l u d i n g
o b s t a c l e s i n t h e shadow of a s i g n i f i c a n t o b s t a c l e ,
i n t h e take-off f l i g h t p a t h a r e a which p r o j e c t
above a plane surface having a 1.2 per cent slope
and having a common origin with the take-off
f l i g h t patharea.
Account must be taken of mobile
obstaclessuchasboats,trains,trucks,etc.,
which may p r o j e c t above t h e 1.2 per cent plane.

h)
t o cover a l l o b s t a c l e s e x c e e d i n g , l 2 0 m (400 f t )
above the lowest elevation
on therunway(s) which
may influence the maximum permissible take-off
mass or the choice of t h e a i r c r a f t ' s f l i g h t
p r o f i l e b o t h s ' t r a i g h t aheadand i n a l l a r e a s where
turning departures may occur; and
c)
toprovidetopographicalinformationcovering
a
d i s t a n c e of approximately 45 km ( 2 4 NM) from t h e
of
aerodrome referencepoint.(Notethat,because
economical considerations, specimen c h a r t 3 shows
only partial coverage.)
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Note.-The
take-off f l i g h t p a t h a r e a i s
described onpage 7-3-10, Annex 4 reference 3.8.2.1.
a
I
I C A O 8697
0
O
**
=
484141b
0035262
ni!
Not for Resale

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Tvpe C
a,
P
o
O
O
In
u.
In
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
054 W
-.
7-5-5
81 2 i 90
t3/ 21 90
c,
a ' o
a f i
m
m
a,
Not for Resale
cr,
9)
cr,
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c1
aJ
S k
o u
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
'u.
hl
Not for Resale
7-5-8
Ir

ICAO 8697
**
I
-
r-
Y8YLYL6 0015265 863
In
c'!
h
In
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
SPELLING
OF
GEOGRAPHICAL
NAMES
SeeChapter 7 - Gen eral Sp ecificatio n s , p ag e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.8.1 t o 2 . 8 . 4 i n c l u s i v e .
7-2-5,
ABBREV IATIONS
Gen eralSp ecificatio n s ,p ag e

SeeChapter 7
Annex 4 reference2.9.1and
2.9.2.
7-2-6,
POL IT ICAL BOUNDARIES
SeeChapter 7 - Gen eralSp ecificatio n s ,p ag e

Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.10.1and2.10.2.
7-2-7,
See specimen chart3
COLOURS
The c o l o u r s o f t h e e x i s t i n g t o p o g r a p h i c a l c h a r t s
are
acceptable. Note t h a t , for eco n o micalco n sid eratio n s ,
specimenchart 3 i s reproduced i n s i n g l e c o l o u r from a
s i x- c ol ourc hart
series.
Fortheaeronauticaloverprinting
a darkblueor
be used (see Annex 4 ,
magentacolourshould
Appendix 3 . - Colour Guide).
TYPOGRAPHY
F or t he a e r ona utical o v erp rin tin g samp les

shown onpage 7-2-14.
N

Not for Resale
of ty p e are
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The t ype of l e t t e r i n g u s e d on t h e e x i s t i n g
t opogr a phi c a lch art i s accep tab le.
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
CULTURE AND TOPOGRAPHY
The cultureandtopography
as shownon t h e e x i s t i n g
series of t o p o g r a p h i c a lc h a r t s a r e a c c e p t a b l e .
MAGNET IC VAR U T ION
True Morth a n d m a g n e t i c v a r i a t i on must be indicated.

I fe x i s t i n gt o p o g r a p h i c a lc h a r t sa r eu s e dt h i s
information must be o b t a i n e d f r o m t h o s e c h a r t s .
5.6.1
The c h a r t s h o u l d show t h e m a g n e t i c v a r i a t i o n t o t h e
n e a r e s td e g r e ew i t h
t h e dateandannualchange.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.14.1
See a l s o C h a p t e r 7 - G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
page 7-2-10, Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.15.2.
AERONAUT T C A L DATA
5.8.1
The chartmust
show:
a )t h ea e r o d r o m er e f e r e n c ep o i n ta n d
posit ion;

Not for Resale
i t s geographical
I C A O 8697
aJ I
**
4843436 0035268 572
c)
Not for Resale

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart - ICAO Type C
9)
a s

Q)
O E
E O
7-5-11
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-5-12
Cn
h
J
W
-----

O E
fi
_______I_------
.rlFi
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 7
Chart
Obstacle
Aerodrome
Not for Resale

- ICAO Type C
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-5-13
11/7/92
No. 2
00
1
Kl
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
DETAILS
ILLUSTRATION
ACCURACY
5.9.1
The order of accuracy attained must be shown on t h e

chart.
5.9.2
The order of accuracy of t h e f i e l d work and t h e

p r e c i s i o n of chart production should be such that the
r e s u l t i n g d a t a w i l l be within the maximum d e v i a t i o n s
indicated herein:
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
00 FT
00 FT
50 metres;
1) h o r i z o n t adl i s t a n c e s :
2) v e r t i c a dl i s t a n c e s :
ORDER O F A C C U R A C Y
10 metres.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
These a c c u r a c i e s a r e s a t i s f a c t o r y f o r
normaluse.
In
cases where more precise information on h o r i z o n t a l
a n d / o r v e r t i c a l d i s t a n c e s i s needed it i s assumed t h a t
t h i s w i l l be obtained by o t h e r means.

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
Chapter 7
Obstacle
Aerodrome
**
4 8 4 1 4 1 h 0015272 T T 3

CICAO Type
Chart
7-5-15
REGISTER OF SIGNIFICANT OBSTACLES
(%ENTIFIcAT1oN
NUMBER
ELEVATION
I N FEET
TYPE
COORDINATES
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
~~
TYPE
COORDINATES
RUNWAY 24R
166
TREE
45027'50" N
73046'59" W
118
TREE
.45028'58" N
73043'54" w
174
TREE
45027'29'' N
73O47'15" W
115
ANTENNA
45029'06' N
73044'14" W
178
TREE
45027'51'' N
73047'30"W
3
4
5
133
POLE
45029'25'' N
73044'06'' W
45027'26'' N
73047'45" w
6
7
8
131
BUILDING
45029'07'' N
73043'32" w
45027'48'' N
73047'57'' w
131
BUILDING
45029'37'' N
73044'00" W,
10
11
167
TREE
45O29'34" N
73043'46' w
4
5
6
7
8
185
207
TREE
TREE
RUNWAY 28
1
127
TOWER
45027'58'' N
73043'58'' W
128
BUILDING
45028'00" N
73043'39'' w
12
162
3
4
140
BUILDING
45027'37'' N
73043'30" w
13
187
TOWER
45029'54'' N
73043'20'' W
147
BUILDING
45028'02'' N
73043'23'' W
RUNWAY 06R
1
2
113
POLE
176
TREE
45028'03'' N
73043'1 8" W
45027'1 9' N
73044'29'' W
3
4
118
POLE
45027'01'' N
73044'32'' W
5
6
122
BUILDING
45027'17" N
73045'05'' W
7
8
9
152
TREE
45026'43'' N
73044'54'' w
1
2
152
BUILDING
45028'36'' N
73042'34'' W
142
BUILDING
45028'59'' N
73042'48'' W
4
5
6
7
163
POLE
45028'52'' N
73042'1 5" W
45027'1 7" N
73046'47"W
163
TREE
45029'1 3" N
73042'42" W
45026'52'' N
73046'29'' W
187
TREE
45029'24'' N
73042'23" W
6
7
8
9
10
11
181
TREE
45027'32'' N
73043'00'' W
12
169
TREE
45028'02'' N
73043'03" W
13
14
174
TREE
45O27'33" N
7304 2'47" W
15
RUNWAY 06L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
179
120
153
162

ELEVATION
IN FEET
RUNWAY 10
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
TREE
PO LE
TREE
TREE
45029'45'' N
73043'33'' w
RUNWAY 24L
45027'59'' N
73042'45"W
45027'1 3" N
73046'05'' w
Not for Resale
ICAO 8697
7-5-16
**
m 484143b 0035273
--l_--l_----
---93T m
LEGEND FOR AERODROME OBSTACLE CHART - TYPE "C"
LEGEND
Obstacles of large extent exceeding 400 feet

above the lowest elevation on the runways
Obstacle Elevation in feet Type identification-
422
TOWER
Obstacle -
Elevation in feet-
140
Identification number(Refer to register of dgnificant obstacles)
DECLARED DISTANCES INFORMATION FOR AERODROME OBSTACLE CHART -TYPE "C"
RUNWAY 10 - 28
,
DECLARED DISTANCES
RUNWAY 10
2 134
2 438
2 195
2 134
m
m
m
RUNWAY 28
TAKE
-OFF
RUN
AVAILABLE
TAKE
-OFF
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
ACCELERATE-STOPDISTANCEAVAILABLE
LANDING
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
1342
1342
m
2 438 m
2 134 m
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
RUNWAY 06R - 24L
I
2313
2 972 m
9262

DECLARED DISTANCES
RUNWAY 0 6 R
2 926 m
TAKE - O F F AVAILABLE
RUN 2926
TAKE
-OFF
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
3231
ACCELERATE-STOPDISTANCEAVAILABLE2972
LANDING
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
RUNWAY 24L
m
m
m
2 926
RUNWAY 06L - 24R

DECLARED DISTANCES
RUNWAY 06L
3533
m
3658 m
3399 m
3533
m
TAKE - O F F RUN
AVAILABLE
3
TAKE - O F F DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
3658
ACCELERATE -STOP DISTANCEAVAILABLE3399
LANDING
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
3353
Not for Resale
RUNWAY 24R
353 m
m
m
m
7.6 PRECISIONAPPROACH
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
TERRAIN CHART
- ICAO
GENERAL
FUNCTION
- ICAO i s d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e d e t a i l e d t e r r a i n p r o f i l e
The P r e c i s i o n Ap p ro ach T errain Ch art
i nf or m a t i on (in clu d in g n atu ral an d
man-made o b j e c t s ) w i t h i n a d e f i n e d p o r t i o n o f t h e f i n a l
approachwhich w i l l e n a b l e a i r c r a f t o p e r a t i n g a g e n c i e s t o
assess, u s i n g r a d i o altimeters, t h e
e f f e c t o f t h e terrain o n d e c i s i o n h e i g h t d e t e r m i n a t i o n .
APPLICABILITY
6.2.1
The P r e c i s i o n Approach T errain Ch art - ICAO mustbe made a v a i l a b l e f o r a l l p r eci s i o n ap p ro ach

runwaysCategories I1 and I11 a t aerodromesused by i n t e r n a t i o n a l c i v i l a v i a t i o n .
6.2.2
The P r e c i s i o n Ap p ro ach T errain Ch art

occurs.
ICAO mustbe
revised whenever any significant change
Changes i n t h e h e i g h t of o b s t a c l e s by more than 3 m (10 f t ) couldbe a common occurrence.

Suchchangesnecessitate
A n o t h e rc r i t i c a lc h a n g e
wouldbe a change i n t h e g l i d e p a t h a n g l e .
r e v i s i o n o f t h ec h a r ta n d
a new e d i t i o n s h o u l d b e i s s u e d
as soon as p r a c t i c a b l e i f t h e c h a r t
is to retain its utility.
PLANNING
To compile a P r e c i s i o n Approach T e r r a i nC h a r t
ICAO, d e t a i l e d s u r v e y s o f t h e t o p o g r a p h y
of
t h e d e f i n e d area fro m th e runwayend t o t h e limit of t h e h o r i z o n t a l d i s t a n c e t o b e p o r t r a y e d
w i l l benecessary,usingstandardsurveymethodstoanaccuracyof
0.5 m (1.5 f t ) i n t h e
h o r i z o n t a la n d v e r t i c a l d i m e n s i o n s . T e r r a i n p r o f i l e d a t a f o r t h e
twoendsof
a runway may be
shown on t h e same OK o ns e p a r a t ec h a r t s .
Due cognizanceshould,however,betaken
of t h e
inter-relationshipbetweenthischart,theAerodrome/HeliportChartand
Aerodrome Obstacle
Chart - Type A
A j u d i c i o u s u t i l i z a t i o n of s u r v e y s f o r a l l t h e s et y p e s of c h a r t s c o u l d
a separatesurveyforthisparticularchart.
eliminatetheneedfor

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6 .I. . I
00
N
%
W
0
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
COVERAGE AND SCALE
6.3.1
The horizontal scale should 1:2

be 500 and the
vertical scale 1:500.
6.3.2
When the chart includes a profile

of the terrain to a
900 m (3000 ft) from the runway
distance greater than
be 1:5 000.
threshold, the horizontal scale should
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The extent of the chart coverage is given on pages 7-6-5 Seespecimen chart 4
and7-6-6, Annex4 references 6.5.1 and 6.5.2.
FORMAT
For the format of this chart, see specimen 4.
chart
The chart is appropriate for inclusion in the
Aeronautical Information Publication(AIP).
TITLE
2.2

The title must be "Precision Approach Terrain Chart

ICAO"
P R E C l SI ON APP,ROACH TERRA1 N
This title must not include "ICAO" unless the chart

conforms with all Standards specified in 4,
Annex
Chapters 2 and 6.
CHART
Not for Resale
ICAO
al
a
.rl
3
0
&
a
U
(d
e
0
VI
0
v1
cl
Not for Resale
(d
rA

Precision Approach Terrain Chart - ICAO
Ei
H
E-c
J
H
P4
H
E-c
w
n
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

rda,
& &
al
iri-
d4-
"I EF
- 4
..'
"2
"2
Fr
7-6-3
al
ala
Q ) M
81 2/ 90
7-6-4
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum
m)
**
aJ
$4-
01
& k
cdaJ
ICAO 8b97

= 484L4Lb
&I
rl
0
G
0
k
0
a
a,
&
(d
a,
k
a
a,
a
.-l
-3
2 0;
.rl
U
0035277 5 8 5
Not for Resale
I C A O 8697 M Y m 4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0015278 411 m
'k
Not for Resale

P r e c i s i o n Approach Terrain Chart - ICAO

i
I
7-6-5
81 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8/2/90

Not for Resale
,a
J
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8697 t t m 4 8 4 3 4 L b 0035280 0 7 T m
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - Preparation of S p e c i f i cC h a r t s
P r e c i s i o n Approach Terrain Chart - ICAO
CA
d
n
3
w

7-6-7
Addendum
(16/9/87)
7-6-8
ICAO 8 6 9 7
v,
**
L.

I
1
.
.
r--
I 1
i
.
484L4Lb O O L 5 2 B L Tab
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.7 ENROUTE CHART
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
b,
ICAO
GENERAL
FUNCTION
7.1.1
The EnrouteChart - ICAO m u s t p r o v i d e f l i g h t c r e w s w i t h i n f o r m a t i o n t o f a c i l i t a t e n a v i g a t i o n

along ATS r o u t e s i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s p r o c e d u r e s .
A s i m p l i f i e d v e r s i o n of t h i s c h a r t may b e in clu d ed in an Aero nau t i cal In f o r m at i o n Pu b l i cat i o n
(AIP) t o complement t h e t a b u l a t i o n of r a d i o c o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d n a v i g a t i o n f a c i l i t i e s .
APPL ICAB I L ITY
The EnrouteChart - ICAO mustbe

r e gi ons ha ve been es tab lish ed .
made a v a i l a b l e f o r a l l areas where f l i g h t i n f o r m a t i o n
Where t h e a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s r o u t e s o r p o s i t i o n r e p o r t i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s
shown on an Enroute Chart
- ICAO, an Area Chart
cannot be adequately
provided.(See
7.8 AreaChart
ICAO.)
are complexand
- ICAO may have
to be
I nt h a tc a s e ,t h eE n r o u t eC h a r t
- ICAO n e e d n o t d u p l i c a t e i n f o r m a t i o n p e c u l i a r t o t h e
Area
Chart - ICAO; a p p r o p r i a t e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d r e f e r e n c i n g
of t h e area covered by t h e Area
Chart - ICAO concernedshouldbeincludedontheEnrouteChart
- ICAO.
7.2.2

Where d i f f e r e n t a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s r o u t e s , p a s i t i o n r e p o r t i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s o r
lateral
limits of f l i g h t i n f o r m a t i o n r e g i o n s o r c o n t r o l a r e a s e x i s t i n d i f f e r e n t l a y e r s
of a i r s p a c e
andcannotbe
shown w i t h s u f f i c i e n t c l a r i t y o n o n e c h a r t , s e p a r a t e c h a r t s m u s t b e p r o v i d e d .
F or i ns t a nc e , a s e p a r a t e c h a r t may b e n e c e s s a r y f o r t h e u p p e r a i r s p a c e a n d o n e f o r t h e l o w e r
a i r s p a c ec o n f i g u r a t i o n .
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.2.1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
DRAUGHTING
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
COVERAGE AND SCALE
7.3
Note 1
1?, u n i f o r m s c a l e f o r c h a r t s
7- 3
Note 2
Inadditiontotheproportionalscale,
usefultoinclude a linearscalebased
s c a l e of t h e c h a r t .
7.3.1
be determined by t h e
Layout of s h e e t l i n e s s h o u l d
d e n s i t y and p a t t e r n of t h e ATS r o u t e s t r u c t u r e .
7.3.2
L a r g e v a r i a t i o n s of s c a l e betweenadjacentcharts
showing a c o n t i n u o u s r o u t e s t r u c t u r e must be avoided.
7.3.3
An a d e q u a t e o v e r l a p of c h a r t s m u s t
e n s u r e c o n t i n u i t y of navigation.
it would be
on t h e mean
beprovided
FORMAT
The format of t h i s c h a r t s h o u l d b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
s p e c i m e n c h a r t 5.

Not for Resale
to
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
of t h i s t y p e c a n n o t
be
s p e c i f i e d due t o t h e v a r i a t i o n i n t h e a r e a c c v e r e d a n d
tothevaryingdegree
of congestion of i n f o r m a t i o n i n
c e r t a i na r e a s .
The s c a l es e l e c t e ds h o u l db e
sufficientlylargetoportrayclearly
a l l t h er e q u i r e d
details.
7-7-4

"f
4
1
4
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8697
*X
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 OOL528b 598
a
aJ
a
.d
?
I
a
U
(d
5
u
E
0
w
G
Not for Resale
S p e c i f i c Charts
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 7 - Preparationof
Enroute Chart-ICAO

4.
1
N
1
t-
7-7-5
7-7-6
6%
ln
N
h
0
.rl
r)
id
L)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I C A O 8697
**
4B4L4Lb 0015287 4 2 4
Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
COLOURS
2.11
Two c o l o u r s w i l l s u f f i c e f o r a n e a s i l y i n t e r p r e t e d
ir,
c h a r t . However, i f a n a i r t r a f f i cs e r v i c e ss y s t e m
more t h a n o n e l a y e r
of a i r s p a c e c a n be portrayedon a
s i n g l ec h a r t a t h i r dc o l o u r may be r e q u i r e d . Economy
incolourscanbeachieved
by t h e c a r e f u l u s e
of f i n e
d o tp e r c e n t a g es c r e e n sf o rt h ep o r t r a y a l
of s e l e c t e d
informationwhich,on
a two-colourchart,providesan
a l t e r n a t i v e t o two a d d i t i o n a l c o l o u r s i n e f f e c t .
Colours recommended a r e d a r k b l u e , l i g h t b l u e , b l a c k ,
g r e y , l i g h t brown andredorcombinationsthereof(cf.
Annex 4 , Appendix 3 ) . The b e n e f i t sd e r i v e df r o mt h e
use of more t h a n two c o l o u r s will have t o be weighed
by t h ep r o d u c i n ga g e n c ya g a i n s tt h ec o s ti n v o l v e d .
A monocolour e d i t i o n i s a c c e p t a b l e ' f o r a r e a s p o r t r a y i n g
simpler a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s s y s t e m s i f p r i n t e d i n
a good q u a l i t y w h i t e p a p e r .
black or dark blue ink on
Here t o o ,f i n ed o tp e r c e n t a g es c r e e n sf o rt h ep o r t r a y a l
of s e l e c t e d i n f o r m a t i o n w i l l h e l p i n t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n
of t h ec h a r t .
See a l s o C h a p t e r 7
G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
page 7-2-7, Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.11.1.
TYPOGRAPHY
Samples of t y p e s u i t a b l e f o r u s e o n c h a r t s
a t 7-2-14.
are provided
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.15

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
DETAILS
ILLUSTRATION

G e n e r a l i z e d s h o r e l i n e s of a l l open w a t e r a r e a s , l a r g e
be shown exceptwherethey
lakesandriversmust
c o n f l i c t w i t h d a t a more a p p l i c a b l e t o t h e f u n c t i o n of
t h e chart,
7-6.2
farmed by t h e p a r a l l e l s and
Withineachquadrilateral
m e r i d i a n s t h e Area Kinimum A l t i t u d e m u s t be shown,
except i n areas of high1atti.tudewhere
it i s
d q t e m i n e d by t h e z i p p r a p r i a t e a u t h o r i t y t h a t T r u e
R o r t h o r i e c t a t i o n of t h e c h a r t i s i m p r a c t i c a l .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.6.1

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
7.6.3
7.6.4
DETAILS
I n areas of h i g h l a t i t u d e w h e r e
i t is determined by
theappropriateauthoritythatTrueNorthorientation
of t h e c h a r t i s imp ractical,th eArea
Minimum A l t i t u d e
should be shown w i t h i n e a c h q u a d r i l a t e r a l formedby
r e f e r e n c e l i n e s of t h eg r a t i c u l e( g r i d )u s e d .
GRID NORTH ORIENTATED

B E A R I N G S A R E R E F E R E N C E D TO G R I D NORT
REFERENCE MERIDIAN
.........
Where c h a r t s a r e n o t True N o r t h o r i e n t a t e d t h i s f a c t
and the selected orientation used must be clearly
indicated.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
See a l s oC ha p ter 7 - Gen eralSp ecific,atio n s,p ag e

Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.12.1 t o 2 .1 2 .3 .1in clu siv e,as
applicable.
7-2-8,
MAGNET IC VARIAT ION
7.7.1
Isogonalsshouldbe
information given.
shown a n d t h e d a t e
of t h e i s o g o n i c
/
GeneralSpecifications,
page 7-2-10, Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.15.1 and 2.15.2.

Not for Resale
,'
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
BEARIBGS , TR.ACKS AND RADIALS
7.8.1
Bearings,tracksand
r a d i a l s must be magnetic,except
as p r o v i d e d f o r i n a r e a s a i h i g h , l a t i t u d e .
A note to this effect
may be i n c l u d e d o n t h e c h a r t .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.8.2
I n areas of h i g h l a t i t u d e w h e r e
i t i s determined by
theappropriateauthoritythatreferencetoMagnetic
North i s i m p r a c t i . c a 1 ,a n o t h e rs u i t a b l er e f e r e c c e ,i . e .
be used.
TrueNorthorGridNorth,should
7.8.3
W h e r e . b e a r i n g s , t r a c k s ar,d r a d i a l s a r e g i v e n . w i t h
r e f e r e n c et oT r u eN o r t ho rG r i dN o r t h ,t h i sm u s tb e
c l e a r l yi n d i c a t e d .
Wnen GridNorth i s used i t s
reference grid meridian must be identified.

Not for Resale

Not for Resale
VJ
3
a
a
a
a
n
U
Z
a
0
w
G
a
!z
W
t
I
0
No. 2
17/7/92
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
Air t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s
I.9.3.i
7.9.3.1.1.
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
system
where a p p r o p r i a t e , t'necom.ponents of t h e e s t a b l i s h e d
a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s system s h a i l be shown.
The components nust, i r ~ l u d et h ef o l l o w i n g :
t h e r a d i o r s v j g a t i o r aids a s s n c i a t e d w i t h t h e a i r
t r a f f i cs e r v i . c e ss y s t e m
togetber with t h . e i r r:ames,
i d e n t i f i c a t i o r ; s , f r e q u e n c i e s 3 r d geographical
c o o r d i n a t e s t o a t l e a s t or,e'-t,ertth of a m i n u t e ;
IE
i n r e s p e c t of DME, a d d i t i o n a l l y t h e e l e v a t i o r . 7 of
the DME s ' it e t.o the. w a r e s t 30 metres (1QO f e e t ) ;
I . " X .
a n i n d i c a t i o n of a l l d e s i g n a t e d a i r s p a c e ,
i n c l u d i n g l a t e r a l and v e r t i c a l limits and t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e c l a s s of a i r s p a c e ;
!
I
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Name
NAVAID. frequency. identification or call
Geographical coordinates
Elevation of WE site (to the nearest 30m)
. , .., ." ..,, ..
_,,..I.,, ._
,"11"1
,,,,,"I'
,_x_,,
,",.-._.
, , ,X,""".
,
,,I_
Flight information region(FIR)
Name of FIR
Upper limit
Lower limit
Unit providing service
GN D
,__,
~, .,,
I
x
ICAO 8697
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
"A(
= 484343b
..
0035294 b b 4
Not for Resale
a,
H m o w 0
A F W
7-7-14
ai
Y
u
i
cltl
a 0
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I C A O 8697
**
4 8 4 3 4 L b 0035295 5TO
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

.VI
O a J
Qio
.n
*I+
cl
c a
p c)r .da
a,
Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTIHG
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
10) minimum f l i g h t a l t i t u d e s
Annex 11, 2.19); and
on ATS r o u t e s .( S e e
11) r a d i o c o m m u n i c a t i o n f a c i l i t i e s l i s t e d w i t h t h e i r
frequencies.
It i s desirskle t h a t a c o m p l e t e l i s t i n g of
comm.unication f a c i l i t i e s ( c o n t r o l t o w e r ,
area control
c e n t r e a n d f 1i g h t i . n f o m a t i o n c e n t r e f r e q u e n c i e s1 be
availableforreadyreference,preferablyintabular
form on t h e f a c e o f t h e c h a r t .
CWMUNICATION
FACILITIES
APP 120.7
TWR 11a.3
WSWELL
ACC l p . 3
DQNLON/ I d APP 119.1
TWR 118.1
AKVIN
gtc otc..
Supplementary inforutat i o n
7.9.4.1
Details of d e p a r t u r e a c d a r r i v a l r o u t e s a n d a s s o c i a t e d
holdingpatternsinterminalareas
must be showc
unless t,hey are shown on a n Area Chart, a. Standard
ljeyartureChart - I m t r u m e n t (SID) - ICAO o r a
StandardArrivalChart
- Instrument (STAR) - ICAO.
F o rs p e c i f i c a t i o n s of t h e s e c h a r t s see Chapters 8, 9,
and10of
Annex 4 and f o r g u i d a n c e material see 7.8,
7.9 and 7.10 of t h i s manual.
D e p a r t u r er o u t e sn o r m a l l yo r i g i n a t ea tt h e
end of a
runway; a r r i v a l r o u t e s normally t e r m i n a t e a t t h e p o i n t
where ac i n s t r w e n t a p p r o a c h i s j f i i t i a t e d .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
See specimen charts 6, 6.1, 7 and 8
I C A O 8697
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035298 2 0 T
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
~-
7-7-17
I
c
I
I
I
I
_
Chapter 7 - PreparationofSpecificCharts
Enroute Chart-ICAO

i
I
Chapter 7. Preparation of Spec$c Charts

Area Chart - ICAO
Annex 4
reference
8.1
7-8-1
General
Function
The Area Chart - ICAO must provide the flight crew with information to facilitate the following phases
of instrument flight:
'
a) the transition between the en-route phase and approach to an aerodrome;

b) the transition between take-offlmissed approach and en-route phase of flight; and
c) flights through areas of complex ATS routes or airspace structure.
The function described in 8.1 c) may be satisfied by a separate chart or an inset on an Enroute Chari ICAO.
8.2
Availability
8.2.1
The Area Chart - ICAO must' be made available in the manner prescribed by Annex 4 where the air
traffic services routes or position reporting requirements are complex and cannot be adequately shown on
an Enroute Chart - ICAO.
8.2.2
Where air traffic services routes or position reporting requirements are different for arrivals and for
departures, and these cannot be shown with sufficient clarity on one chart, separate charts must be
provided.
The Area Chart - ICAO is usually made available for the terminal area around one or more aerodromes
where the air traffic congestion is such that specific arrival, departure and transit routes are required to
permit the safe and efficient flight operation of aircraft landing in, taking off from, or overflying the area.
In certain instances, it will be necessary to prepare and publish a separate chart or charts for either the
arrival or departure routes, or both, for example:
a) wherever a standard arrival route - instrument (STAR) or a standard departure route - instrument
(SID) has been established which cannot be shown with sufficient clarity on the Area Chart ICAO; and
b) when several aerodromes are involved, or when the aerodrome on which the terminal area is centred
includes two or more parallel runways.
The assessment of the air traffic services data required to be portrayed on an Area Chari - ICAO is the
task of the authority responsible for air traffic services within a State, which should ensure that the
cartographic agency assigned to prepare the chart is provided with necessary guidance and information.
The production of the chart will require collaboration between the air traffic services procedure specialist
and the cartographer. See also Annex 11 -Air Traf$c Services, Appendix 3 and the Air Traffic Services
Planning Manual (Doc 9426) regarding the establishment and identification of standard departure and
arrival routes.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Under certain conditions a Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO and a Standard
Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO may have to be provided. (See pages 7-9-1 and 7-10-1.)
7-8-2
Annex 4
reference
General
Operational requirements
See Chapter 7 -General Specifications,Annex 4 references 2.1.1 to 2.1.7. It may be noted that to provide
the required coverage at an appropriate scale, the Area Chart - ICAO will most likely exceed the basic
sheet size recommended by Annex 4,2.1.8.
Planning
At the planning stage, the interrelationships between the Enroute Chart - ICAO, Area Chart - ICAO,
Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO, Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument
(STAR) - ICAO, Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO and Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO
should be considered. The availability and complexity of those charts will influence the design of the
Area Chart - ICAO particularly with regard to coverage, scale and the potential for chart clutter. The
presentation of information must be designed to permit a smooth transition from chart to chart.
A considerable amount of duplication, particularly in surveys and in the selection of base material, can be
avoided by including requirements for all these types of charts at the planning stage of production. Terrain
and obstacle information to be shown should be selected from an electronic terrain and obstacle database
(Annex 15 - Aeronautical Information Services, Chapter 10, refers). If suitable electronic data are not
available, information from up-to-date topographical charts at scales of 1:250 O00 or larger may be
appropriate.
When developing relief portrayal for the Area Chart - ICAO, and particularly in areas of significant
relief, it is important to plan an integrated approach to relief portrayal on the Standard Departure Chart Instrument (SID) - ICAO, the Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO and the
Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO. Further information on relief portrayal for the Instrument Approach
Chart - ICAO and these associated charts is given on page 7-2-16.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Chapter 7. Preparation of Speclfic Charts

Area Chart - ICAO
Annex 4
reference
7-8-3
Details
Illustration
8.3
Coverage and scale
8.3.1
The coverage of each chart must extend to points that

effectively show departure and arrival routes.
The departure route normally begins at the end of a

runway and ends at a specified significant point at which
the en-route phase of flight along a designated ATS route
can be commenced.
An arrival route begins where the en-route phase of flight
ends, and ends where the approach phase of flight begins.
8.3.2
The chart must be drawn to scale and a scale-bar must be

shown. The scale-bar may be shown in the lower left
comer of the chart.
10
t::::;
O
20
!
10
KM
30
40
I
II
15
NM
20
Variation in the extent of the area to be included on an

individual sheet and the degree of complexity of the air
traffic system information make it impracticable to
standardise a specific scale at which the Area Chart ICAO should be published. However, the scale employed
should be one which would enable the depiction of
required data with sufficient clarity. A scale within the
range of 1:250 O00 and 1:2 O00 O00 may be required.
50
I
GO
25
30
33Oo
Format
The format should be in accordance with specimen
chart 6.
8.4
Projection
8.4.1
A conformal projection on which a straight line

approximates a great circle should be used. A Lambert
Conic Conformal Projection is well suited as a basis for
this type of chart. The projection type need not be
indicated on the chart.
8.4.2
Parallels and meridians must be shown at suitable

intervals. In specimen chart 6 , the parallels and meridians
are shown at one degree intervals.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-8-4
Annex 4
reference
8.4.3
Illustration
Details
Graduation marks must be placed at consistent intervals

along the neat lines. On specimen chart 6, the graduation
marks have been placed at ten minute intervals. Parallels,
meridians and graduation marks may be screened for a
subdued presentation.
"
".
'W
2.2
Title
The title must be "Area Chart - ICAO". Such title must
not includi "ICAO unless the chart conforms with all
Standards specified in Annex 4, Chapters 2 and 8. The
chart title is placed at the top left corner of the chart in
bold upper-case type.
8.5
AREA CHART ICAO
Identification
The chart must be identified by a name associated with
the airspace portrayed..
TMA DONLON
?i
*nn*
2.3.1
Marginal note layout

The marginal note layout must conform to that provided
on specimen chart 6.
In accordance with Annex 4, 2.3.3 and 2.3.4, as this type
of chart is published as part of the Aeronautical
Information Publication (AIP) or a related aeronautical
document, the legend to the symbols and abbreviations
used, and the address of the producing agency must be
placed in the front of the AIP. (See Annex 15,
Appendix 1, GEN 2.2, GEN 2.3 and GEN 3.2 for specific
placement in the AIP.)
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
See specimen chart 6 , .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The name may be that of the air traffic services centre, the
largest city or town situated in the area covered by'the.
chart or the city that the aerodrome serves. Where more
than one aerodrome serves the city or town, the name of
the aerodrome on which the procedures are based should
be added. The chart identification is placed at the top right
corner of the chart in bold upper-case type.
Chapter 7. Preparation of Specific Charts

Area Chart - ICAO
Annex 4
reference
2.4
Details
Illustration
Symbols
See Chapter 7
Appendix 2.
2.5
7-8-5
General Specifications and Annex 4,
Units of measurement
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications. The descriptions
of units of measurement used may be grouped together in
the upper left corner of the chart.
AREA CHART ICAO

A
--._p
"..y--
DIST INALT
ELEV,
KUiN METRES
ERG ARE MAG

VAR 3 O
2.7
Date of validity of aeronautical information

See Chapter 7 - General Specifications. The date of
aeronautical information is shown at the bottom left
corner of the chart outside the neat line. A daylmonthyear
format using abbreviations (e.g. 06 JUL 2006) from the
Procedures for Air Navigation Services - ICAO
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC, Doc 8400) is
appropriate.
2.8
I
33"Oo'
06 JUL 2006
Date of aeronautical information
l .
Spelling of geographical names

See Chapter 7 - General Specifications.
2.9
Abbreviations
2.10
Political boundaries
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications. International
boundaries must be portrayed in accordance with the
Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol number 63 and labelled
with country names. Unless of special importance, this
information may be subdued by a half-tone screen of
about 30 per cent.
N p M L'
_-
rc,u~sE:
W A M e
c o u-st
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-8-6
Annex 4
reference
2.11
Details
Illustration
Colours used should conform to the Colour Guide in

Annex 4, Appendix 3.
Colours
The chart should be produced in two colours, except that

one colour will suffice when there is no relief information
to provide. Charts should be printed on a good quality
paper, preferably white, using brown for relief if shown
(see also Annex 4, 8.6.2) and black for all other elements.
Base topography and cartographic information, such as
neat lines and projection elements, may be appropriately
screened to promote the readability of aeronautical
information.
The use of selected percentage screens, either fine dots or
light rulings, will provide visual separation for such
elements as water areas and built-up areas.
2.16
For samples of type suitable for use on charts see
Chapter 7 - General Specifications.
Culture and topography
8.6.1
Generalized shore lines of all open water areas, large

lakes and rivers must be shown except where they conflict
with data more applicable to the function of the chart. To
avoid such conflict, the presentation of these
hydrographical features may be subdued by a half-tone
screen of about 30 per cent. Topographic features may be
named only when necessary to facilitate the understanding
of such information.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8.6
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
Chapter 7. Preparation of Spec@ Charts

Area Chart - ICAO
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
To improve situational awareness in areas where significant

relief exists, all relief exceeding 300 m (1 O00 8) above the
elevation of the primary aerodrome should be shown by
smoothed contour lines, contour values and layer tints
printed in brown. The next higher suitable contour line
appearing on base topographic maps exceeding 300 m
(1 O00 ft) above the elevation of the primary aerodrome
may be selected to start layer tinting. An appropriate
brown colour, on which half-tone layer tinting is to be
based, is specified in the Colour Guide in Annex 4,
Appendix 3.
Appropriate spot elevations, including the highest
elevation within each top contour line, should be shown
printed in black. The highest elevation on the chart may
be emphasized by larger bold or boxed type in
accordance with Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol
number 12. Obstacles should also be shown, using the
correct symbol selected from Annex 4, Appendix 2,
Obstacles, and printed in the colour used for aeronautical
information. Appropriate spot elevations and obstacles are
those provided by the procedures specialist.
AERODROME ELEV 30m
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8.6.2
7-8-7
A(201)
Area around aerodrome is not tinted.

First suitable contour is about
300 m (1000 ft)
above aerodrome elevation
It is essential that relief portrayal on the Area Chart -
ICAO be designed as a subdued presentation so as not to

interfere with readability of procedural information or
create chart clutter. A harmonized portrayal of relief
between the area chart, associated SID, STAR and
instrument approach charts is also important. Further
guidance is given in Chapter 7 - General Specifications,
Portrayal of relief on the Instrument Approach Chart ICAO and other relevant charts.
8.7
Highest elevation
contour h e
See specimen chart 6 for colour illustration.
Magnetic variation
The average magnetic variation of the area covered by the

chart must be shown to the nearest degree. This
information may be grouped with the indication of units
of measurement at the upper left comer of the chart.
AREA CHART ICAO
See also Chapter 7 - General Specifications, Annex 4

references 2.15.1 and 2.15.2.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-8-8
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
8.8
Bearings, tracks and radials
8.8.1
Bearings, tracks and radials must be magnetic, except as

provided for in 8.8.2.
AREA CHART - ICAO
A note to this effect may be grouped with the indication

of units of measurement at the upper left comer of the
chart.
Bearing and track values are to be shown using three

digits and a degree sign (e.g. 016").
Radial values are to be indicated by three digits preceded

by the letter and followed by the identification of the
facility (e.g. R 090 BOR). A degree sign is not shown
with radial values.
8.8.2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8.8.3
In areas of high latitude, where it is determined by the

appropriate authority that reference to Magnetic North is
impractical, another suitable reference, i.e. True North or
Grid North. should be used.
Where bearings, tracks or radials are given with reference
to True North or Grid North, this must be clearly
indicated. When Grid North is used, its reference grid
meridian must be identified.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
BOORSPIJ
37*nn

Area Chart - ICA0
7-8-9
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
8.9
Aeronautical data
8.9.1
Aerodromes
All aerodromes which affect the terminal routings must be
shown. Where appropriate, such as for major aerodromes,
a runway pattern symbol must be used.
8.9.2
Prohibited, restricted and danger areas
The depiction of prohibited, restricted and danger areas

must not obliterate procedural information. If necessary to
reduce chart clutter, a half-tone screen of approximately
40 per cent may be used to subdue the portrayal of
prohibited, restricted and danger areas.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Prohibited, restricted and danger areas must be depicted

with their identification and vertical limits.
identificationof area
P=Pmhibited
R=Restricted
D=Danger
nationality letter
upper limit
lower limit

reference 2.13.
The ?nationality letters? part of the identification of these
areas may be omitted. Nationality letters are those
contained in Doc 7910 - Location Indicators.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-8-10
Annex 4
reference
8.9.3
Illustration
Details
Area minimum altitudes (AMA)

Area minimum altitudes (AMA) must be shown within
quadrilaterals formed by the parallels and meridians.
Although dependent on the selected chart scale,
quadrilaterals formed by the parallels and meridians
normally correspond to the whole degree of latitude and
longitude.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
An AMA represents the lowest altitude to be used under

instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) that will
provide a minimum clearance of 300 m (i O00 it), or in a
designated mountainous area 600 m (2 O00 fi), above all
obstacles located in the quadrilateral. A mountainous area
is defined as an area of changing terrain profile where the
changes of terrain elevation exceed 900 m (3 O00 it)
within a distance of 18.5 km (10.0 NM).
AMA figures are printed in black and are shown in two
sizes of figures, the larger representing units of thousands
of metres (feet) and the smaller, units of tens of metres
(hundreds of feet in the case of a chart using feet). The
figures are to be positioned in the central area of each
quadrilateral and avoiding conflict with procedural'
information. The AMA figure applies to the entire
quadrilateral even if only a portion of the quadrilateral is
shown within the coverage of the chart.
One degree quadrilateral (in this
case, extending beyond chart coverage).

-
A M figure examples
On chart using metres
o60 =
600 m
123 =
I 230m
126 =
1 260 m
On chart usingfeet
20 =
2 000ft
22 =
2 200ft
122 =
12 200ft
8.9.4
Air traffic services system
8.9.4.1
The components of the established relevant air traffic

services system must be shown.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
53

Area Chart - ICA0
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
The components must include the following:

the radio navigation aids associated with the air
traffic services system together with their names,
identifications, frequencies and geographical
coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds. The
morse code for the identification may also be
shown. Text boxes associated with radio
navigation aids should be of a size consistent with
the information contained therein. In the text box,
the radio navigation aid name, frequency and
identification may be emphasized by bold text.
Lead lines are to be used in congested areas to
position the boxes for optimum readability;
&
Name
- .. - ...- . .-.-
Elevation o f /
DME antenna
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8.9.4.1.1
7-8-11
in respect of DME, additionally the elevation of

the transmitting antenna of the DME to the nearest
30 m (100 fi);
terminal radio aids which are required for
outbound and inbound traffic and for holding
patterns;
the lateral and vertical limits of all designated
airspace and the appropriate class of airspace.
Symbols for airspace classes are provided in
Annex 4,. Appendix 2;
Terminal radio aid
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-8-12
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
5 ) holding patterns and terminal routings, together '
with the route designators, and the track to the

nearest degree along each segment of the
prescribed airways and terminal routings;
The centre lines of VOR-defined routes and information on each segment, consisting of the
following elements:
a) specific VORS with their details defining the
segments;
b) VOR-defined track to the nearest degree;
c) the segment distance to the nearest kilometre or
nautical mile;
6 ) all significant points which define the terminal

routings and are not marked by the position of a
radio navigation aid, together with their name-codes
and geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes
and seconds;
7) in respect of waypoints defining VOR/DME area

navigation routes, additionally,
a) the station identification and radio frequency of
the reference VOR/DME;
'
b) the bearing to the nearest tenth of a degree and

the distance to the nearest two-tenths of a
kilometre (tenth of a nautical mile) from the
reference VOR/DME, if the waypoint is not
collocated with it;
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ator
Chapter 7. Preparation of Speczjc Charts

Area Chart - ICAO
i
Annex4
reference
7-8-13
Details
Illustration
8) an indication of all compulsory and "on-request"

reporting points;
9) the distances to the nearest kilometre or nautical

mile between significant points constituting turning
points or reporting points. Overall distances
between radio navigation aids may also be shown.
J distancesa
4
'
l
u
+
overall distance
10) change-over points on route segments defined by

reference to very high frequency omnidirectional
radio ranges, indicating the distances to the nearest
kilometre or nautical mile to the radio navigation
aids forming the segment. Change-over points
established at midpoint between two aids, or at the
intersection of two radials in the case of a route
which changes direction between the aids, need not
be shown for each route segment if a general
statement regarding their existence is made;
change-overpoint
f
11) minimum flight altitudes on ATS routes to the

nearest higher 50 m or 100 ft (see Annex 11, 2.21);
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12) established radar minimum altitudes to the nearest

higher 50 m or 100 fi, clearly identified. Where
radar procedures are used to vector aircraft to or
from significant points on a published standard
departure or arrival route or to issue clearance for
descent below the minimum sector altitude during
arrival, the radar procedures may be shown on the
Area Chart - ICAO unless excessive chart clutter
will result.
Where excessive chart clutter will result, a Radar
Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO may be
provided (see page 7-21-l), in which case the
elements indicated by 8.9.4.1.1, 12) need not be
duplicated on the Area Chart - ICAO.
RADARROUTE
- - - I
1350m
minimum altitude
for radar procedure
See specimen chart I4
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-8-14
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
13) terminal area speed and levelaltitude restrictions
where established;
14) ATC radio communication facilities listed with

their frequencies. These may be shown in the top
left area of the chart.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
i
SPEED RESTRICTIONS
WHEN ENTERING TMA

BELOW FL 220 REDUCE SPEED
JET MAX 450 km/h IAS
CONVENTIONAL MAX 330 km/h IAS
AREA CHART - ICA0

?Y"",

Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICA0
Annex 4
reference
9.1
7-9-1
General
Function
The Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO must provide the flight crew with
information to enable it to comply with the designated standard departure route - instrument fi-om the
take-off phase to the en-route phase.
The departure route normally begins at the end of a runway and ends at a specified significant point at
which the en-route phase of flight along a designated ATS route can be commenced:
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Provisions governing the identification of standard departure routes are in Annex 11 - Air Trafic
Services, Appendix 3 . Guidance material relating to the establishment of such routes is contained in the
Air Trafic Services Planning Manual (Doc 9426).
Provisions governing obstacle clearance criteria and details of the minimum information to be published
are contained in the Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircrafi Operations (PANS-OPS,
Doc S168), Volume II, Part II.
9.2
Availability
The Standard Departure Chart -Instrument (SID) -ICAO must be made available wherever a standard
departure route - instrument has been- established and cannot be shown with sufficient clarity on the
Area Chart - ICAO.
The assessment of the air traffic services data required to be portrayed on a Standard Departure Chart Instrument (SID) - ICAO is the task of the authority responsible for air traffic services within a State,
which should ensure that the cartographic agency assigned to prepare the chart is provided with necessary
guidance and information. The production of the chart will require collaboration between the air traffic
services procedure specialist and the cartographer.
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications, Annex 4 reference 2.1.1 to 2.1.8.
Planning
Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO particularly with regard to coverage, scale and
the potential for chart clutter. Annex 4, 2.1.6, specifies that the presentation of information must be
designed to permit a smooth transition from chart to chart. Accordingly, the Standard Departure Chart Instrument (SID) - ICAO must terminate at a common point which is also charted on the associated
Enroute Chart - ICAO.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-9-2.
Annex 4
reference
General
A considerable amount of duplication, particularly in surveys and in the selection of base material, can
be avoided by including requirements for all these types of charts at the planning stage of production.
Terrain and obstacle information to be shown should be selected from an electronic terrain and obstacle
database (Annex 15 -Aeronautical Information Services, Chapter 1O, refers). If suitable electronic data
are not available, information from up to date topographical charts at scales of 1:250 O00 or larger may
be appropriate.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When developing relief portrayal for the Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO, and
particularly in areas of significant relief, it is important to plan an integrated approach to relief portrayal
on the Area Chart - ICAO, thel Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO and the
Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO. Further information on relief portrayal for the Instrument Approach
Chart - ICAO and these associated charts is given at page 7-2-16.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale

Annc
refen
7-9-3
Details
Illustrations
9.3
Coverage and scale
9.3.1
The coverage of the chart must be sufficient to indicate

the point where the departure route begins and the
specified significant point at which the en-route phase of
flight along a designated air traffic services route can be
commenced.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The departure route normally originates at the end of a

runway.
9.3.2
The chart should be drawn to scale. The selected scale

should provide optimum legibility consistent with the
procedure shown on the chart and with the sheet size.
Insets and scale-breaks may be used to maintain an
appropriate scale for charts with a large area of coverage,
however, these should be used judiciously and identified
in compliance with 9.3.4.
9.3.3
If the chart is drawn to scale, a scale-bar must be shown.

The scale-bar may be shown in the lower left corner of the
chart.
9.3.4
When the chart is not drawn to scale, the annotation

NOT TO SCALE must be shown. When it is necessary
to show part of the chart not to scale, the symbol for
scale-break must be used on tracks and other aspects of
the chart that are too large to be drawn to scale. In
addition, not-to-scale portions of the chart may be
differentiated by a light half-tone screen overlay and
annotated NOT TO SCALE.
Khl
,
~
A t
2
. a ,
20
I
10
15
, , I , ,
5
I
La..
10
NM
I
3230
scale break svmbol
Format
~~~
The format of this chart should be in accordance with

specimen chart 7.
9.4
Projection
9.4.1

approximates a great circle shiuld be used. A Lambert
When the chart is drawn to scale, parallels and meridians

should be shown at suitable intervals. In specimen chart 7,
the parallels and meridians are shown at thirty minute
intervals.
9.4.2
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-9-4
Details
Illustrations
9.4.3

along the neat lines. In specimen chart 7, graduation
marks have been placed at one minute intervals with
extended graduation marks every ten minutes. Parallels,
2.2
Title
The title must be Standard Departure Chart Instrument (SID) - ICAO. Such title must not include
ICAO unless the chart conforms with all Standards
specified in Annex 4, Chapters 2 and 9. The chart title is
placed at the top left comer of the chart in bold upper-case
type.
9.5
3230
Identification
The chart must be identified by the name of the city or
town, or area, that the aerodrome serves, the name of the
aerodrome, and the identification of the standard
departure route(s) - instrument as established in
accordance with the PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part II,
Chapter 5.
The identification of the standard departure route(s) instrument is provided by the procedures specialist.
The ICAO location indicator may also be included with
the name of the aerodrome. The chart identification is
placed at the top right comer of the chart in bold uppercase type.
2.3
STANDARD DEPARTURE CHART

INSTRUMENT (SID) ICAO
Name of city and

aerod ome
ICAO location
Jdicator
DONLONllntl (EADD)
R W 27R
Idenifchm of
standard departure
routes

on specimen chart 7:
used and the address of the producing agency must be
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Annex 4
reference
Chapter 7. Preparation of Specijc Charts

Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO
Annex 4
reference
2.4
7-9-5
Details
Illustrations
Symbols
See Chapter 7
Appendix 2.
2.5
General Specifications and Annex 4,
See Chapter 7 -General Specifications. The descriptions
2.7
i-
EL
/i_
I_
.."...&
Cl---
,ALT IN METRES
DIST
KM
ERGA EMAG
VAR 3" W --

aeronautical information is shown at the bottom lefi
corner of the chart outside the neat line. A daylmonthiyear
format (e.g. 06 J L 2006), using abbreviations from the
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC, Doc 8400), is
appropriate.
32"30'
06 JUL 2006
2.8

Abbreviations
2.9
2.10
boundaries must be portrayed with the Annex 4,
Appendix 2, symbol number 63 and labelled with country
names. Unless of special importance, this information may
be subdued by a half-tone screen of about 30 per cent.
2.11
Colours
Colours used on charts should conform to the Colour
Guide in Annex 4, Appendix 3.

one colour will suffice when there is no relief information
to provide. Charts should be printed on a good quality
paper, preferably white, using brown for relief if shown
(see also Annex 4 reference 9.6.2) and black for all other
elements.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-9-6
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustrations

elements as water areas or built-up areas.
2.15
VPograPhY
For samples of type suitable for use on charts, see
Chapter 7 -General Specifications.
9.6
~~
Where the chart is drawn to scale, generalized shore lines

of all open water areas, large lakes and rivers must be
shown except where they conflict with data more
applicable to the function of the chart. Significant
topographical and cultural features may be selected to
facilitate the transition from visual flight to instrument
flight. These features may be named only when necessary
to facilitate the understanding of such information. On
specimen chart 7, aside from relief, the only features
shown are major rivers. These rivers are screened so as not
to conflict with aeronautical information.
aeronautical
information
(solid)
large river (screened)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
9.6.1
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale

Annex 4
reference
9.6.2
7-9-7
Illustrations
Details
To improve situational awareness in areas where

significant relief exists, the chart should be drawn to scale
and all relief exceeding 300 m (1 O00 ft) above the
aerodrome elevation should be shown by smoothed
contour lines, contour values and layer tints printed in
brown. The next higher suitable contour line appearing on
base topographic maps exceeding 300 m (1 O00 ft) above
the elevation of the primary aerodrome may be selected to
start layer tinting. An appropriate brown colour, on which
half-tone layer tinting is to be based, is specified in the
Colour Guide in Annex 4, Appendix 3 .
Appropriate spot elevations, including the highest elevation
within each top contour line, should be shown printed in
black. The highest elevation on the chart may be
emphasized by larger bold or "boxed" type in accordance
with Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol number 12. Obstacles
should also be shown, using the correct symbol selected
from Annex 4, Appendix 2, Obstacles, and printed in the
colour used for aeronautical information. Appropriate spot
elevations and obstacles are those provided by the
procedures specialist.
It is essential that relief portrayal on the Standard
Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO be
designed as a subdued presentation so as not to interfere
with readability of procedural information or create chart
clutter. A harmonized portrayal of relief between the area
chart and associated SID, STAR and instrument approach
charts is also important. Further guidance is given in
Chapter 7 - General Specifications, Portrayal of relief on
the Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO and other
relevant charts.
9.7
231,
A
(201)
Obstacle
Area around aerodrome is not tinted ,

First suitable contour is about
300 m (1000 ffj
Highest elevation
See specimen chart 7for colour illustration.
Magnetic variation
The magnetic variation used in determining the magnetic
bearings, tracks and radials must be shown to the nearest
degree. This information may be grouped with the
indication of units of measurement at the upper left corner
of the chart.
32"30'

reference 2.15.1 and 2.15.2.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-9-8
'8
Annt
refer(
Illustrations
Details
9.8
9.8.1

32"30'

of units of measurement at the upper lef't comer of the
chart.
Bearing and track values are to ,be shown using three
digits and a degree sign (e.g. 041"E).
with radial values
-800SPIJ
BOR
52'22'06"
9.8.2
In areas of high latitude, where it is detehined by the

Grid North, should be used.
9.8.3

to True North or Grid North, this must be clearly
indicated. When Grid North is used its reference grid
meridian must be identified.
9.9
Aeronautical data
9.9.1
Aerodromes
9.9.1
The aerodrome of departure must be shown by the runway

pattern.
9.9.1
All aerodromes which affect the designated standard

departure route - instrument must' be shown and
identified. Where appropriate, the aerodrome runway
patterns must be shown.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
032'22'30" W
-60
RTH ORIENTATED

Annex 4
reference
9.9.2
7-9-9
Illustrations
Details

Prohibited, restricted and danger areas which may affect
the execution of the procedures must be shown with their
identification and vertical limits.
identification of aren
P=Prohibited
R=Restricted
D=Danger
nationality letter
upper limit
lower limit
See also Chapter 7 - General Specifications; Annex 4

reference 2.13.
The nationality letters part of the identification of these
9.9.3
Minimum sector altitude
9.9.3.1
The established minimum sector altitude (MSA), based on

a navigation aid associated with the procedure, must be
shown with a clear indication of-the sector to which it
applies. Annex 4, Appendix 2 provides a specific symbol
for MSA portrayal. The MSA symbol is intended to be
modified to reflect particular sector shapes. It is to be
presented in an easily readable size and accompanied by
appropriate text as illustrated. The optimum location for
the MSA symbol is in the top right area of the chart.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-9-10
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustrations
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
9.9.3.2
Where the MSA has not been established, the chart must
be drawn to scale and AMA must be shown within
quadrilaterals formed by the parallels and meridians. The
AMA must also he shown in those parts of the chart not
covered by the MSA. Depending on the selected chart
scale, quadrilaterals formed by the parallels and meridians
normally correspond to the half-degree of latitude and
longitude.
meridian-

provide a minimum clearance of 300 m (1 O00 ft), or in a
designated mountainous area 600 m (2 O00 ft), above all
changes of terrain elevation exceed 900 m (3 O00 fi)
AMA figures are printed in black and shown in two sizes
of figures, the larger representing units of thousands of
metres (feet) and the smaller, units of tens of metres
quadrilateral and to avoid conflict with procedural
shown within the coverage of the chart
AMA figure examples

o60 =
600 m
'
9.9.4
I Air traffic 'services system

9.9.4.1.1
The components must comprise the following:
No. 3
26/5/06
1 230m
126 =
1 260m
On chart using feet

20 =
2 000ft
22 =
2 200ft
122 =
12 200ft
9.9.4.1
a) route designator;
123 =
Not for Resale
Chapter 7. Preparation of Speczjc Charts

Annex 4
reference
7-9-1
Illustrations
Details
b) significant points defining the route;
c) track or radial to the nearest degree along each
segment of the route;
d) distances to the nearest kilometre or nautical
mile between significant points;
e) minimum flight altitudes along the route or route
segments and altitudes required by the procedure
to the nearest higher 50 m or 100 ft and flight
level restrictions where established. Specific
Annex 4 symbology for minimum altitudes is
shown at the right;
17000
.+iiitudeiR;ghl level win do^*'
10000
"Al o' above" alliludeflighl level

"At
or below" altitudeiflight level
vectoring on departure is provided, established

radar minimum altitudes to the nearest higher
50.m or 100 fi, clearly identified;
i
j
pg
5000
-F L M 1 i
5 O00
FL 50
'hlanda!ory' allilude~flighllevel
"Recommended" proceduie altitude!fligh! level
f) where the chart is drawn to scale and radar
FLZZO
- --
RADARROUTE
-- -
I. 3snm
...
Where radar procedures are used to vector aircraft to or

from significant points on a published standard
departure route, the radar procedures may be shown on
the Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) ICAO unless excessive chart clutter will result.
Where excessive chart clutter will' result, a Radar
Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO. may be provided
(see page 7-21-l), in which case the elements indicated
by 9.9.4.1.1, 1) f) need not be duplicated on the
Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) ICAO.
2) the radio navigation aid(s) associated with the
route(s) including:
@
I
a) plain language name;

b) identification and morse code;
c) frequency;
d) geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and
seconds;
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-9-12
Annex 4
reference
Ihstrations
Details
e) for DME, the channel and the elevation of the

transmitting antenna of the DME to the nearest
30 m (100 ft);
The morse code for the identification may also be
shown. Text boxes associated with radio navigation
aids should be of a size consistent with the information
contained therein. In the text box, the radio navigation
aid name, frequency and identification may be
emphasized by bold text. Lead lines are to be used in
congested areas to position the boxes 'for optimum
readability;
3) the name-codes of the significant points not marked
by the position of a radio navigation aid, their
geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and
seconds and the bearing to the nearest tenth of a
degree and distance to the nearest two-tenths of a
kilometre (tenth of a nautical mile) from th
reference radio navigation aid;
4) applicable holding patterns;
5) transition altitude/height to the nearest higher 300 m

or 1 O00 ft. The transition altitude may be
prominently shown as "boxed text" at the top center
of the chart;
6) the position and height of close-in obstacles which
penetrate the obstacle identification surface (OIS).
A note must be included whenever close-in
obstacles penetrating the OIS exist but were not
considered for the published procedure design
gradient. In cases where detailed information on
close-in obstacles would create chart clutter, a
reference may be made to the associated aerodrome
obstacle chart.
In accordance with the PANS-OPS, Volume II,

information on close-in obstacles is provided by the
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
TRANSITION ALTITUDE
2450 m
32"OO'W
> .
RWY 27 -Trees 44m HGT,
or
(CLOSE-INI
SEE AOC AD ....

Annex 4
reference
7-9-13
Illustrations
Details
7) area speed restrictions, where established. This

information may be included with the transition
altitude, or if space does not permit, shown as a
separate note within the chart neat lines.
DONLONI
SPEED RESTRICTION TMA
MAX 450KNH IAS BELOW FLlOO
BOR
DON
31 "W
8) all compulsory and "on-request'' reporting points;
ATSIMET repar6ng paint
9) radio communication procedures,' including:

a) call sign(s) of ATS unit(s);
MRP
TRANSPONDER SETTING
E3
onrffiuest
1 %\ I;
MODE A CODE 5300 A30 MODE C
b) frequency;
BOR
31""
DON
c) transponder setting, where appropriate
9.9.4.2
A textual description of standard departure route(s) instrument (SID) and communication failure procedures
in relation to radar control should be provided and
should, whenever feasible, be shown on the chart or on
the same page which Eontains the chart. Communication
failure procedures are ideally shown near the listing of
communication facilities.
ONS 28
~ w 2y1
A
L
ETC ETC
U l M S ~ R O U OCCN
1
NDB. TURN
~ ' LEFT CLEApiN 156'. INTERCEPT

RADWlI<\BORATORABOVE
ISWm P R O C E E D ~ M N E S T
VOWM)8TOA98iGNEDROUTE
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
These may shown in the top left area of the chart.
31"W
In some cases it may not be feasible to include these

descriptions and procedures on the face of the chart due
to chart clutter or the necessity for a small text size
which would compromise readability. If the information
is shown on the reverse of the chart or on a separate
sheet an appropriate reference is to be provided on the
face of the chart.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
Chapter 7. Preparation of Specijic Charts

standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO
Annex 4
refeenct
10.1
7-10-1
General
Function
The Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO chart must provide the flight crew with
information to enable it to comply with the designated standard arrival route - instrument from the
en-route phase to the approach phase. The arrival route normally begins at a specified significant point
in the en-route phase and terminates at the point where an instrument approach is initiated.
Standard arrival routes - instrument are to be interpreted as including standard descent profiles,
continuous descent approach, and other non-standard descriptions. In the case of a standard descent
profile, the depiction of a cross-section is not required.
Provisions governing the identification of standard arrival routes are in Annex 11 -Air Traffic Services,
Appendix 3 . Guidance material relating to the establishment of such routes is contained in the Air Traffic
Services Planning Manual (Doc 9426).
10.2
Availability
The Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO must be made available wherever a standard
arrival route - instrument has been established and cannot be shown with sufficient clarity on the Area
Chart.
The assessment of the air traffic services data required to be portrayed on a Standard Arrival Chart Instrument (STAR) - ICAO is the task of the authority responsible for air traffic services within a State,
which should ensure that the cartographic agency assigned to prepare the chart is provided with necessary
guidance and information. The production of the chart will require collaboration between the air traffic
services procedure specialist and the cartographer.
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications, Annex 4 references 2.1.1 to 2.1.8.
Planning
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO particularly with regard to coverage, scale and
the potential for chart clutter. Annex 4, 2.1.6, specifies that the presentation of information must be
designed to permit a smooth transition from chart to chart. Accordingly, the Enroute Chart - ICAO/Area
Chart - ICAO, Standard Arrival Chart. - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO and Instrument Approach
Chart - ICAO must portray a continuous flight path with common transitional points between charts.
A considerable amount of duplication, particularly in surveys and in the selection of base material, can
be avoided by including requirements for all these types of charts at the planning stage of their
production. Terrain and obstacle information to be shown should be selected from an electronic terrain
and obstacle database (Annex 15 - Aeronautical Information Services, Chapter 10, refers). If suitable
electronic data are not available, information from up to date topographical charts at scales of 1:250 O00 or
larger may be appropriate.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-10-2
Annex 4
reference
General
When developing relief portrayal for the Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO, and
particularly in areas of significant relief, it is important to plan a integrated approach to relief portrayal
on the Area Chart - ICAO, Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO and the Instrument
Approach Chart - ICAO. Further information on relief portrayal for the Instrument Approach Chart ICAO and these associated charts is given on page 7-2-16.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale

Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICA0
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Annex 4
reference
10.3
7-10-3
Details
Illustration
Coverage and scale

~~
10.3.1
The coverage of the chart must be sufficient to indicate

the points where the en-route phase ends and the approach
phase begins.
For standard arrival routes - instrument, the en-route

phase ends where the aeroplane leaves the en-route ATS
route structure and the approach phase begins at the initial
approach fix.
10.3.2
The chart should be drawn to scale. The selected scale

should provide optimum legibility consistent with the
procedure shown on the chart and with the sheet size.
Insets and scale-breaks may be used to maintain an
appropriate scale for charts with a large area of coverage,
however, these should be used judiciously and identified
in compliance with 10.3.4.
10.3.3
If the chart is drawn to scale, a scale-bar must be shown.

The scale-bar may be shown in the lower left corner of the
chart.
10.3.4
When the chart is not drawn to scale, the annotation

NOT TO SCALE must be shown. When it is necessary
to show part of the chart not to scale, the symbol for
scale-break must be used on tracks and other aspects of
the chart that are too large to be drawn to scale. In
addition, not-to-scale portions of the chart may be
differentiated by a light half-tone screen overlay and
annotated NOT TO SCALE.
32-30
06 JUL 2006
\
scale break svmbol
Format
The format of this chart should be in accordance with
specimen chart 8.
10.4
Projection
10.4.1

approximates a great circle should be used. A Lambert
10.4.2
When the chart is drawn to scale, parallels and meridians

should be shown at suitable intervals. In specimen chart 8,
the parallels and meridians are shown at thirty minute
intervals.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Aeronautiial Chart Manual
7-10-4
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
10.4.3

extended graduation marks every ten minutes. Parallels,
Se specimen chart 8
2.2
Title
The title must be Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument

(STAR) - ICAO. Such title must not include ICAO
unless the chart conforms with all Standards specified in
Annex 4, Chapters 2 and 10. The chart title is placed at
the top left corner of the chart in bold upper-case type.
10.5
STANDARD ARRIVAL CHART

INSTRUMENT (STAR) ICAO
3230
Identification

aerodrome, and the identification of the standard arrival
route(s) - instrument as established in accordance with
the Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft
Operations (PANS-OPS, Doc 8168), Volume II, Part III,
Chapter 3.
The identification of the standard arrival route(s)
instrument is provided by the procedures specialist.
Name of ci@ and
ICAO location
7
aerodr
DONLONllntl (EADD)
RWY 09U27R
31030
DNS 1B DON 1BDA

KODAP I N Z B
OST I A ROB 1AflB
I.
Identification of
standard arrival
routes

placed at the top right corner of the chart in bold uppercase type.
2.3


used and the address of the producing agency must be
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale

Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO
Annex 4
reference
2.4
7-10-5
Illustration
Details
Symbols
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications and Annex 4,
Appendix 2.
2.5
i'
the upper left comer of the chart.
[y1
3730'
DIST
/
2.7
BRGA E MAG
VARYW

comer of the chart outside the neat line. A daylmonthiyear
format (e.g. 06 JL 2006), using abbreviations from the
appropriate.
2.8
_-.
--
KMIN METRES
-.
32'30'
06 JUL 2006

2.9
Abbreviations
2.10
2.11
Coiours
Colours used on charts should conform to the Colour
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Aeronautical Chart'Manual
7-10-6
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
one colour will suffice when there is no information to
provide on relief and obstacles. Charts should be printed
on a good quality paper, preferably white, using brown for
relief if shown (see also Annex 4 reference 10.6.2) and
black for all other elements.
2.16
Typography
10.6
10.6.1
Where the chart is drawn to scale, generalized shore lines

of all open water areas, large lakes and rivers must be
shown except where they conflict with data more
applicable to the function of the chart. Significant
topographical and cultural features may be selected to
facilitate the transition from instrument flight to visual
flight. On specimen chart 8, aside from relief, the only
features shown are some major rivers. These rivers are
screened so as not to conflict with aeronautical
information.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
aeronautical
information
(solid)
.t
large Aver (screened)

Annex 4
reference
10.6.2
7-10-7
Details
Illustration
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
To improve situational awareness in areas where

significant relief exists, theschartshould be drawn to scale
and all relief exceeding 300 m (1 O00 ft) above the
aerodrome elevation should be shown by smoothed
contour lines, contour values and layer tints printed in
brown. The next higher suitable contour line appearing on
base topographic maps exceeding 300 m (1 O00 ft) above
the elevation of the primary aerodrome may be selected to
start layer tinting. An appropriate brown colour, on which
half-tone layer tinting is to be based, is specified in the
Colour Guide in Annex 4, Appendix 3.
Appropriate spot elevations, including the highest elevation
within each top contour line, should be shown printed in
black. The highest elevation on the chart may be
emphasized by larger bold or boxed type in accordance
with Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol number 12. Obstacles
should also be shown, using the correct symbol selected
from Annex 4, Appendix 2, Obstacles, and printed in the
colour used for aeronautical information. Appropriate spot
elevations and obstacles are those provided by the
It is essential that relief portrayal on the Standard Arrival
Chart - Instrument (STAk) - ICAO be designed as a
subdued presentation so as not to interfere with
readability of procedural information or create chart
clutter. A harmonized portrayal of relief between the area
chart and associated SID, STAR and instrument approach
charts is also important. Further guidance is given in
Chapter 7 -General Specifications, Portrayal of relief on
the Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO and other
relevant charts.
10.7
23f-
A
(201)
Obstacle
Area around aerodrome ISnot tinted

Ffist suitable contour ISabout
300 m (1000 rt)
above aerodrome elevabon
Highest elevation
Magnetic variation
The magnetic variation used in determining the magnetic
bearings, tracks and radials must be shown to the nearest
degree. This information may be grouped with the
indication of units of measurement at the upper left corner
of the chart.
No.3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-10-8
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
10.8
JF
~~
10.8.1

37'30'
ERG

of units of measurement at the upper left corner of the
chart.
digits and a degree sign (e.g. 041OE).
with radial values
rBOORSPIJIC.
VOROME 116.9
BOR
52"22'06" N
032'22'30" W
10.8.2

10.8.3

to True North or Grid North, this shall be clearly
indicated. When Grid North is used its reference grid
meridian shall be identified.
10.9
Aeronautical data
10.9.1
Aerodromes
10.9.1.1
The aerodrome of landing must be shown by the runway

pattern.
10.9.1.2
All aerodromes which affect the designated standard

amval route - instrument must be shown and identified.
Where appropriate the aerodrome runway patterns must
be shown.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
EMAG
Chapter 7. Preparation of SpeclJic Charts

Annex 4
reference
10.9.2
7-IO-9
Illustration
Details
Prohibited, restricted and danger areas which may affect
the execution of the procedures must be shown with their
identification and vertical limits.
reduce chartclutter, a half-tone screen of approximately
See also Chapter 7
reference 2.13.
identijcotion of oren
P=Pro/iibited
R=Restricied
D=Danger
nationality letter
upper limit
lower limit
General Specifications, Annex 4

Minimum sector altitude
10.9.3.1
The established minimum sector altitude (MSA), based on

a navigation aid associated with the procedure, must be
shown with a clear indication of the sector to which it
applies. Annex 4, Appendix 2 provides a specific symbol
for MSA portrayal. The MSA symbol is intended to be
modified to reflect particular sector shapes. It is to be
presented in an easily readable size and accompanied by
appropriate text as illustrated. The optimum location for
the MSA symbol is in the top right area of the chart.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
10.9.3
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-10-1O
Annex 4
reference
10.9.3.2
Details
Illustration
Where the MSA has not been established, the chart must
be drawn to scale and AMA must be shown within
quadrilaterals formed by the parallels and meridians. The
AMA must also be shown in those parts of the chart not
covered by the MSA. Depending on the selected chart
scale, quadrilaterals formed by the parallels and meridians
normally correspond to the half-degree of latitude and
longitude.
--:
PE
031"J4'36'w
meridiand

provide a minimum clearance of 300 m (1 O00 ft), or in a
designated mountainous area 600 m (2 O00 ft), above all
changes of terrain elevation exceed 900 m (3 O00 ft)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AMA figures are printed in black and are shown in two

sizes of figures, the larger representing units of thousands
of metres (feet) and the smaller, units of tens of metres
quadrilateral and avoiding conflict with procedural
shown within the coverage of the chart.
A M figure examples
o60 =
600 m
1.23 =
I 230m
126 =
1 260m
. On chart usingfeet
10.9.4
Air .traffic services system
10.9.4.1

10.9.4.1.1
The components must comprise the following:

1) a graphic portrayal of each standard arrival route instrument, including:
a) route designator;
No. 3

Not for Resale
20 =
2 000ft
22 =
2 200ft
122 =
12 200ft

Annex 4
reference
7-10-11
Details
Illustration
b) significant points defining the route;

c) track or radial to the nearest degree along each
segment of the route;
d) distances to the nearest kilometre or nautical mile
between significant points;
e) minimum flight altitudes along the route or route

segments and altitudes required by the procedure
to'the nearest higher 50 mor 100 ft and flight level
restrictions where established. Specific Annex 4
symbology for minimum altitudes is shown at the
right;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 "Reccnmended p r o c e w e altitudelnmgh! level I 5 O00
FL 50
"Expected' ~ i i i t ~ d %
f) where the chart is drawn to scale and radar
vectoring on arrival is provided, established radar

minimum altitudes to the nearest higher 50 m or
100 R, clearly identified;
---
RADARROUTE
1350m
Where radar procedures are used to vector aircraft to or

from significant points on a published standard arrival
route or to issue clearance for descent below the MSA
during arrival, the radar procedures may be shown on
the Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) ICAO unless excessive chart clutter will result.
Where excessive chart clutter will result, a Radar
Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO may be provided
(see page 7-2 1-i), in which case the elements indicated
by 10.9.4.1.1, 1) f) need not be duplicated on the
Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) ICAO.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-10-12
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
2) the radio navigation aid(s) associated with the

route(s) including:
@
I
) plain language name;
b) identification and morse code;

c) frequency;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
d) geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and

seconds;
e) for DME, the channel and the elevation of the
transmitting antenna of the DME to the nearest
30 m (100 fi);
The morse code for the identification may also be
shown. Text boxes associated with radio navigation
aids should be of a size consistent with the information
contained therein. In the text box, the radio navigation
aid name, frequency and identification may be
emphasized by bold text. Lead lines are to be used in
congested areas' to position the boxes for optimum
readability;
3) the name-codes of the significant points notmarked
by the position of a radio navigation aid, their
geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and
seconds and the bearing to the nearest tenth of a
degree and distance to the nearest two-tenths of a
kilometre (tenth of a nautical mile) from the
reference radio navigation aid;
4)applicable holding patterns;
5 ) transition altitudeheight to the nearest higher 300 m
or 1 O00 ft. The transition altitude may be

prominently shown as "boxed text" at the top center
of the chart;
6) area speed restrictions, where established. This
information may be included with the transition
altitude, or if space does not permit, shown as a
separate note within the chart neat lines;
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
32"OW
c
e,*',
TRANSITION ALTITUDE
2450 m
SPEED RESTRICTION TMA
MAX 450 KNU IAS BELOW FL100
e**
W"i'*'iPrxBr
.pa
APP 1191
TWR 118 1
31-30'
KO[
OSi
Chapter 7. Preparation of SpeciJic Charts

Annex 4
reference
7-10-13
Illustration
Details
7) all compulsory and "on-request'' reporting points;

Repmng pont
Ca3?GUlrori.
O"rq"?sl
REP
............................................................................................................................................
ATSIMET reporting paint
MRP
cWnPUlwiF/
i
!
OrinyuEsl
es
.................................................................................................................................................
8) radio communication procedures, including:

TRANSITION ALTITUDE
a) call sign(s) of ATS unit(s);
APP 119.:
DONLON
RI
DNS
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
10.9.4.2
b) frequency;
c) transponder setting, where appropriate.
These may shown in the top left area of the chart.
A textual description of standard arrival route(s) instrument (STAR) and communication failure procedur
in relation to radar control should be provided and shoul
whenever feasible, be shown on the chart or on the san
page which contains the chart.
In some cases it may not be feasible to include the

descriptions and procedures on the face of the chart due
chart clutter or the necessity for a small text size whic
would compromise readability. If the information is shov
on the reverse of the chart or on a separate sheet
appropriate reference is to be provided on the face of ti
chart.
FOLLOW TRACK 147 TO IAF C M VOR

NOT BELOW OM HSA
31"30'
I
I
SET TRZNSPOVDER LODE 76%

PROCEED TO CAA AT LAST RECEIYED OR ACKNOWLEDGED
E4T GR IF hS EAT nAS 6 C C t i RECEI\,ED OR A C d k O X E D G E D
A l FPL F I T DISCEhI) N l i ( E C A A n l D O P A l T T R N l l > 6 i u M
CAfiRj OLT STAhC4R3 IhSlRLUEhT.\PCn 10 RIYI 21R
IF NEEOE3 FOLLOWED 3Y 4 CIRCLING TO RWY 0%
I
I
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale

Annex 4
reference
7-11-1
General
11.1
Function
1.1.1
The primary function to be satisfied by this type of chart is to provide flight crews with information which
will enable them to fly an approved instrument approach procedure to the runway of intended landing
including the missed approach procedure and, where applicable, the associated holding patterns.
Normally, the authority responsible for the development of instrument approach procedures will have been
guided by the Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations, (PANS-OPS, Doc 8168)
Volume II, Construction of Visual and Instrument Flight Procedures. It contains the basic guidelines to the
procedures specialist who provides the cartographer with a textualldiagrammatic description of the
instrument approach procedure. The procedures specialist will have been guided also by the Instrument
Flight Procedures Construction Manual (Doc 9368), which deals with the implementation of procedures
defined in the PANS-OPS. The criteria and examples in these two documents will be useful to the
cartographer in understanding such procedures, visualizing their application and understanding what
information is to be supplied by the procedures specialist to the cartographer for charting and associated
publication. There should be a functional collaboration between the procedures specialist and the
cartographer to ensure that the published charted procedures accord with relevant ICAO documents, both
for procedure design and charting.
'
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.2
Availability
11.2.1
The Instrument Approach Chart -ICAO must be made available for all aerodromes used by international
civil aviation where instrument approach procedures have been established by the State concerned.
11.2.2 and
11.2.3
A separate instrument approach chart normally must be provided for each precision approach and
procedure established by the State. Furthermore, a separate instrument approach chart normally must be
provided for each non-precision approach procedure established by the State. A single precision or
non-precision approach procedure chart may be provided to portray more than one approach procedure
when the procedures for the intermediate approach, final approach and missed approach segments are
identical.
2.1.6
In compliance with Annex 4, paragraph 2.1.6, the Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO must permit a
smooth transition from the Area Chart - ICAO or Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) ICAO, as appropriate. There must be no gaps between the charted procedures and overlaps of procedural
track information should be avoided.
11.2.4
When the values for track, time or altitude differ between categories of aircraft on other than the final
approach segment of the instrument approach procedures, and the listing of these differences on a single
chart could cause clutter or confusion, more than one chart must be provided. Information on categories of
aircraft is included in the PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part III, Chapter 1.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-11-2
Annex 4
reference
11.2.5
General
Instrument approach charts must be revised whenever information essential to
safe operation becomes out of date. An indication of what information has
changed from the previous publication of the chart may be stated along the lower
left neat line as illustrated here.
(DATE OF AERONAUTICAL
INFORMATION)
See Chapter 7 -General Specifications,Annex 4 references 2.1.1 to 2.1.8.
Planning
At the planning stage, consideration should be given to the interrelationship between this iype of chart, the
Area Chart - ICAO, Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO, Visual Approach Chart ICAO, and Aerodrome Obstacle Charts - ICAO. A considerable amount of duplication, particularly in
surveys and in the selection of base material can, be avoided by including requirements for all these types
of charts at the planning stage of production. Terrain and obstacle information to be shown should be
selected from an electronic terrain and obstacle database (Annex 15 -Aeronautical Information Sepices,
Chapter 1O, refers). If suitable electronic data are not available, information from up-to-date topographical
charts at scales of 1:250 O00 or larger may be appropriate.
When developing relief portrayal for the Instrument Approach Chart -ICAO, and particularly in areas of
significant relief, it is important to plan an integrated approach to relief portrayal on the Area Chart ICAO or, if appropriate, on the Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO and the Standard
Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO. Further information on relief portrayal for the Instrument
Approach Chart - ICAO and these associated charts is given at page 7-2- 16.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale

Instrument Approach Chart - ICA0
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
11.3
Coverage and scale
11.3.1
The coverage of the chart must be sufficient to include all

segments of the instrument approach procedure and such
additional areas as may be necessary for the type of
approach intended. The chart is normally centred to
include a depiction of the procedure from the initial
approach fix to the aerodrome and including the missed
approach track.
11.3.2
The scale selected must ensure optimum legibility

consistent with the procedure shown on the chart and with
the sheet size. In exceptional cases, to provide a scale for
optimum legibility it may be necessary to show a part of
the chart not to scale. Where this occurs, the symbol for
scale-break must be used on tracks and other aspects
which are not to scale. In addition, not-to-scale portions of
the chart may be differentiated by a light half-tone screen
overlay and annotated NOT TO SCALE.
11.3.3
scale break symbol
A scale indication must be shown. This is normally

displayed on the plan view as both a representative
fraction and as a bar scale showing kilometres and nautical
miles.
11.3.3.1
Except where it is not practicable to do so, a distance

circle with a radius of 20 km (10 NM) centred on a DME
located on or close to the aerodrome, or on the aerodrome
reference point where no suitable DME is available, must
be shown. Its radius must be indicated on the
circumference. The distance circle is generally shown by a
solid thin black line which may be broken or over printed
with procedural information.
11.3.3.2
A distance scale should be shown directly below the

instrument procedure profile and be annotated to indicate
its reference point (e.g. km to/from THR RWY 27R). The
profile distance scale will not necessarily be the same
scale shown on the plan view.
Format
11.4.1
The format should be in accordance with specimen chart 9

and the sheet size should be 210 x 148mm (8.27 x
5.82 in).
KM
5 6 7 8 910
-7
NM
See specimen chart-9
MAPT
11.4
SCALE 1 360 000

1 O 1 2 3 4
-
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-11-3
O
km tolfrom THR RWY 27R
10
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-il-4
Annex
referem
Illustration
Details
11.5
Projection
11.5.1.

approximates a great circle must be used. A Lambert
11.5.2
Graduation marks should be placed at consistent intervals

extended graduation marks every ten minutes. Graduation
marks may be screened or presented in a fine line weight,
They may be identified only on the bottom and left neat
lines.
2.2
Title
The title must be Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO.
Such title must not include ICAO unless the chart
conforms with all Standards specified in Annex4,
Chapters 2 and 11. The chart title is placed at the top left
corner of the chart in bold upper case type.
11.6
Identification
11.6.1

aerodrome and the identification of the instrument
approach procedure as established in accordance with the
PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part III, Chapter 1.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Proper and standardized chart identification is important to

avoid ambiguity between titles shown on paper charts, in
electronic cockpit displays and in clearances issued by air
traffic control. The procedures specialist is the most
appropriate person to provide this standardized
identification information. The ICAO location indicator
may also be included with the name of the aerodrome. The
chart identification is placed at the top right comer of the
chart in bold upper-case type.
No. 3

Not for Resale
INSTRUMENT
APPROACH
CHART ICAO
DONLONllntl (EADD)
ILS RWY 27 R
/

Annex 4
reference
2.3.1
7-11-5
Details
Illustration

Marginal note layout-
.See also Chapter 7 - General Specifications. In

accordance with Annex 4, 2.3.3 and 2.3.4, as this type of
chart is published as part of the Aeronautical Information
Publication (AIP) or a related aeronautical document, the
legend to the symbols and abbreviations used and the
address of the producing agency must be placed in the
front of the AIP. Annex 15, Appendix 1, GEN 2.2,
GEN 2.3 and GEN 3.2 provides for specific placement in
the AIP.
2.4
Symbols
Appendix 2.
2.5
corner of the chart outside the neat line. A daylmonthlyear
format using abbreviations (e.g. 06 J L 2006) from the
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC, DOC 8400) is
appropriate.
2.8
I
U
06 JUL 2006

See Chapter 7 - General specifications.
2.9
Abbreviations
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications. Due to the small
sheet size of this chart type and the typical high density
of information, the use of abbreviations is particularly
appropriate to reduce chart clutter.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.7
7-11-6
Annex 4
reference
2.10
Details
I&stration
boundaries must be portrayed with the Annex 4, Appendix 2,
symbol number 63 and labelled with country names. Unless
of special importance, this infomation may be subdued by a
half-tone screen of about 30 per cent.
2.11
Colours
The chart should be produced in two colours, except that one
colour may be sufficient when information on relief is not
provided in accordance with Annex 4, 11.7.2 or 11.7.3.
Charts should be printed on a good quality paper, preferably
white, using brown for relief and black for all other elements.
A brown colour suitable for contours and topographic
features is specified in the Colour Guide in Annex 4,
Appendix 3.

2.16

Chapter 7 -General Specifications.
11.7.1
Culture and topographic information pertinent to the safe

execution of the instrument approach procedure, including,
the missed approach procedure, associated holding
procedures and visual manoeuvring (circling) procedure
when established, must be shown. Topographic information
must be named only when necessary to facilitate the
understanding of such information. The minimum must be a
delineation of land masses and significant lakes and rivers.
The careful selection of culture and topographic features
and their portrayal in a subdued manner is important to
avoid chart clutter and to ensure that procedural
information is prominent. To create the desired subdued
portrayal, a half-tone screen of about 30 per cent may be
appropriate.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
\A
transmission line
river
52
20
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.7

Annex 4
reference
11.7.2
7-11-7
Illustration
Details
Relief must be shown in a manner best suited to the
particular elevation characteristics of the area. In areas
where relief exceeds 1200 m (4 O00 ft) above the
aerodrome elevation within the coverage of the chart or
600 m (2 O00 ft) within 11 km (6 NM) of the aerodrome
reference point, or when the final approach or missed
approach procedure gradient is steeper than optimal due to
terrain, all relief exceeding 150 m (500 ft) above the
aerodrome elevation must be shown by smoothed contour
lines, contour values and layer tints printed in brown.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

elevation within each top contour line, must also be shown
printed in black. The highest elevation on the chart may be
emphasized by larger bold or boxed type in accordance
with Annex 4, Appendix 2, symbol number 12. Appropriate
spot elevations are those provided by the procedures
specialists. The next higher suitable contour line appearing
on base topographic maps exceeding 150 m (500 ft) above
the aerodrome elevation may be selected to start layer
tinting. An appropriate brown colour, on which half-tone
layer tinting is to be based, is specified in the Colour
Guide in Annex 4, Appendix 3 for contours and
topographic features.
AERODROME ELEV 3m
Smoothed contour II
Area around aerodrome is not tinted.

First contour shown exceeds
150 m (5003)
It is essential that relief portrayal on the Instrument

Approach Chart - ICAO be designed as a subdued
presentation so as not to interfere with readability of
procedural information or- create chart clutter. A
harmonized portrayal of relief between all instrument
approach charts to the same aerodrome and associated
SID, STAR and area charts is also important. Further
guidance is given at Chapter 7 - General Specifications,
Portrayal of relief on the Instrument Approach Chart ICAO and other relevant charts.
11.7.3
In areas where relief is lower than specified in 11.7.2, all

relief exceeding 150 m (500 ft) above the aerodrome
elevation should be shown by smoothed contour lines,
contour values and layer tints printed in brown.
elevation within each top contour line, should also be
shown printed in black. Being the same portrayal method
as 11.7.2 above, this recommendation promotes the
standardization of relief portrayal on instrument approach
charts for all aerodromes and should be a planned
objective.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-11-8
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
11.8
Magnetic variation
11.8.1
Magnetic variation should be shown to the nearest degree.

This information may be grouped with the indication of
units of measurement at the upper left comer of the chart.
11.8.2
When shown, the value of the variation must agree with

that used in determining magnetic bearing, tracks and
radials.
11.9
11.9.1

provided for in areas of high latitude.

of units of measurement at the upper left comer of the
chart.

digits and a degree sign (e.g. 061").
11.9.2

with radial values.
~~
32'30'
32"00'
~~
Where bearings, tracks and radials are given with

reference to True North or Grid North, this must be
clearly indicated. When Grid North is used its reference
grid meridian must be identified.
No. 3
26/5/06

32"OO
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.9.3
32'30'
Not for Resale

InsfrumentApproach Chart - ICA0
Annex 4
reference
7-11-9
Illustration
Details
11.10
Aeronautical data
11.10.1
Aerodromes
11.10.1.I
All aerodromes which show a distinctive pattern from the

air must be shown by the appropriate symbol. Abandoned
aerodromes must be identified as abandoned.
11.10.1.2
I) For aerodome of intended lanmg
The runway pattern, at a scale sufficiently large to show

it clearly, must be shown for:
2) For other aerodromes
1) the aerodrome on which the procedure is based;

ABANDONED
2) aerodromes affecting the traffic pattern or so

situated as to be likely, under adverse weather
conditions, to be mistaken for the aerodrome of
intended landing.
~
11.10.1.3
The aerodrome elevation must be shown to the nearest

metre or foot in a prominent position on the chart. On
specimen chart 9, it is depicted next to the chart title in
bolded upper-case type.
11.10.1.4
The threshold elevation or, where applicable, the highest

elevation of the touchdown zone, must be shown to the
nearest metre or foot. This may be depicted in a less
prominent manner under the aerodrome elevation.
11.10.2
Obstacles
11.10.2.1
Obstacles must be shown on the plan view of the chart

using the correct obstacle symbol selected from Annex 4,
Appendix 2, Obstacles. A careful selection of obstacles,
based on the procedure design, is required to provide
appropriate information and yet avoid chart clutter.
Appropriate obstacles are to be provided to the
cartographer by the procedures specialist. Further
information on the portrayal of obstacles is given in
Chapter 7 - General Specifications, on page 7-2-2 1.
11.10.2.2
If one or more obstacles are the determining factor of'an

obstacle clearance altitudelheight, those obstacles,should
be identified. This may be achieved by using a heavier
line for the symbol representing those obstacles and
.
explained by a note or in a legend on the chart.
AERODROME ELEV 30m

HEIGHTS RELATED TO
THR RWY 27 R ECEV 1 m
HIGHEST ELEV TDZ h r n
Obstacle
Lighted obstacle
Groupobstacles
~-
___
'
X
/'A
Lighted group obstacles

I
Excap!iorially hich obstdcle (optona! syrnboi)

. . .
......................
Exceptionaiiyhigh obstacle - iigh:ed (optional symbol)
*A
4,
')\
46
h.
(30)
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-11-10
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
11.10.2.3
The elevation of the top of obstacles must be shown to the

nearest (next higher) metre or foot. Italic type is used.
11.10.2.4
The heights of obstacles above a datum other than mean

sea level (see 11.10.2.5) should be shown. When shown,
they should be indicated by upright type in parentheses to
the nearest (next highest) metre or foot.
11.10.2.5
When the heights of obstacles above a vertical datum

other than mean sea level are shown, the reference datum
must be the aerodrome elevation except that, at
aerodromes having an instrument runway (or runways)
with a threshold elevation more than 2 m (7 ft) below the
aerodrome elevation, the chart datum must be the
threshold elevation of the runway to which the instrument
approach is related.
11.10.2.6
Where a datum other than mean sea level is used, it must

be stated in a prominent position on the chart. Under the
aerodrome elevation is an appropriate position.
11.10.2.7
Where an obstacle free zone has not been established for

a precision approach runway Category I, this must be
indicated.
AERODROME ELEV 30m

HEIGHTS RELATED TO AD ELEV
-
<
AERODROME ELEV 30m

HEIGHTS RELATED TO
THR RWY 27 R ELEV 16m
NO OFZ RWY 27R

OCA (H)
GPINOP
Circling
11.10.3
11.10.3.1
Prohibited areas, restricted areas and danger areas which

may affect the execution of the procedures must be shown
with their identification and vertical limits.
reference 2.13.
2.13

contained in Doc 79 1O - Location Indicators.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
identification of area
, P=Prohibited
R=Restiicred
D=Dnnger
natioitali(v letter
. ,
upperlimit
lower limit
__
385
465
630

Annex 4
reference
7-11-1I
Details
Illustration
11.10.4
Radio communication facilities and navigation aids
11.10.4.1
Radio navigation aids required for the procedures together

with their frequencies, identifications and track-defining
characteristics, if any, must be shown. The morse code for
the identification may also be shown.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Radio navigation aids upon which the procedure track is

based are to be presented in solid colour. Text boxes
associated with radio navigation aids should be of a size
consistent with the information contained therein. In the
text box, the radio navigation aid name, frequency and
identification may be emphasized by bold text. Lead lines
are to be used in congested areas to position the boxes for
optimum readability.
Track-de)nng characteristics
In the case of a procedure in which more than one station

is located on the final approach track, the facility to be
used for track guidance for final approach must be clearly
identified. Text associated with this primary facility may
be in bold and emphasized by the use of a shadow box.
In addition, consideration may be given to the elimination
from the approach chart of those facilities that are not
used by the procedure. If it is necessary to retain certain
facilities not used by the procedure, the portrayal of such
facilities may be subdued with a half-tone screen of
approximately 40 per cent.
11.10.4.2
The final approach fix, or final approach point for an

instrument landing system (ILS) approach procedure, and
other essential fixes or points comprising the procedure,
must be shown and identified. Annex 4, Appendix 2,
provides a specific symbol for final approach fix.
These positions may be emphasized by associated
abbreviated text in bold.
11.10.4.3
The final approach fix or final approach point for an

instrument landing system (ILS) approach procedure
should be identified with its geographical coordinates in
degrees, minutes and seconds.
FAF
10
15
For profile view
572254 N
For plan view
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-11-12
Annex 4
reference
Details
Ihstration
~
~~
11.10.4.4
Radio navigation aids which might be used in

diversionary procedures together with their track-defining
characteristics, if any, must be shown or indicated on the
chart. The portrayal of these may be subdued with a halftone screen of approximately 40 per cent.
11.10.4.5
Radio communication frequencies, including call signs,

that are required for the execution of the procedures must
be shown.. These may be ?boxed? next to the aerodrome
name at the top center of the chart.
~~
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.10.4.6
ILS RWY 27 R
~~
When required by the procedures, the distance to the

aerodrome from each radio navigation aid concerned with
the final approach must be shown to the nearest kilometre
or nautical mile.
MAPT
11.10.5
FAF
10
15
Minimum sector altitude or terminal arrival altitude

The minimum sector altitude (MSA) or terminal arrival
altitude (TAA) established by the competent authority
must be shown, with a clear indication of the sector to
which it applies.
,
I
DONLONllntl (EADD)
ILS RWY 27 R
MSA 46 h
CALGA VOR
/
Navigation aid on which MSA is based
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
Chapter 7. Preparation of SpeciJic Charts

Annex 4
reference
7-11-13
Illustration
Details
Annex 4, Appendix 2, provides specific symbols for MSA

and TAA portrayal. The optimum location for the. MSA
symbol is in the top right area of the chart. The TAA
symbol should be placed in the area of the plan view to
which it applies. The combined TAAs associated with an
approach procedure must account for an area of 360
degrees around the intermediate approach fix. MSA and
TAA symbols are to be modified to reflect particular
sectors or TAA shapes. They are to be presented in easily
readable sizes and accompanied by appropriate text as
illustrated.
Basic T A symbol
TAA symbol showing

step down arc
For examples 'of TAA symbol placement see the

PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 4,
Figures 111-2-4-3 to 111-2-4-5.
Portrayal of procedure tracks
11.10.6.1
The plan view must show the following information in the

manner indicated:
7000
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.10.6
COMNG
IF
a) the approach procedure track by an arrowed

continuous line indicating the direction of flight;
b) the missed approach procedure track by an arrowed
broken line;
c) any additional procedure track, other than those
specified in a) and b), by an arrowed dotted line;
d) bearings, tracks, radials to the nearest degree and

distances to the nearest two-tenths of a kilometre or
tenth of a nautical mile or times required for the
procedure;
O O O O O O(.
O O
-147"
radial
1 MIN
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-11-14
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
e) where no track-defining aid is available, the

magnetic bearing to the nearest degree to the
aerodrome from the radio navigation aid concerned
with the final approach;
ARP
f) the boundaries of any sector in which visual

manoeuvring (circling) is prohibited;
The diagram may be printed at a larger scale on the

back of the chart. If it is necessary to print circling
restrictions on the back of the chart, an asterisk may
be added to the word circling and an explanatory
note included below the minima data as illustrated.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
g) where specified, the holding pattern and minimum

holding altitudeheight associated with the approach
and missed approach. A race track type symbol is
used for holding patterns. The symbol may be
expanded laterally, when required, to include fixes,
intersections, or other facilities upon which the
holding pattern may be based. Holding patterns are
to be orientated according to flight path bearing or
radial and both inbound and outbound bearings to
the nearest degree (including degree symbol) are to
be shown. Cases where the procedure segment
bearing coincides with the holding bearing may
preclude the need for the holding pattern bearing;
h) caution notes where required, prominently
displayed on the face of the chart. Caution notes are
to be concise and, if practicable, placed in the area
of the chart relevant to the subject of the caution
note. A boxed caution note may be used for
increased prominence.
Circling *
385(370)
465(445)
* FOR CIRCLING RESTRICTIONS SEE VERSO
time
KAV
r.; 1
holding pattern
is based
bearzng
ILS BACK BEAM RADIATING

BUT NOT FOR OPERATIONAL USE
See also page 7-2-21, Placement of note and text

boxes.
~
11.10.6.2
The plan view should show the distance to the aerodrome

from each radio navigation aid concerned with the final
approach.
522254 N
0314436W
-C CAA
No. 3
26/5\06
Not for Resale
-THR: 12km

7-11-15
Annex 4
reference
11.10.6.3
Illustration
Details
A profile must be provided, normally below the plan

view, showing the following information:
a) the runway by a solid block at aerodrome or landing
threshold elevation. The solid block is positioned
below and adjacent to the line representing the
aerodrome elevation or landing threshold elevation;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b) the profile of the approach procedure segments by

an arrowed continuous solid line indicating the
direction of flight. This solid line may be broken to
include bearings and is not continued below the
missed approach point (MAY);
c) the profile of the missed approach procedure
segment by an arrowed broken line and a
description of the procedure which may be placed
adjacent to its graphic illustration;
d) the profile of any additional procedure segment,
other than those specified in b) and c), by an
arrowed dotted line;
e) bearings, tracks, radials to the nearest degree and
distances to the nearest two-tenths of a kilometre or
tenth of a nautical mile or times required for the
procedure. Times required by the procedure are
normally shown in a table under the profile as
illustrated at 11.10.8.1;
f) altitudesheights required by the procedures,
including transition altitude and procedure
altitudesheights, where established;
'
TRANSITION ALT 2450
@>-to
(3)
950
IAF
*1-147")-~
950
MISSED APPROACH
Climb straight ahead
SCN, turn right to
KAV climbing to 950
THR ELEV 16
km toirom THR RWY 27R
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale

Annex 4
reference
7-11-16
Illustration
Details
g) when specified, limiting distance on a procedure
turn to the nearest kilometre or nautical mile;
h) the intermediate approach fix or point, on

procedures where no course reversal is authorized;
i) a line representing the aerodrome elevation or threshold elevation, as appropriate, extended across
the width of the chart including a distance scale with its origin at the runway threshold.
THR ELEV 16
11.10.6.4
Heights required by procedures should be shown in

parentheses, using the height datum selected in
accordance with Annex 4, 11.10.2.5.
11.10.6.5
The profile view should include a ground profile or a

minimum altitudeheight portrayal as follows:
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The aerodrome elevation or threshold elevation, as appropriate, and the origin of the distance scale
may be identified at the line.
a) a ground profile shown by a solid line depicting the

highest elevations of the relief occurring within the
primary area of the final approach segment. The
highest elevations of the relief occurring in the
secondary areas of the final approach segment
should be shown on the profile by a dashed line. In
the same manner as for the final approach segment,
the ground profiles may also be extended to show
the highest elevations of relief occurring in the
intermediate and missed approach segments where
they are depicted on the profile.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale

Annex 4
reference
7-11-1 7
Illustration
Details
L /OM
NDB/MKR
Prof e view
NDB
MISSED APPROACH
Climb straight ahead.
At ALM NDB turn LEFT
Heights required by
Givund profile of the

primo? aren
Teniplateplan view
.; . .: .
prinrui:vawu /
\ : i
<
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
, . .:
. . --+---- - - - - - - - - - ..
,
:.
'
I .
,
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The vertical dashed lines on the above illustration

show how the highest elevations of relief in each
secondary area are transferred to the profile view to
create a combined presentation of relief occurring in
the secondary areas. The transfer of the highest
elevations of relief in the primary area are shown by
thin solid lines.
For the ground profile portrayed, actual templates of
the primary and secondary areas of the final
approach segment are provided to the cartographer
by the procedures specialist. The ground profile line
may be portrayed by a thin solid line with a line
pattern beneath. The line pattern may be positioned
at a 45 degree angle to the base line. There is no line
pattern associated with the thin dashed line
indicating the highest elevations of the relief
occurring in the secondary areas. The presentation
of ground profiles may be subdued by half-tone
screening (e.g. 30 per cent) to emphasize the
procedure information. On charts where relief is
presented on the plan view by brown contour lines,
the ground profile should also be presented in the
same brown colour. In these cases, ground profile
lines and the line pattern may be based on the brown
colour provided in the Colour Guide in Annex4,
Appendix 3, for contours and topographic features
and subdued with a 40 per cent half-tone screen.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-1I -I8
'
Annex 4
reference
Details

Illustration
b) minimum altitudesheights in the intermediate and

final approach segments indicated within bounded
shaded blocks. The minimum altitudeheight
portrayal is intended for use on charts depicting
non-precision approaches with a final approach fix.
TRANSITION ALT 2450

MISSED APPROACH
Track 236"
Climb to 1000rn or as
directed by
ATC
-236"-
For the minimum altitudeheight portrayed within

bounded shaded blocks a similar line pattern to that used
in the ground profile illustration may be used to shade the
blocks. Shading may be cleared under altitudeheight text.
The details of this illustration are supplied by the
11.10.7
Aerodrome operating minima
11.10.7.1
Aerodrome operating minima when established by the

State must be shown. This information is tabulated below
the profile view.
11.10.7.2
The obstacle clearance altitudesheights for the aircraft

categories for which the procedure is designed must be
shown. For precision approach procedures, additional
OCA/H for Cat D, aircraft (wing span between 65 m and
8 0 m and/or vertical distance between the flight path of
the wheels and the glide path antenna between 7 m and
8 m) must be published, when necessary. This table may
be placed in the left comer, below the profile view of the
procedure.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
LLZ
Circlinp
140
385 (3701
(120)
485 4,445) 630 (fil51
680 (651
NIA
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
OCA (H)
Straight-in
Appi0i)ch

Annex 4
reference
7-11-I 9
Details
Illustration
11.10.8
Supplementary information
11.10.8.1
When the missed approach point is defined by:

-
a distance from the final approach fix, or
a facility or a fix and the corresponding distance from

the final approach fix,
the distance to the nearest two-tenths of a kilometre or

tenth of a nautical mile and a table showing ground
speeds and times from the final approach fix to the missed
approach point must be shown.
11.10.8.4
A rate of descent table should be shown. This table may

be placed in the right comer, below the profile view of the
procedure.
11.10.8.2
When DME is required for use in the final approach

segment, a table showing altitudesheights for each 2 km
or 1 NM, as appropriate, must be shown. The table.must
not include distances which would correspond to
altitudesheights below the OCA/H. The table may be
placed directly above the profile view. See also the
illustration at 11.10.6.5 b).
etc.
For procedures in which DME is not required for use in

the final approach segment, but where a suitably located
DME is available to provide advisory descent profile
information, a table showing the altitudesheights should
be included. The table may be placed directly above the
profile view.
~~
11.10.8.5
Final approach descent gradient and, in parenthesis,

descent angle to the nearest one-tenth of a degree must be
shown for non-precision procedures with a final approach
fix.
FAF
'
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
11.10.8.3
DME KRG,km
7-11-20
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Annex 4
reference
11.10.8.6
11.10.8.7
11.10.9
Illustration
Details
On charts depicting ILS/MLS and LNAVNNAV

approach procedures, the height of the ILSMLS and
LNAVNNAV reference datum to the nearest half metre or
foot and the glide patWelevatiodvertica1 path angle must
be shown. If the ILWMLS glide patWelevation angle
exceeds 3.5 degrees, a note must be included referring to
appropriate aircraft and flight crew qualification
requirements for such a procedure. When a final approach
fix is specified at the final approach point for ILS, a clear
indication must be given whether it applies to the ILS, the
associated ILS localizer-only procedure, or both. In the
case of MLS, a clear indication must be given when an
FAF has been specified at the final approach point. This
information is provided by the procedures specialist.
Final approach descent angle must be shown to the
nearest one-tenth of a -degree for instrument procedures
with vertical guidance.
TRANSITION ALT 2450

MISSED APPROACH
Climb straight ahead
Example of note used when ILS/MLS

glide pathelevation angle exceeds 3.5':
Final approach
descent angle
\
'
FAF (ILS)
Aeronautical database requirements

The following data must be published in tabular form on
the verso of the chart or as a separate, properly referenced
sheet:
a) final approach fixes/points and other essential
fixedpoints comprising the instrument approach
procedure identified with their geographical
coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths
of seconds;
b] instrument approach procedure fix formation
bearings to the nearest hundredth of a degree;
c) instrument approach procedure fix formations distance
to the nearest hundredth of a nautical mile; and
d) for non-precision approaches, the final approach
descent angle to the nearest hundredth of a degree.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
See verso of specimen chart 9

7-11-21
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This data is provided by the procedures specialist and is

based on the aeronautical database requirements stated in
the PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part III, Section 5, 2.3 for
RNAV procedures and Volume II, Part I, Section 4, 9.4.13
for non-RNAV procedures.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
,'
r
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Approach
4
H
X
u
PI
Chapter 7
Visual
a $

I C A O 8697
**
(d
al
0
k
aJ
v)
v)
aJ
h
P
X
a,
E
a
a
aJ
r-
I
c-4
484L4Lb 0015363 971

Chart - ICAO
O F
Urd
urn
M k
wcd
-rl
Not for Resale
2
2
H
PI
7-12-1
7-1 2-2

I C A O 8697
X t
4 8 4 3 4 L b 0035364 808
aQ)
D P
aa
Not for Resale
' .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
N.
N
I C A O 8697
,.
r
- -<
**
Charts
P
Ql
.r;
a
.r(
W 4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0015365 744
a
%lJ
El
wcd
dl
JJ
3
EL.
zo
cd
tl
.rl
5E-
o a
Not for Resale
w a w
Chapter 7 - P r e p a r a t i o no fS p e c i f i c
Visual Approach Chart: - ICAO

n
v)
7-1 2-3
Addendum
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-12-4
ICAO 8 6 9 7
aJ
a0
a+,
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

**
arc
acd
.rl
o a
.rl
W
484L4Lb 00L53bb b d O
Not for Resale
7 ,
rA
4
O d
4
4
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 .- Preparation of S p e c i f i c Charts

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

cd4
zip
I-
N
.--I
cd
7 -1 2-5
Addendum
(16/9/87)
7-12-6
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17/7/92
No. 2
ZGa,
.rl
a, tdF
04 a u

Not for Resale
.
4
Q:
1I .-
I
PC
I
.
-
Not for Resale

--

1-I
a,
P
7-1 2-7
Addendum
(16/9/87)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-1 2-8
Addendum
(1619187')
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
110
&
0
k
**
ICAO 8697
4
4
.
0
N
4
.
N

m i i
a , o
L1
u
m
crl
c)
3
4-
W 4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0015370
001
Not for Resale
"
r
I .
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12.10.2.3
The h e i g h t s of o b s tacles ab o v e th e aero d ro me elev atio n

shouldbe shown.
12.10.2.3.1
When t h e h e i g h t s of o b s t a c l e s a r e shown, t h e h e i g h t
datummustbe
s t a t e d i n a prominentposition on t h e
chartandtheheightsmustbegiveninparentheses
on
t h ec h a r t .
P r o h i b i t e d ,r e s t r i c t e da n dd a n g e ra r e a s .
12.10.3.1
P r o h i b i t e da r e a s ,r e s t r i c t e da r e a s ,a n dd a n g e ra r e a s
mustbedepictedwiththeiridentificationand
v e r t i c a l limits.
-,
Nationality letter
Identification of area
P Prohibited
R. Restricted
D Danger
Upper limit
Lower limit
D e s i gna t e d a i rs p ace
12.10.4.1
Where a p p l i c a b l e , c o n t r o l z o n e s a n d a e r o d r o m e t r a f f i c
limits and
z one s m us t be d ep icted with th eir v ertical
t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c l a s s of a i r s p a c e .
Visual Approach Information
12.10.5.1

Visualapproachproceduresmustbe
applicable.
Not for Resale
shown where
See pages 7-2-10, 11, 15 and:

Annex 4 Symbols 109 to 114
.;
?
0
d
3w
7-12-10
17/7/92
No. 2
L)
.rl
(d
M
.rl
c
k
0
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Aeronautical Chart Nanual
cr)
4
..
a
k
a
0
I
W
W
U
w
.rl
rl
a
E
a
.n
u
E
0
aJ
B
U
Ei
k
aJ
aJ
8
0
.rl
rl
U
aa
E 6
a a
4u
aJ
0
I
rw
aJ
k
cd
a
F
a
a
(d
k
.rl
a
(dk
o w
M U
2
.rl
rlrl
WaJ
E3
aJu
?
I
50
k c
w a
0 5
aJ
(d
$
.rl
aa
a0
a 0
aJ
.n
Not for Resale

Aerodrome/Heliport Chart ICAO

---
7-13-1
hrn ?'
17/7/92
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.13 AERODROME/HELIPORT CHART

ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
ICAO
GENERAL
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
PLANNING
Ground surveys w i l l havebeen made t o a h i g h l e v e l of accuracy and d e t a i l e d d r a w i n g s of t h e
aerodrome and s u r r o u n d i n g a r e a s w i l l have been prepared
by t h e a u t h o r i t y c h a r g e d w i t h t h e
planning,constructionandmaintenance
of theaerodrome and t h i s m a t e r i a l s h o u l d
be a v a i l a b l e
t o t h eu n i ta s s i g n e dt op r e p a r et h eA e r o d r o m e / H e l i p o r tC h a r t
ICAO. The draughtingand
- ICAO t h e r e f o r e i n v o l v e t h e p r e p a r a t i o n
of
p r o d u c t i o n of theAerodrome/HeliportChart
f i n i s h e d d r a w i n g s by t r a c i n g s e l e c t e d d a t a
from the aforementioned engineering and
a r c h i t e c t u r a l p l a n s on t r a n s p a r e n t material. C o n s u l t a t i o nb e t w e e nt h e map-producing
p e r s o n n e la n do p e r a t i o n a lp e r s o n n e l
w i l l berequiredinordertoselecttheessentialdeta'ils
f o r i n c l u s i o n on t h e c h a r t .
It w i l l b en e c e s s a r yt om a i n t a i n
a consistent liaison with these other technical activities within the aeronautical
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n t o e n s u r e t h a t new d e t a i l s o r amendments t o e x i s t i n g d a t a are a p p l i e d t o t h e
chart.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
a,
Not for Resale

Aerodrome/Heliport Chart - ICAO

I
-
.d
a,
cd
z
0
a
0
c)
cd
"4
.
--
a m
7-13-3
8 2 .5
:
a
J
"!
17/7/92
No. 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
IDENT IF ICAT ION
13.4.1
The c h a r t mustbe i d e n t i f i e d by t h e name of t h e

c o u n t r y i n which t h e aerodrome i s l o c a t e d , t h e name of
t h e c i t y o r town, o r a r e a , which t h e
aerodrome/heliport serves and t h e name of t h e
aerodrome/heliport
MARGINAL NOTELAYOUT
2.3.1
The marginal note layout

on specimen c h a r t 11.
must conform t o t h a t provided
See a l s o Chapter 7 - GeneralSpecifications, page

7-2-2,Annex
4 reference 2.3.2 t o 2.3.4 i n c l u s i v e .
SYMBOLS
See Chapter 7
Annex 4 reference 2.4.1.
page 7-2-4,
UWITS OF MEASUREMENT
See Chapter 7
GeneralSpecifications, page 7-2-4,
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.5.1 t o 2.5.5 inclusive.
DATE OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION
See Chapter 7 - GeneralSpecifications,

Annex 4 reference 2 . 7 . 1 .
page 7-2-5,
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
CITY/AERODROME
COUNTRY
(Note.- Nameof Country may be omitted

where chart is published as part of an AZP.
- See Annex 4 reference 2.3.4)
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
a--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SPELLING OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES

7-2-5,
SeeChapter 7 - G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,p a g e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.8.1 t o 2.8.4 as a p p l i c a b l e .
ABBREV IAT IONS
7-2-6,
COLOURS
2.11
Although a s i n g l e c o l o u r is a c c e p t a b l e f o r t h i s t y p e
a
of c h a r t ,p a r t i c u l a r l yf o ru n c o m p l i c a t e da e r o d r o m e s ,
secondcolourwouldserve
t o clearlyidentify
It is o b v i o u st h a t a
i m p o r t a n ta e r o n a u t i c a lf e a t u r e s .
secondcolour will i n c r e a s e t h e c o s t a n d a n y b e n e f i t s
wouldneed
t ob ea s s e s s e d .S i n g l ec o l o u rc h a r t sa r e
n o r m a l l yp r i n t e di nb l a c ki n ko nw h i t ep a p e r .
The
a p p l i c a t i o n of p e r c e n t a g e s c r e e n s t o t h e
movement
areas and b u i l d i n g s c a n p r o v i d e
a more easily
i n t e r p r e t e dc h a r t .
When two o r more c o l o u r sa r eu s e d ,
a lightgreyshouldbeusedforthe
movement area and
b u i l d i n g sa n dd a r kb l u ef o rd i m e n s i o n s ,
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of v i s u a l a i d s , i d e n t i f i c a t i o n
of
f a c i l i t i e s a n ds e r v i c e s ,e t c .
TYPOGRAPHY
2.15

S a m p l e so ft y p es u i t a b l ef o ru s eo nc h a r t s
providedonpage
7-2-14.
Not for Resale
are
DRAUGHTING
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
As required under Aerodrome/Heliport
Data.
MAGNETIC VARIATION
13.5.1
TrueandMagneticNortharrowsandannualchange
be shown.
the magnetic variation must
of
See a l s o Chapter 7
page 7-2-10, Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2 . 1 5 . 2 .
AERODROME/HELIPORT DATA
13.6.1
Thischartmust
show:
a)
ge ogr a phi calco o rd in ates of t h ea e r o d r o m e / h e l i p o r t

r e f e r e n c e p o i n t t o a t l e a s t o n e - t e n t h of a minute;
b)
e l e v a t i o n s of t h ea e r o d r o m e / h e l i p o r t , runway
t h r e s h o l d s ,h i g h e s tp o i n to f
touchdownzonesand
a p r o n( p r e - f l i g h ta l t i m e t e rc h e c kl o c a t i o n s )w h e r e
applicable;
G ui da nc e m a t e r ial on t h e most s u i t a b l e l o c a t i o n s f o r
i s c o n t a i n e di n
p r e - f l i g h ta l t i m e t e rc h e c k i n g
Annex 14, Chapter 2 .
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ANNUAL RATE
OF CHANGE Z'E
g2
+lD
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
O W
art
DRAUEHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
swy
200
0""
L$*
45
ASPHILT
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c)
a l l runways i n c l u d i n gt h o s eu n d e rc o n s t r u c t i o n
w i t hd e s i g n a t i o n number, len g th ,wid th ,b earin g
s t r e n g t h ,d i s p l a c e dt h r e s h o l d s ,s t o p w a y s ,
clearways, runway d i r e c t i o n s t o t h e n e a r e s t d e g r e e
magnetic,type of s u r f a c e ,a n d runway markings;
B e a r i ng s t r e ngt hs f o r runways may be shown i n t a b u l a r

form on t h e f a c e o r v e r s o of t h e c h a r t .
/II!....... ......
HELIPORT
"
all aprons, with aircraft/helicopter stands,

lighting,markingsandothervisualguidance
and
c o n t r o la i d s ,w h e r ea p p l i c a b l e ,i n c l u d i n gl o c a t i o n
andtypeofvisualdockingguidancesystems,type
of s u r f a c e f o r h e l i p o r t s a n d b e a r i n g s t r e n g t h s o r
aircraft type restrictions where the bearing
s t r e n g t h i s l e s s t h a n t h a t of t h e a s s o c i a t e d
runways ;
Bearingstrengthsoraircrafttyperestrictionsfor
aprons may be shown i n t a b u l a r f o r m
on t h e f a c e
v e r s o of t h e c h a r t .
or
BEARING
STRENGTH
..... ........PP! KBC?.X!

""_
:,
.........."1
I--'
w
I

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
e)
g e o g r a p h i c a lc o o r d i n a t e st oa tl e a s to n e - t e n t h
a minuteforthresholdsandaircraftstands;
of
This requirement may be met by a g r a t i c u l e w h i c h w i l l

permitthecoordinatesofthelocationsselectedtobe
read to the required accuracy.
a l l t a x i w a y s ,h e l i c o p t e r a i r andgroundtaxiways
w i t h t y p e of s u r f a c e , h e l i c o p t e r a i r t r a n s i t
r o u t e s ,w i t hd e s i g n a t i o n s ,w i d t h ,l i g h t i n g ,
markings,including t a x i h o l d i n g p o s i t i o n s and
stopbars,othervisualguidanceandcontrolaids,
and bearing strength or aircraft type restrictions
where t h e b e a r i n g s t r e n g t h i s less t h a n t h a t o f
the associated runways;
Bearingstrengthsor aircraft t y p e r e s t r i c t i o n s f o r
taxiways may be shown i n t a b u l a r formon t h e f a c e o r
versoofthechart.
See specimen chart12
f)
g)
w h e r ee s t a b l i s h e d ,s t a n d a r dr o u t e sf o rt a x i i n g
aircraft with their designators;
of t h e a i r t r a f f i c c o n t r o l s e r v i c e ;
h )t h eb o u n d a r i e s
i ) pos i t i onoft r an smisso meters ;
j) approachand
runway l i g h t i n g ;
of t h ev i s u a la p p r o a c hs l o p e
i n d i c a t o r systems and t h e i r nominalapproachslope
a n g l e o r a n g l e s , minimum e y e h e i g h t o r h e i g h t s
over t h e t h r e s h o l d o f t h e o n - s l o p e s i g n a l o r
axis of t h e s y s t e m i s n o t
s i gna l s a nd wh ere th e
p a r a l l e l t o t h e runway c e n t r e l i n e , t h e a n g l e a n d
d i r e c t i o n of t h ed i s p l a c e m e n t , i.e. l e f t o r r i g h t ;
k) l o c a t i o na n dt y p e

Not for Resale
See specimen chart11 for runway lighting
I C A O 8697
**
4843436 003bl19.5 303
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 7
Aerodrome/Heliport Chart - ICAO

7-13-9
17/7/92
No. 2
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
13.6.2
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
In a d d i t i o n t o t h e i t e m s a ) t o p ) ,
Annex 4 reference
13.6.1 above, t h e c h a r t must show:
ah) e l i p o rtty p e ;
HELIPORT-SURFACETYPE ELEV 25
Heliporttypesareidentifiedin
Annex 14, Volume I1
as surface level, elevated or helideck.
SAFETY AREA
touchdown and lift-off area including dimensions,

slope, type of surface and b e a r i n g s t r e n g t h i n
t onnes ;
helicopter clearway including length

profile;
: ANTENNA
I :
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
safety area including length, width

surface;
31
-- 0
I '
f i n a l approach and t a k e o f f a r e a i n c l u d i n g t y p e ,
magneticbearing,designation
number (where
appropriate),length,width,slope
and t y p e of
;
surf ace
FATO-NINST
and type of
and ground
rLOF
20
x)
JGHTS: YELLOW
SLOPE lolo
significant obstacles including type

and e l e v a t i o n
of t h e t o p of t h e o b s t a c l e s t o t h e n e a r e s t ( n e x t
foot;
higher) metre or
visual aids for approach procedures,
marking and
l i g h t i n g of f i n a l approach and take-off area,
and
of touchdown and l i f t - o f f a r e a ;
:ONCRETE
0
20
40
60
Not for Resale
100
t
Designation number

80
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
h)
declared distances for heliports, where relevant,

including :
DECLARED DISTANCES
FATO 09
i) take-off distance available;

ii) rejected take-off distance available;
distance available.
TAKE-OFF
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
REJECTED
TAKE-OFF
DISTANCE
AVAl LABLE
LANDING
DISTANCE
AVAILABLE
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
iii) landing
FATO 27

Not for Resale
7.1.4 AERODROME GROUND MOVEMENT CHART

ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
ICAO
GENERAL
FUNCTION
14.1.1
The AerodromeGround Movement Chart

TCAO i s a s u p p lemen tary ch ar t p r o v i d i n g f l i g h t cr ew s
with detailed information to facilitate the
ground movement of a i r c r a f t t o andfrom t h e
a i r c r a f t s t a n d s andtheparking/docking
of a i r c r a f t .
APPL ICABIL ITY
14.2.1
The Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart - ICAO should be made a v a i l a b l e w h e r e , d u e t o c o n g e s t i o n

to
ofinformation,detailsnecessaryfortheground
movement of a i r c r a f t a l o n g t h e t a x i w a y s
andfromtheaircraftstandscannotbe
shown w i t h s u f f i c i e n t c l a r i t y o n t h e
Aerodrome/HeliportChart - ICAO.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
QPERATIONAT., REQUIREMENTS
SeeChapter
inclusive
Gen eralSp ecificatio n s,p ag e
7-2-1,
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.1.1
t o 2.1.8
PLANN ING
A t theplanningstage
of p r e p a r i n g t h e AerodromeGround Movement Chart
ICAO, c o n s i d e r a t i o n
shouldbegiventotheinter-relationshipbetweenthistype
of ch art , t h e A er o d r o m e/ H el i p o rt
Chart
ICAO and th eAircraftPark in g lDo ck in gCh art
ICAO. A c o n s i d e r a b l e amount of
duplication,particularlyinsurveysandintheselectionofbase
material, canbeavoided
by
of c h a r t s a t t h i s s t a g e of
planningtheprojecttoincluderequirementsforthethreetypes
theirproduction.
The same f e a t u r e s . s y appearon a l l t h r e e c h a r t s .

Not for Resale
I i
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
COVERAGE AND SCALE
14.3.1
The c o v e r a g e a n d s c a l e m u s t b e s u f f i c i e n t l y l a r g e t o
show c l e a r l y a l l t h e e l e m e n t s l i s t e d u n d e r
Aerodrome
Data.
14.3.2
A linearscaleshouldbe
shown.
FORMAT
2.1.8
The format of t h i s c h a r t s h o u l d b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
specimen chart 1.2.
TITLE
The t i t l e must be "AerodromeGround Movement Chart ICAO".

This t i t l e mustnotinclude
I'ICAO" u n l e s st h e
chartconformswith
a l l Standardsspecifiedin
Annex 4, Chapters 2 and14.
AERODROME GROUND
MOVEMENT CHART I C A O
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.2
IDENT IF ICAT ION
14.4.1

The c h a r t m u s t b e i d e n t i f i e d
by t h e name of t h e
i s l o c a t e d , t h e name of
countryinwhichtheaerodrome
and t h e
t h e c i t y o r town which the aerodrome serves
name of theaerodrome.
Not for Resale
CITY/AERODROME
COUNTRY
(Note.- Nameof Country may be omitted

where chart is published as part of an AIP.
Chapter 7
Movement
Aerodrome
Ground
ICAO 8697
.-
*X
eI
1
PI
bo
(d
0
aJ
a
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
---
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035383 7 b T
Not for Resale

Chart - ICAO

=
7-14-3
7-14-4
.
N
ICAO 8 6 7 7

**
Chart
= 484L43b0035384bTb
Manual
---
Not for Resale
Aeronautical
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DETAILS
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
MAGNET I C VAR U T ION
14.5.1
A True North arrow must be
14.5.2
Magneticvariationand
shown.
T h i sc h a r t
shown.
i t s annualchangeshouldbe
OF CHANGE 2' E
neednotbeTrueNorthorientated.
See a l s o C h a p t e r 7 - G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n s , p a g e
7-2-10, Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.15.2.
AERODROME DATA
14.6.1
T h i s c h a r t must show i n a s i m i l a r manner a l l t h e

i n f o r m a t i o no nt h e
Aerodrome Chart - ICAO r e l e v a n t t o
t h ea r e ad e p i c t e d ,i n c l u d i n g :
a.)
APRON LEV
a p r o enl e v a t i o n ;
28 rn
b a) p r o n sw
, ith
a i r c , r a ft s t a n d s , b e a r i n g s t r e n g t h s o r
a i r c r a f tt y p er e s t r i c t i o n s ,l i g h t i n g ,m a r k i n g
and
o t h e rv i s u a lg u i d a n c e
and c o n t r o l a i d s , w h e r e
a p p l i c a b l e , i n c l u d i n g l o c a t i o n and t y p e of v i s u a l
dockingguidance systems;
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

See specimen chart I I
Not for Resale
7-14-6
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17/7/92
No. 2
rn
0-0
U E

Not for Resale
~~~
--
~~~~~~
~-
I C A O 8697
0
4-1
**
2
.rl
~~
484l14Lb 003b202 373
Not for Resale

Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart
ICAO
x
a
.d
.rl
$4
0
4-1
a,
rn
urn
bo
L)
a,
c*
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

~~
~~~
7-14-7
0
I
c
'-ap
o arl,
24
17/7/92
No. 2
SaJ
a s s
( d a
u aa
0
k
a J a
u t 3
0
a J a J
a S
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - PreparationofSpecific
Charts
ICAQ
Aircraft Parkina/Dockinp Chart
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

&
0
G w
LILI
.rl0
7-15-1
17/7/92
No. 2
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
COVERAGE AND SCALE
15.3.1
The c o v e r a g e a n d s c a l e m u s t b e s u f f i c i e n t l y l a r g e t o
show c l e a r l y a l l t h e e l e m e n t s l i s t e d u n d e r
Aerodrome
Data.
metres
100
L I
0
I
200
100
200
1
300
400
400
1200
800
500
1
1600
feet
A l i n e a rs c a l es h o u l d
be shown.
FORMAT
The formatshouldbe
c h a r t1 3 .
in accordance with specimen
TITLE
2.2
The t i t l e of t h e c h a r t must b e " A i r c r a f t

Farking/DockingChart - ICAO".
This t i t l e mustnot
conforms w i t h t h e
i n c l u d e IrICAO" u n l e s s t h e c h a r t
S t a n d a r d s s p e c i f i e d i n Annex 4 , Chapters 2 and 15.
AIRCRAFT PARKING/
DOCKING CHART ICAQ
IDENT I F ICAT ION
15.4.1
The c h a r t must b e i d e n t i f i e d by t h e name o ft h e

is l o c a t e d , t h e name of
c o u n t r yi nw h i c ht h ea e r o d r o m e
t h e c i t y o r town whichtheaerodromeservesandthe.
name of theaerodrome.
CITY/AERODROME
- _L.
COUNTRY
--=7
(Note.- Name of Country may be omitted

where chart is published as part of an AIP

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.1.8
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
,i
MARGINAL NOTE LAYOUT
2.3.1

onspecimenchart
13.
See a l s oC h a p t e r 7 - G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i a p s ,p a g e
7-2-2, Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.3.2 t o 2.3.4 i n c l u s i v e .
SYMBOLS
See Chapter 7 - G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,p a g e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.4.1.
7-2-4,
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.5.1 t o 2.5.5 i n c l u s i v e .
7-2-4,
DATE OF AERONAUTICAL
.INFORMATION
SeeChapter 7
G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,p a g e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.7.1
7-2-5,
SPELLING OF GEOGRAF'H ICALNAMES
SeeChapter 7
7-2-5,
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.8.1 t o 2.8.4 as a p p l i c , a b l e .

Not for Resale
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
ANNEX 4
~
11
REFERENCE
DETAILS
ABBREV IAT IONS

SeeChapter 7 - G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n s , p a g e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2 . 9 . 1 and 2.9.2.
7-2-6,
Although a s i n g l e c o l o u r i s a c c e p t a b l e f o r t h i s t y p e
of c h a r t , p a r t i c u l a r l y f o r u n c o m p l i c a t e d a e r o d r o m e s ,
a
secondcolourwould
serve t o c l e a r l y i d e n t i f y
It i s o b v i o u st h a t a
i m p o r t a n ta e r o n a u t i c a lf e a t u r e s .
secondcolour w i l l i n c r e a s e t h e c o s t a n d a n y b e n e f i t s
t o b ea s s e s s e d .S i n g l ec o l o u rc h a r t s
are
wouldneed
n o r m a l l yp r i n t e di nb l a c ki n ko nw h i t ep a p e r .
The
movement
a p p l i c a t i o n of p e r c e n t a g e s c r e e n s t o t h e
areas a n d b u i l d i n g s c a n p r o v i d e
a more e a s i l y
i n t e r p r e t e dc h a r t .
When two o r more c o l o u r s a r e used,
a lightgreyshouldbeused
for t h e movement a r e a a n d
buildingsanddarkbluefordimensions,
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of v i s u a l a i d s , i d e n t i f i c a t i o n
of
f a c i l i t i e s a n ds e r v i c e s ,e t c .
TYPOGRAPHY
Samples of t y p e s u i t a b l e
providedonpage
7-2-14.

f o r u s e on c h a r t s are
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
COLOURS
Chapter 7
ParkinP/Dockinp
Aircraft
~.
ICAO 8697
c
c
a,
P
v1
Ei
&
&
-,
2
1
k
a,
i
3
-4
**
~~
~~
~
~~
__
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0036205 082
~-
Not for Resale

Chart - ICAO
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

.~
m
7-15-5
17/7/92
No. 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
b )a p r o n sw i t ha i r c r a f ts t a n d s ,b e a r i n gs t r e n g t h s
or
a i r c r a f tt y p er e s t r i c t i o n s ,l i g h t i n g ,m a r k i n g
and
o t h e rv i s u a lg u i d a n c ea n dc o n t r o la i d s ,w h e r e
applicable,includinglocation
and type of v i s u a l
dockingguidancesystems;
visual guidance aid
TAXIWAYS
AND
APRON
BEARING
STRENGTH PCN BO/R/B/W/T
bearing strength
AIRCRAFT STANDS 1 AND 8 NOT FOR 8747

AIRCRAFT STANDS 10 TO13AGNIS
EQUIPPED
c >g e o g r a p h i c a lc o o r d i n a t e s
t o a t l e a s to n e - t e n t h
a minute for aircraft stands;
aircraft ty''e
restrictions
visual docking
guidance system
=m I
of
52"22.5'N 031'56.9'W
2.3 52"22.4'N O3l056.9'W
52"22.2'N
9.10
52'22.2'N
52"22.3'N O3l056.9'W
11.12 52'22.3'N
03156.7'W
6.7 52"22.2'N O3l056.9'W
13.14 52"22.4'N
031"56.7'W
4.5
~~
This requirement may be met by a g r a t i c u l e which w i l l

p e r m i tt h ec o o r d i n a t e s
of t h e l o c a t i o n s s e l e c t e d t o b e
readtotherequiredaccuracy.

Not for Resale
031'56.9'W
O3l056.7'W
&e specimen chart 12
0
0-
I C A O 8697 tf
= 4841416
Not for Resale

Aircraft Parkinp/Dockinn Chart - ICAO
c
\
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

0036207 955
=
---7-15-7
17/7/92
No. 2
7-15-8
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8 / 21 90

Not for Resale
0
0
0
0
0
0
I C A O 8697
..
3
al
m
&
rn
al
(d
&
u
E
0
.F
I4m
n
+I
g
.rl
+I
.rl
(d
a
a
(1
**
4 8 4 1 4 L b ODL5396 318
Not for Resale
Chapter 7
World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:l 000.000.~
..
4
I
u.

7-16-1
8 / 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-16-2
8 / 2/ 90
l-l

al
El
v)
.d
ICAO 8 6 9 7
**
Chart Manual
254 W
aeronautical^
W 4 8 4 3 4 3 b0 0 3 5 3 9 7
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
&
I C A O 8697
4
H
.
4
\D
**
= 484141b
0015398 190
Not for Resale

World Aeronautical
.
Chart - ICAO 1:l 000 000
--*
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

cd
aJ
u
(0
7-16-3
81 2/90
7-16-4
cg
d
i-2
w
R
81 21 90
\o
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
cd
aJaJ
k c
cbu
nl
P
b
I C A O 8697 t t W 4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0015399 027 M
aJ
c,
aJ

..
3;
0
d
m
cd
W
k
ro
Q
a,
1
m
W
o
w
.n
Not for Resale

World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1 : l 000 0O;O

i
I
..
m
rl
&l
ro
rl
rl
cd
PI
h
g r n
m
a J d
aJrl
aJ4
0 F : W
!asa
-4 aJ cd
7-16-5
8 / 2 1 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-16-6
8 / 2 190

.--I
l-lmm
d m 0
0 0 0
03Com
u u u
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
<
I C A O Ab97 t t W 4841416 001.5402 441
In
iQ
Not for Resale

World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:l 000 000

rn
v1
Q)
7-16-7
8 / 2 1 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-16-8

I C A O 8697
t d
. .
__
4841416 OOL5403 388
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
s
I
.
I C A O 8697 t t
lT
48414Lb 0 0 3 5 4 0 4 2 1 4
4
I
Not for Resale
-,

World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:l 000 000
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
7-16-9
8 / 2/ 90
..
7-16-10
N
I
-3"
aJ
M
ld
e

I C A O 8697 X*
48414Lb 0015405 150
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
>
I C A O 8697
.rl
crt
**
a
W
w
ac,
cbc
4841416 0035406 097
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0 0
Chapter 7 - PreparationofSpecificCharts
World Aeronautical Chart - ICAQ 1 : 1 000 000
cn
ra
8
w

i
I
rl
hl
..
h
8-l
7-16-11
8 / 21 90
7-16-12
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a
a
a
a
a
aJ

I
I
I
I
I C A O 8697
I
I
I
I
I
**
a,
T23
al
a
al
a
a
m 4843436 0035407
Not for Resale
I
1
C.
DWUGHTING
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
16.7.6.1
16.7.6.2
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
of the chart
comprisingshorelines,lakes,rivers
and streams
(includingthosenon-perennialinnature),saltlakes,
g l a c i e r s and ice caps must be shown.
All water features compatible with the scale
The t i n t covering large open water areas should be kept

very light. (cf
Colour Guide - Annex, 4, Appendix 3 )
A narrow band of darker tone may beusedalong
s h o r e l i n e t o emphasize t h i s f e a t u r e .
Shore line (reliable)
Shore line (unreliable
Lakes (perenqial
the
Lakes (non-perennial
Salt lake
Large river(perennial )
Small river (perennial )
Rivers and streams

(non- perennial)
Glaciers and ice c a s
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-16-14
8/2/90
Y)
Q)
8
-
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I C A O ab97
**
BTb
Aeronautical <hart Manual
m 48414Lb 0015409
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
"".
16.7.8.1
DRAUGHTING
TLLUSTRATION
.
When h y p s o m e t r i c t i n t s are used,therange

forthetintsshallbe
of e l e v a t i o n 6
shown.
on t h e c h a r t must
16.7.8.2
The s c a l e of t h e h y p s o m e t r i c t i n t s u s e d
be sbown i n t;he margin.
16.7.9.1
Spot erevations must be

shown a t s e l e c t e d c r i t i c a l
p o i n t s . The e l e v a t i o n ss e l e c t e d mustalways be t h e
b i g h e s t in t h e i m e d i a t e v i c i n i t y andmust g e n e r a l l y
i n d i c a t et h et o p
of a p e a k ,r i d g e ,e t c . .E l e v a t i o n si n
v a l l e y s and a t l a k e s u r f a c e l e v e l s w h i c h a r e
of s p e c i a l
v a l u et ot h ea v i a t o rm u s tb e
shown. Tlie p o s i t i o n of each
selected elevation must be indicated
by a dot.
See e x a m p l e I on p4ge 7-1 6-8
.6397
Spat elevatian
a 8 9 7 5
Spot elevation (of doubtful

accuracy)
.6370
16.7.9.2
The e l e v a t i o n ( i n m e t r e s o r f e e t )
of t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t
t h e c h a r t and i t s g e o g r a p h i c a l p o s i t i o n t o t h e n e a r e s t
five minutes must be indicated in the margin.
16.7.9.3
The s p o te l e v a t i o n of t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t i n
should be cleared
of h y p s o m e t r i c t i n t i n g .
OD
\o
.....
. .
..
(,,,,.,, Organization
.,
I.....
Copyright International Civil Aviation
I.
. I
Not for Resale
any s h e e t
on
7-16-16
8 / 2 1 90
u , L
m o
aJ
bid
o a
I-l
0
0
I-
\D
4

I C A O 8697
**
-
4841416 0015411 4 5 4
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
16.7.13.1
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
The d a t e of l a t e s t i n f o r m a t i o n shown on t h et o p o g r a p h i c
base mustbe i n d i c a t e d i n t h e m a r g i n .
Date of laoar information shown on edition of topographic M e
MAGNETIC VARIATION
16.8.1
I s o g o n i c lines mustbe
shown.
Isogonic line or isogonal
-P E -
*
0
IT
&a
16.8.2
The d a t e of t h e i s o g o n i c i n f o r m a t i o n
the margin.
m u s t beindicatedin
See a l s o C h a p t e r 7 - G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,p a g e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.15.1 and 2.15.2.
7-2-10,
**
I
AERONAUTICAL DATA
16.9.1
A e r o n a u t i c a l d a t a shown must be kept to

a minimum
of t h e c h a r t f o r v i s u a l
consistent with the use
7-16-20,
n a v i g a t i o na n d t h e r e v i s i o n c y c l e ( s e e p a g e
Annex 4 reference16.9.6.1).
Note.--
w
nm
0
&a
R e v i s i o nc y c l e
Approximateperiodbetweenrevisions:
Base
: 4 years
A e r o n a u t i c a ld a t a
: 1 - 2 years
The a e r o n a u t i c a l d a t a , b e i n g
have t o b e c a r e f u l l y s e l e c t e d
f o r t h i sc h a r tc a nb ea d h e r e d
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
of a c h a n g e a b l en a t u r e , w i l l
so t h a t t h e r e v i s i o n c y c l e
to.
7-16-18
8/ 2/ 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
o c )

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
Air t r a f f i c services system

16.9.5.1
DRAUGWTI~~G
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
S i g n i f i c a n t e l e m e n t s of t h e a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s s y s t e m
including,wherepracticable,controlzones,aerodrome
trafficzones,controlareas,flightinformationregions
and other airspaces in which
VFR f l i g h t s o p e r a t e m u s t b e
shown t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
class of a i r s p a c e .
Flight
information
region
FIR
Aerodrome
traffic
zone
AT2
Control area
Airway
Controlled route
.....................
-.
.-2!
CTA
AWY
a
E
0)
-.-.-.-..
Uncontrolled route
Advisory airspace
ADA
Control zone
CTR
Advisory route
ADR
---_--------
-E ------
9
.-
s------
a------
16.9.6.1
(Note.- See also Chapter 2, page 7-2-15

The depiction of airspace classification
to be developed.)
Radio navigation aids
Basic radio navigation aid symbol
Radio navigation aids must be

shownby t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
symboland named, b u t e x c l u d i n g t h e i r f r e q u e n c i e s ,
coded
designators,times
of o p e r a t i o n and o t h e r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
u n l e s s any o r a l l of t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n w h i c h
i s shown i s
kept up t o d a t e by meansof new e d i t i o n s of t h e c h a r t .
Note. - This symbol may be used with or

without a box to enclose the data.
Non-directional radio
NDBbeacon
VHF omnidirectional radio range
VOR
Distance measuring equipment
DME
Collocated VOR and DME radio

navigation aids
VORlDME
UHF tactical
air
navigation aid
TACAN
ru
Collocated VOR and TACAN radio

navigation aids
VORTAC
continued on next page

Not for Resale
PI.
I C A O 8697 t t
or
s o
O
484L4Lb 0 0 3 5 4 3 6 T3b
4-1
Not for Resale

World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1 : l 000 000

i
I
0
E
7-16-21
81 2/ 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.17 AERONAUTICAL
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
CJGRT ICAO :1500 000

GENERAL
FUNCTION
17.1.1
The Aeronautical Chart- ICAO 1:500 000 is designed:

1) to provide information to satisfythe requirements of visual air navigation for low
at low and intemediate altitudes;
speed, shortor medium range operations
2)
3)
4)
5)
to serve as a basic aeronautical chart;

to provide a suitable chartfor basic pilot and navigation training;
to supplement specialized charts(e.g. Area Chart - ICAO and Enroute Chart -1CAOwhich
do not provide essential visual information;
for use in pre-flight planning.
Uniformity in the presentation

of all the base features and aeronautical information is
essential. Hydrographical, topographicaland cultural features areto be shown to the
fullest extent compatiblewith legibility and scale of the chart.
APPLICABILITY
17.2.1
4 , Appendix 5 Availability o f this chart is recommendedfor all areas delineated in Annex

sheet layout for the World Aeronautical Chart
- ICAO (WAC) 1:l 000 000. There is no
obligation to publish charts ata scale of 1:SOO 000, unless chart production considerations
(such as congested air route systems; an existing topographical chart series) or the
operational requirements indicate that the production
of a chart series ata scale larger
- ICAO 1:l 000 000 is necessary.
than the mandatory WAC
The Aeronautical Chart ICAO 1:500 000 may be made available as an alternative to the World
Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1:l 000 000.
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
See Chapter 7- General Specifications, page7-2-1 Annex 4 reference 2.1.1 to 2.1.7inclusive.
PLANNING
Consideration should be given to the inter-relationship between this type of chart, the
- ICAO. Considerable
WAC - ICAO 1:l 000 000 and the Visual/Instrument Approach Charts
savings can be effectedat the compilation stageby utilizing data obtained during
preparation of these related charts.

Not for Resale
7-17-2
81 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I C A O 8697 * X
ai
.rlF:
a,
rn
a,
.4
4843436 0035438 809
.
F k
d i
Not for Resale
P
I
Chapter 7
Aeronautical
-
x
Q
x
u
E
0
C
4
Not for Resale

Chart -.ICAO 1:500 O W
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
m r a
7-17-3
8 / 2 1 90
7-1 7-4
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
81 21 9C

I C A O 8b97 t t
~~
~-
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035420 467
Not for Resale
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Aeronautical Chart -1CAO 1:500 000

7-17-5
7-17-6
a,
U
0
0
aJ
*rl
U
*r)
&I
a,
5
0
cds
CaaJ
P U
-- a
8 :.:
pla
6 .a

ICAO 86'37
**
23T
4 8 4 3 4 L0b0 3 5 4 2 2
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8 b 9 7 t t m 4843436 0035423 37b
Not for Resale


7-17-7-
81 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-1 7 -8
e
J

ICAO d b 9 7
waJ
**
m
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035424 002
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8697
**
k-ZiEzG
m
48414Lb 0035425 T 4 9
Not for Resale

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
7-17-9
Addendum
.(16/9/87)
7-17-10

ICAO 8697
**
= 484141b
Manual
Not for Resale
0035426 985
AeronauJical Chart
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O Bb97
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035427 B 3 L
Not for Resale

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
.
.
":
7-17-11
81 21 90
7-17-12
81 21 90
Manual

**
Chart
I C A O 8697
a0
a d
u a
rn
hl
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Aeronautical
4843436 0035428 758
h
P
a b
d e .
Not for Resale
ICAO ab97
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035429 694
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
Chapter 7

7-17-13
81 2/ 90
7-17-14
81 21 90
.I:
u
k
a ( u
: e

aJ
.-mc
ICAO 8697
**
OI
-m
5
m
- --
4B4141b 0015430 306 H
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8b97
**
(
I
(
I
M 4 8 4 3 4 1 6_ _ 0035433 242
0"
al
Not for Resale
Chapter 7 - \Preparation of S p e c i f i c Charts

a
cd
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(u
7-17-15
81 21 90
7-17-16
aJ
7U-l
'ci
.-I.&I.-I
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I C A O Ab97 t t
.rld
Y)
k
td
JJ
484l14Lh 0035432 189
L)
Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
17 -7.9.2
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
The e l e v a t i o n ( i n metres o r f e e t ) of t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t o n
thechartand
its geographicalpositiontothenearest
five minutes must be indicated in the margin.
P
I-
17.7.9.3
It i s recommended t h a t t h e s p o t e l e v a t i o n
of t h e h i g h e s t
p o i n t onany s h e e t b e c l e a r e d
of h y p s o m e t r i c t i n t i n g .
17.7.10.1
Areas which have not been surveyed for contour

information must be labelled "Relief data incomplete" and
hypsometrictintingomitted.
17.7.10.2
I
t
Areas not surveyed for contour information

or relief data incomplete
Charts onwhichspo'televations
are g e n e r a l l y u n r e l i a b l e
as fo llo ws , on t h e
mustcarry a prominentwarningnote
f a c e of t h e c h a r t i n t h e c o l o u r u s e d f o r a e r o n a u t i c a l
information :
w
Caution
to be tinted Golden Buff I'

(see Annex 4, page A-3-2)
$
1.
C
C
C
C
C
"Warning - The r e l i a b i l i t y of r e l i e f i n f o r m a t i o n on t h i s
c h a r t i s d o u b t f u la n dt h ee l e v a t i o n sg i v e ns h o u l db eu s e d
withcaution".
SeealsoChapter
7 - Gen eralSp ecificatio n s,p ag e
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.12.3.1.
17.7.11.1
7-2-9,
It i s recommended th at escarp men ts b e

shown when they are
prominentlandmarksor
when c u l t u r a l d e t a i l i s v ery
s pa r s e .
Blull, cliff or escarpmenl
4
I
b
-L
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
'
DETAILS
17.7.12.1
Wooded areas shouldbe shown. On h i g h l a t i t u d e c h a r t s ,

t he a ppr oxi m ate e x t r d e n o r t h e r n o r s o u t h e r n limits of
t r e eg r o w t h may be shown. If shown, t h e s e areas may be
3
depicted by either the colour prescribed in Appendix
of Annex 4 o r by a symbolwhichshould
be ex p lain ed i n
t h e l e g e n d of t h e c h a r t .
17.7.12.2
Where shown, th e ap p ro x imate ex treme n o rth ern

or
s out he r n limits of t r e e growth must be indicated by
da s he d bl a c k lin e an d mu s t b e ap p ro p riately lab elled .
17.7.13.1
l a t e s t in fo rmatio n shown on t h e
The d a t e o f t h e
t opogr a phi c bas e mu st b e in d icated in th e marg in .
17.8.1
Isogoniclinesmustbe
17.8.2
The d a t e of t h e i s o g o n i c i n f o r m a t i o n m u s t b e i n d i c a t e d
in
the margin.
Gen eral Sp ecificatio n s , p ag e
7-2-10,
shown.
AERONAUTICAL DATA
A e r ona ut i c a l d ata mu s t b e
shown c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e u s e
of t h e c h a r t a n d t h e r e v i s i o n c y c l e .
Note.- R e v i s i o n
cycle
Approximate period between revisions :
Base
: 4 years
A e r o n a u t i c a dl a t a
: 1 - 2 years
The a e r o n a u t i c a l d a t a , b e i n g
of a ch an g eab len atu re, w i l l
have t o b e c a r e f u l l y s e l e c t e d
so t h a t t h e r e v i s i o n c y c l e
forthischartcanbeadheredto.

Conilerous lrees
MAGNETIC VARIATION
17.9.3
ILLUSTRATION
Not for Resale
Dam of lam1 informationshown on edition of topographic bnae
- 3' E
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
REFERENCE
**
4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0015435 998
Not for Resale
0 0
000
of Specific Charts
ICAO 8697
Chapter 7 - Preparation
Aeronautical
1:500 -1CAO Chart
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-17-19
81 21
90
7-17-20
81 21 90

I C A O Ab97
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
**
k M
wcd
Aeronautical Chart
Manual
4 8 4 1 4 1 b 001543b 824
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
17.9.5.1
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
Air t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s s y s t e m
Flight
information
region
FIR
S i g n i f i c a n te l e m e n t s of t h e a i r t r a f f i c s e r v i c e s s y s t e m
including,wherepracticable,controlzones,aerodrome
t r a f f i cz o n e s ,c o n t r o l
areas, f l i g h t i n f o r m a t i o n r e g i o n s
and other airspace in which
VFR f l i g h t o p e r a t e mustbe
shown t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e class of airspace.
Aerodrome traffic zone
AT2
Control area
Airway
Controlled route
CTA
AWY
.....*...............
I.
z
.-ma
E
a
Uncontrolled route
Advisory airspace
ADA
Advisory route
ADR
(Note: See also Chapter 2, page 7-2-15

The depiction of airspace classification
t o be developed.)
Radionavigationaids

Note. - Thls symbol m y be used with or
wirhout a box t o enclose the data.
Non-directional radio beacon
NDB
VOR
Distance measuring equipment
DM
El

navlgation aids
VORlDMf
fl
UHF tactical air navigation ald
TACAN
h,

navigation aids
VORTAC
17.9-6.1
Radio navigation aids must be

shown by t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
symbol and named, butexcludingtheirfrequencies,coded
d e s i g n a t o r s , times o f o p e r a t i o n a n d o t h e r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s
a l l of thisinformationwhich
i s shown i s
unlessanyor
kept up t o d a t e by meansof new e d i t i o n s o f t h e c h a r t .
continued on next page

Not for Resale
CQ\
\o
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
continued from previous page

Compass rose
To be orientated on the chart In
accordance wlth the alignment of
the station (normally Magnetic North)
Compass roseto be used as appropriate in combination

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
with the following symbols:
VORlDME
Note.- Addirronal points of compass may be added

as requrred
Supplementaryinformation
17.9.7.1
17.9.7.2
Aeronautical ground lights together with their

characteristics or their identifications or both
shown.
mustbe
Marine l i g h t s on o u t e r p r o m i n e n t c o a s t a l o r i s o l a t e d
f e a t u r e s of n o t less th an 28 k i l o m e t r e s (15 n a u t i c a l
miles) v i s i b i l i t y r a n g e mustbe shown:
3)

wherethey are r e a d i l yd i s t i n g u i s h a b l ef r o mo t h e r
marineorothertypes
of l i g h t s i n t h e v i c i n i t y
built-upcoastalareas;
wherethey are t h eo n l yl i g h t s
available.
Not for Resale
of s i g n i f i c a n c e
F.
Marine light
Note 1.- Marine alternating lights are red andwhite unless

otherwise indicated. Marine lights are white unless
colours are stated
1) wherethey are n o t less d i s t i n g u i s h a b l et h a nm o r e

powerful marine lights in the vicinity;
2)
Aeronaulical ground lighl
of
F1 Flashing
OCC Occulting
G Green
R Red
SEC Sector
cp
Group
- Characteristics
are
Note 2.
to be indicated as follows:
Second
(tJ) Unwatched
W White
sec
Alt Alternating
B Blue
F Fixed
I C A O 8697
.
U
03
d
**
484343b 0035439
533
rr)
Not for Resale

Aeronautical
Navigation
Chart - ICAO Small S c a l e
4
I
I4
3
H
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
.
N
co
d
u -u m
e
w o
4 0 0
7-18-1
8 / 21 90
7-18-2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8/ 2/90
a,
F
Ja,
I r l
a,
H+J

ICAO 8697
**
4841416 0015440 255 m
Not for Resale
Not for Resale

Aeronautical
Navigation
.
M

i
I
a,
D
.I4
c)
3fi
E
0
00
N.
4
7-18-3
81 21 90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-18-4
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
81 2/90
&
0
W
rl

8J
tf
R,
E:
22
tf
P,
.
i ?
Not for Resale
.rl
.rl
VI
?
00
4
Chapter 7
r a a ,
Not for Resale
Aeronautical
- Navigation
Cn
I4
Jw
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
E:
7-18-5
Addendum
(1619/87)
Addendum
(16/987)
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
7-2-4,
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
See Chapter 7 - GeneralSpecifications,page

Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.5,1 t o 2,5.5 inclusive.
G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
SeeChapter 7
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.7 .l.
'
pag e 7-2-5,
SPELLING OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES

See Chapter 7 - GeneralSpecifications,page
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.8.1 t o 2.8.4 i n c l u s i v e .
7-2-5,
ABBREVIATIONS
SeeChapter 7 - GeneralSpecifications,page
7-2-6,
POLITICAL BOUNDARIES
18.6.5.1
I n t e r n a t i o n a lb o u n d a r i e sm u s tb e
shown. Undemarcatedand
undefined boundaries must b e d i s t i n g u i s h e d by d e s c r i p t i v e
notes
General Specifications, page
x,
I
4

7-2-7,
Not for Resale
7-18-8
8 / 2 / 90
a
E
s
::
M
3cd
P
a,
n

--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a)E
a0
h
03
00
Ha)
a,
ucra
e
e
\o
00
L n
2
e
J
Not for Resale
-a
.s
Chqpter 7
I C A O 8697
I
I
*X
4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0015447 bOT
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I
I
I
I
P r e p a r a t i o n of S p e c i f i c C h a r t s

i
I
T
I
a
a
a
al
P
h
Q)
.d
a
V
&
.d
m
a
f=l
7-18-9
8/2/90
7-18-10
81 21 90

I C A O 8697
**
48434Lb
0035448
.>.-:<..
...:....~...
..:..>.:.;..:.:.<
<
.:.<
:,+
.:$
..
0dk
-...:..I
..I
.:-...
::...._
.:,
.,.....s
:.:.
.<
..-:.
:
Not for Resale
546 W
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
E
m
U
v)
Not for Resale

Aeronautical Navigation Chart - ICAO Small Scale
a a ,

i
I
LI
bec3
F
o u
h:
a.
U P
7-18-11
8/2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-18-1 2
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ICAO 8b97
**
.
b\
cn
..
4841416 0015450 1 T 4
Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGRTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
Incomplete o r u n r e l i a b l e r e l i e f
18.6.10.2
Areas t h a t havenotbeensurveyed
f o r contour information
mustbe labelled"Reliefdataincomplete"
and hypsometric
tinting omitted.

- 4-4-4
s: -4 --
Escarpmentsshouldbe
shownwhen they are prominent
landmarks o r when c u l t u r a l d e t a i l i s very sparse.
be shown.Where
Wooded a r e a s of largeextentshould
shown, t h e s e a r e a s may be depicted by the colour
p r e s c r i b e d i n Appendix 3 ofAnnex 4 or by a symbol
which shouldbeexplainedinthelegend
of t h e c h a r t .
Date of topographicinformation
18.6.13.1
-L
Wooded areas
18.6.12.1
81ull. clill or escarpment
Coniferous trees
Escarpments
f-l
Caution
ta be tinted "Golden Buff"

(see Annex4, page A-3-2)
Charts on which spot elevations are generally unreliable

must bear a warning note prominently displayed on t h e
f a c e of t h e c h a r t i n t h e c o l o u r
used f o r a e r o n a u t i c a l
information,asfollows,:
"Warning - The r e l i a b i l i t y of relief information on t h i s
c h a r t i s doubtful and elevations should beused with
caution. 'I
See also Chapter 7
General Specifications,
4 reference 2.12.3 .l.
page 7-2-9,Annex
18.6.11.1
Areas not surveyed lor contour information

or relief data incomplete
The d a t e of l a t e s t i n f o m a t i o n shownon
base must be i n d i c a t e d i n t h e margin.
Not for Resale
,the topographic
Other trees
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.6.10.1
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
MAGNETIC VARIATION
18.7.1
I s o g o n i c lines mustbe
18.7.2
The d a t e of i s o g o n i c i n f o r m a t i o n m u s t b e i n d i c a t e d i n
margin.
shown.
SeealsoChapter
7
the
7-2-10,
AERONAUT1CAL DATA
Aerodromes
18.8.1.1
- 9E -
Land
water
Civil
Landand water aerodromes and heliports must

b e shown
w i t h t h e i r names, t o t h e e x t e n t t h a t t h e y
do notproduce
u n d e s i r a b l e c o n g e s t i o n on t h e c h a r t , p r i o r i t y b e i n g g i v e n
t o t h o s e of g r e a t e s t a e r o n a u t i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e .
~-
Military
Joint civil and military
l @ l @
Emergency aerodrome or
aerodrome with no facilities
Heliport
Note. Aerodrome for the

exclusive use of helicopters

Not for Resale
u
a
0
Not for Resale
Chapter 7
Aeronautical- Navigation Chart - ICAO Small Scale
-ma
v)
n
m
a
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7-1 8-1 5
81 21 90
7-18-16
17/7/92
No. 2

a
n
Not for Resale
h
P
a,
Aeronautical Chart Hanual
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3
w
z
w
c3
a w
.rl
Not for Resale

3
I
5
c3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i
I
7-19-1
81 21 90
81 2/ 90

Qa
0-
a,
WaI
-d, w
.
m
-;f
Not for Resale
E
0
(do
3 0
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 .
aJ
.
N
48434Lb 0035457 559
Not for Resale
S p e c i f i c Charts
I C A O 8697 t t
T
N
cdu
Chapter 7 - Preparationof
P l o t t i n g Chart - ICAO
hl
N
.
4
"1

&
0
&
r:
E
0
QA
2?
u
8K
.
d
'4
g\
7-19-3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-19-4
81 2/90

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I C A O 8697
**
4.
W 4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035459 321
t-
(d
00
aJ
I-
I
N
I-
4.
I
r-
N
I
Q)
M
#
Not for Resale


i
I
7-19-5
8/ 2/90
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-19-6
8/2/90

I C A O 8677 t t rn 484141b 00154b0 043 rn
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
Not for Resale

ldaJ
aJP
iJ
W
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ln
ln
m
P
.-c
I"
7-19-7
8 i 21 90
IN
ws
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
MAGNETIC VARIATION
19.8.1
I s o g o n a l s - (i.e. l i n e s w h i c h j o i n p o i n t s
of equal
magneticvariation)orinhigherlatitudes,isogrivs
( i . e . l i n e s which j o i n p o i n t s of e q u a l a n g u l a r d i f f e r e n c e
betweengridnorthandmagneticnorth),orboth,mustbe
shown a t c o n s i s t e n t i n t e r v a l s t h r o u g h o u t t h e c h a r t .
The i n t e r v a l s e l e c t e d m u s t , r e g a r d l e s s
t h e amount of i n t e r p o l a t i o n r e q u i r e d .
19.8.2
The d a t e o f t h e i s o g o n i c i n f o r m a t i o n m u s t b e
- 3" E -
of s c a l e ,m i n i m i z e
shown.
See a l s oC h a p t e r 7 - G e n e r a lS p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,p a g e
7-2-10,
AERONAUTICAL DATA
19.9.1
The f o l l o w i n g a e r o n a u t i c a l d a t a m u s t b e
1) a e r o d r o m e sr e g u l a r l yu s e d
by i n t e r n a t i o n a lc o m m e r c i a l
air transport together with their
names;
Water
Land
shown:
Civil
Joint civil and military
2)
s e l e c t e dr a d i oa i d st on a v i g a t i o nw h i c h
will
contributetoposition-finding,togetherwiththeir
names a n d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s ;
Note. - This
symbol
may used
be
with or
without a box to enclose the data.
l a t t i c e s of l o n gr a n g e - r a n g ee l e c t r o n i ca i d st o
n a v i g a t i o n as r e q u i r e d o r a v a i l a b l e ;
NDB
..........
...............
:, ...........
::a>'
:&,::;,
.',::.:.:.
...............
:.....
VOR
I.
Non-directional radio beacon
3)
..:::*.::
!:.:,!:
....:...,
continued on nextpage

Not for Resale
ANNEX 4
REFERENCE
DRAUGHTINC:
DETAILS
ILLUSTRATION
measuring
Distance
DME
equipment

navigation aids
53
VORlDME
UHF navigalton
tactical
air
TACAN
ald
Y?

navigation aids
VORTAC
Compass rose
To be ortenlaled on the chart tn
accordance with the alignment of
the stallon (normally Magnetlc North)
Compass rose to bo used as upproprialo In combination

with the following symbols:
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
VOR
VOATAC
I VJ
DRAUGHTING
ILLUSTRATION
DETAILS
Flight
information
O t h e ra e r o n a u t i c a ld a t a( e . g .a i rt r a f f i cs e r v i c e s
s y s t e m s ,r e s t r i c t e da r e a s ,e t c . )
may be shown provided
they do n o t d e t r a c t f r o m t h e l e g i b i l i t y
of e s s e n t i a l
information.
region
Aerodrome traffic zone
ATZ
Control area
Airway
Controlled route
CTA
AWY
_.-.-.-.ADA
ADA
Reporting point
REP
of t h e c h a r t .
19.9.2
Control
Advisory route
5) d e s i g n a t e dr e p o r t i n gp o i n t sn e c e s s a r yt ot h ef u n c t i o x
.................. ....
Uncontrolled route
Advisory airspace
With r e g a r d t o p r o h i b i t e d , r e s t r i c t e d
and danger areas,
see a l s o C h a p t e r 7
GeneralSpecifications,page CTR7-2-9,zone
Annex 4 r e f e r e n c e 2.13 .l.
FIR
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
REFERENCE
Aeronautical ground light
Aeronauticalgroundlightsandmarinelightsusefulfor
air navigation should be
shown where o t h e r means of
n a v i g a t i o n are non-existent.
Compulsory
On request
F.
'Marine light
Note 1.- Marine alternating lights are red and white unless
otherwise indicated. Marine lights are white unless
colours are stated
F1 Flashing
G Green
cP Group
Note 2.
OCC Occulting
Red
SEC Sector
- Characteristics
are
to be indicated as follows:

Not for Resale
sec
(IIJ
W
Second
Unwatched
White
Alt Alternating
B Blue
F Fixed

Annex 4
reference
7-21-1
General
21.1
Function
21.1.1
This supplementary chart must provide information which will enable flight crews to monitor and crosscheck altitudes assigned while under radar control.
Note.- e objectives of the air traffic control service as prescribed in Annex 11 do not include
prevention ofcollision with terrain. Therefore, pilots are at all times responsible to ensure that any
clearances issued by air trafic control units are safe in this respect, except when an IFRJight is vectored
by radar. See the Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Air Traffic Management (PANS-ATM,
Doc 4444), 8.6.5.2.
Availability
The Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO should be made available, in the manner prescribed in
Annex 4, 1.3.2, where radar vectoring procedures are established and radar minimum altitudes cannot be
shown adequately on the Area Chart - ICAO, Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO
or Standard Arrival Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO.
Annex 4, 8.9.4.1.1 12), provides for the inclusion on the Area Chart - ICAO of established radar
minimum altitudes and indicates that radar procedures on departure or arrival routes may be shown unless
excessive chart clutter will result. Also, Annex 4, 9.9.4.1.1 1) and 10.9.4.1.1 1) specifj similar
requirements for the Standard Departure Chart - Instrument (SID) - ICAO and Standard Arrival
Chart - Instrument (STAR) - ICAO, respectively. In practice, this information frequently produces
excessive clutter and is often not practical to show on the Area Chart - ICAO or associated SID and
STAR charts.
The Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO is intended to supplement the Area Chart - ICAO. Where
the Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO is made available, radar minimum altitudes and radar
procedures need not be duplicated on associated Area, SID and STAR charts.
As for the Area Chart - ICAO, the assessment of the air traffic services data required to be portrayed
on the Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO is the task of the authority responsible for air traffic
services within a State, which should ensure that the cartographic agency assigned to prepare the chart is
provided with the necessary guidance and information. The production of the chart will require
collaboration between the air trafBk services procedure specialist and the cartographer.
See Chapter 7 - General Specifications, Annex 4 references 2.1.1 to 2.1.8.
Planning
At the planning stage, the interrelationship with the Area Chari - ICAO should be taken into account.
The Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICAO should be designed for in-flight use in conjunction with
the Area Chart - ICAO and thus similarities in coverage and scale will be beneficial to facilitate spatial
orientation and the assimilation of information when using both charts. Nevertheless, portrayed
information should be directly related to the chart's function and unnecessary duplication avoided.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21.2
7-21-2
Annex 4
reference
21.1.2
Illustration
Details
To stress that the Radar Minimum Altitude Chart ICAO is not to be used as a procedural tool, a note
indicating that the chart may only be used for crosschecking of altitudes assigned while under radar control
must be prominently displayed on the face of the chart. A
"boxed?' presentation with bold type may be used.
21.3
Coverage and scale
21.3.1
The coverage of the chart must be sufficient to effectively

show the information associated with radar vectoring
procedures.
21.3.2
The chart must be drawn to scale and a scale-bar must be

shown. The scale-bar may be shown in the lower left
comer of the chart.
21.3.3
The chart should be drawn to the same scale as the

associated Area Chart - ICAO to facilitate continuity of
spatial orientation and the assimilation of information
when using both charts, Nevertheless, the chart should be
produced at a scale that is convenient for in-flight use.
RADAR MINIMUM
ALTITUDE CHART ICAO
iI--
CHART ONLY TO BE USED

FOR CROSSCHECKING OF
ALTITUDES ASSIGNED WHILE
UNDERRADARCONTROL
Format
21.4
Projection
21.4.1

approximates a geodesic line should be used. A Lambert
Conformal Conic Projection is well suited as a basis for
2 1.4.2
Graduation marks should be placed at consistent intervals

along the neat lines. On specimen chart 14, graduation
marks have been placed, along the left and bottom neat
lines, at one minute intervals with extended graduation
marks every ten minutes. Graduation marks may be
screened for a subdued presentation.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The format should be in accordance with specimen

chart 14.

Anne,
refere
2.2
7-21-3
Illustration
Details
Title
The title must be Radar Minimum.Altitude Chart ICAO. Such title must not include ICAO unless the
chart conforms with all Standards specified in Annex 4,
Chapters 2 and 21. The chart title is placed at the top left
comer of the chart i? bold upper-case type.
RADAR MINIMUM
ALTITUDE CHART ICAO
.__i_
BEARINGSARE MAGNETIC
VAR 1W
21.5
FOR CROSSCHECKING OF
ALTITUDES ASSIGNED WHILE
UNDER RADAR CONTROL
Identification
Each sheet must be identified by the name of the
aerodrome for which the radar vectoring procedures
are established or, when procedures apply to more than
one aerodrome, the name associated with the airspace
portrayed.
The name may be that of the ciy or town that the
aerodrome serves or, when the procedures apply to more
than one aerodrome, that of air traffic services centre or
the largest city or town situated in the area covered by the
chart. The name would normally be the same as that for
the associated Area Chart - ICAO.
LINSTARllntl (EADL)
-com FAILUREI
ETTRANSPONDER CODE 7600

3LLOW COM FAILURE PROCEDURE
N RELEVANT SID OR STAR
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

placed at the top right comer of the chart in bold uppercase type.
~
2.3

See specimen chart I4

used, and the address of the producing agency must be
placed in the front of the ATP. (See Annex 15 Aeronautical Information Services, Appendix 1, GEN 2.2,
GEN 2.3 and GEN 3.2 for specific placement in the AIP.)
2.4
Symbols
Appendix 2.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
7-21-4
Annex 4
reference
2.5
Details
Illustration
the upper left comer of the chart.
~~
2.7

comer of the chart outside the neat line. A day/month/year
format (e.g. 06 JUL 2006), using abbreviations from the
Procedures for Air Navigation Sewices - ICA0
appropriate.
2.8
i-
L~
. . . . . . I
33"40
$1
, *w
% 3 b L
33" JO
33' 20'
06 JUL 2006
2.9
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Abbreviations
2.10
2.11
Colours
This chart is generally produced in black only. The use of
selected percentage screens may be used to subdue the
presentation of less important information. Charts should
be printed on a good quality paper, preferably white. If
colours are used, they should conform to the Colour
2.15
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale

Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICA0
7-21-5
~~
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
21.6
21.6.1
Generalized shore lines of all open water. areas, large

lakes and rivers must be shown except where they conflict
with data more applicable to the function of the chart.
This information may be screened so as not to conflict
with aeronatical information.
21.6.2
Appropriate spot elevations and obstacles must be shown.

Appropriate spot elevations and obstacles are those
provided by the procedure specialist. Appropriate obstacle
symbols selected from Annex 4, Appendix 2, Obstacles are
to be placed at their exact coordinate locations, however,
should several appear within a small area only the highest
in the group need be shown with the appropriate group
obstacle symbol. Elevation values are shown in italic type.
Underlying information should be cleared to increase
legibility of spot elevations and obstacles.
The highest elevation on the chart may be emphasized by
larger bold italic type. This is in accordance with one of
two presentations specified by Annex 4, Appendix 2,
symbol number 12. The alternative ?boxed? symbol for
highest chart elevation should not be used on this chart as
it may be confused with a radar minimum altitude.
21.7
obstacle
---______----
Magnetic variation
The average magnetic variation of the area covered by the
chart must be shown to the nearest degree. This
information may be provided at the upper left comer of
the chart.
No. 3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
7-21-6
Annex 4
reference
Illustration
Details
21.8
21.8.1
Bearings, tracks and radials must be magnetic, 'except as

VAR 1 ' W
A note to this effect may be provided at the upper lefi

comer of the chart.
digits and a degree sign (e.g. 061"E).
by the leter and followed by the identification of the
facility (e.g. R 135 TDP). A degree sign is not shown with
radiai values.
21.8.2

Where bearings, tracks and radials are given with
reference to True North or Grid North, this must be
clearly indicated, When Grid North is used its reference
grid meridian must be identified.
21.9
Aeronautical data
21.9.1
Aerodromes
21.9.1.1
All aerodromes which affect the terminal routings must be

shown. Where appropriate, such as for the primary
aerodrome and other major aerodromes of intended
landing, a runway pattern symbol must be used.
21.9.1.2
The elevation of the primary aerodrome to the nearest

metre or foot must be shown. This information is shown
at the top center of the chart.
'
AERODROME ELEV 250 m

TRANSITION ALT
2150 m
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21.8.3
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale

Radar Minimum Altitude Chart - ICA0
Annex 4
reference
21.9.2
7-21-7
Illustration
Details

Prohibited, restricted and danger areas must be depicted
with their identification.
See also Chapter 7
reference 2.13.
General Specifications, Annex 4

P = Pmhibiied
R = Resiricted
D = Danger
letters
The nationality letters part of the identificationo f these

21.9.3
Air traffic services system
21.9.3.1
The chart must show components of the established air

traffic services system including:
1) relevant radio navigation aids together with their
identifications;
2) lateral limits of relevant designated airspace;
3) relevant significant points associated with standard

instrument departure and arrival procedures;
ADANBO
__----_
/ c
----
Note.- Routes used in the vectoring of aircraft

to and from the significant points may be shown.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4) transition altitude, where established. This

information is shown at the top center of the chart;
RADAR ROUTE-
1 3 5 0 m MNM ALT
AERODROME ELEV 250 m

TRANSITION ALT
2150 m
b__AND- -ELEV IN METRES

.
5) information
including:
associated
with
radar
vectoring
LEGEND
HADARMNMALT
IN METRES
a) radar minimum alfitudes to the nearest higher

50 metres or 100 feet, clearly identified;
I
32 40
32 30
32 20
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
7-21-8
Annex 4
reference
Details
Illustration
b) lateral limits of radar minimum altitude sectors

normally defined by bearings and radials to/from
radio navigation aids to the nearest degree, or, if
not practicable, geographical coordinates in
degrees, minutes and seconds and shown by
heavy lines so as to clearly differentiate between
established radar sectors. In congested areas
geographical coordinates may be omitted in the
interest of legibility;
.L
53 274V N
EA R53
ARBON
c) distance circles at 20 km or 10 NM intervals or,

when practicable, 10 km or 5 NM intervals
shown as fine dashed lines with the radius
indicated on the circumference and centred on
the identified aerodrome main VOR radio
navigation aid or, if not available, on the
aerodromekeliport reference point;
,,
d) notes concerning correction for low temperature

effect, as applicable;
21.9.3.2
A textual description of communication failure

procedures in relation to radar control should be provided
and should, whenever feasible, be shown on the chart or
on the same page that contains the chart.
In some cases it may not be feasible to include these

procedures on the face of the chart due to chart clutter or
the necessity for a small text size which would
comprimise readabilty. If the information is shown on the
reverse of the chart or on a separate sheet an appropriate
reference is to be provided on the face of the chart.
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
pZ.1
LINSTAilntl (EADL)
com FAILURE
-SET TRANSPONDER CODE 7600

-FOLLOW COM FAILURE PROCEDURE
ON RELEVANT CID OR STAR
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6 ) radio communications procedures including call

sign(s) and frequency(ies) of approachhadar unit(s).
This information may be boxed at the top right
margin of the chart.
APPENDIX A
Definitions
Accelerate-stop distance available. The length of the take-off run available plus the length of the stopway, if provided.
Accuracy..A degree of conformance between the estimated or measured value and the true value.
Note.- For measured positional data the accuracy is normally expressed in terms of a distance from a stated
position within which there is a defined confidence of the true position falling.
Advisory airspace. An airspace of defined dimensions, or designated route, within which air traffic advisory service is
available.
Advisory route. A designated route along which air traffic advisory service is available.
Note.- Air trafic control service provides a much more complete service than air trafic advisory service;
advisory areas and routes are therefore not established within controlled airspace, but air trafic advisory service may
be provided below and above control areas.
The note to the above oficial definition appears only in Doc 4444-PANS-ATM.
Aerodrome. A defined area on land or water (including any buildings, installations and equipment) intended to be used
either wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement of aircraft. .
Aerodrome beacon. Aeronautical beacon used to indicate the location of an aerodrome from the air.
Aerodrome control service. Air traffic control service for aerodrome traffic.
Aerodrome control tower. A unit established to provide air traffic control service to aerodrome traffic.
Aerodrome elevation. The elevation of the,highest point of the landing area.
Aerodrome operating minima. The limits,of usability of an aerodrome for:
a)
take-off, expressed in terms of runway visual range and/or visibility and, if necessary, cloud conditions;
b) landing in precision approach and landing operations, expressed in terms of visibility and/or runway visual
range and decision altitudeheight (DA/H) as appropriate to the category of the operation; and
c)
landing in approach and landing operations with vertical guidance, expressed in terms of visibility and/or
runway visual range and decision altitudeheight (DAH); and
d) landing in non-precision approach and landing operations, expressed in terms of visibility and/or runway
visual range, minimum descent altitude/height (MDA/H) and, if necessary, cloud conditions.
Aerodrome reference point. The designated geographical location of an aerodrome.

A-1
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
A-2
Aerodrome traffic. All traffic on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome and all aircraft flying in the vicinity of an
aerodrome.
Note,- An aircraft is in the vicinity of an aerodrome when it is in, entering or leaving an aerodrome trafJic circuit.
Aerodrome truffic circuit. The specified path to be flown by aircraft operating in the vicinity of an aerodrome.
Aerodrome traffic zone. An airspace of defined dimensions established around an aerodrome for the protection of
aerodrome traffic.
Aeronautical beacon. An aeronautical ground light visible at all azimuths, either continuously or intermittently, to
designate a particular point on the surface of the earth.
AeronauticaZ chart. A representation of a portion of the Earth, its culture and relief, specfically designated to meet the
requirements of air navigation.
Aeronautical datu. A representation of aeronautical facts, concepts or instructions in a formalized manner suitable for
communication, interpretation or processing.
Aeronautical information. Information resulting from the assembly, analysis and formatting of aeronautical data.
Aeronautical Znformution Circular (AZC). A notice containing informationthat does not qualify for the origination of a
NOTAM or for inclusion in the AIP, but which relates to flight safety, air navigation, technical; administrative or
legislative matters.
Aeronautical Information Publication (AZP). A publication issued by or with the authority of a State and containing
aeronautical information of a lasting character essential to air navigation.
Aeronautical information service (AZS). A service established within the defined area of coverage responsible *forthe
provision of aeronautical informatioddata necessary for the safety, regularity and efficiency of air navigation.
Aeronautical station. A land station in the aeronautical mobile service. In certain instances, an aeronautical station may
be located, for example, on board ship or on a platform at sea.
Aeronautical telecommunictionservice. A telecommunication service provided for. any aeronautical purpose.
Aeronautical telecommunicationstation. A station in the aeronautical telecommunication service.
Aeroplane. A power-driven heavier-than-air aircraft, deriving its lift in flight chiefly from aerodynamc reactions on
surfaces which remain fixed under given conditions of flight.
AZP Amendment. Permanent changes to the information contained in the AIP.
AZP Supplement. Temporary changes to the information contained in the AIP which are published by means of special
pages.
AZRAC. An acronym (aeronautical information regulation and control) signifying a system aimed at advance
notification based on common effective dates, of circumstances that necessitate significant changes in operating
practices.
Aircraft stand. A designated area on an apron intended to be used for parking an aircraft
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
A-3
Appendix A. Definitions
Air defence identification zone (ADZZ). Special designated airspace of defined dimensions within which aircraft are
required to comply with special identification andor reporting procedures additional to those related to the
provision of air traffic services (ATS).
Air-ground control radio station. An aeronautical telecommunication station having primary responsibility for
handling communications pertaining to the operation and control of aircraft in a given area.
Air side. .The movement area of an airport, adjacent terrain and buildings or portions thereof, access to which is
controlled.
Air taxiway. A defined path on the surface established for the air taxiing of helicopters.
Air-to-ground communication. One-way communication from aircraft to stations or locations on the surface of the
earth.
Air traffic. All aircraft in flight or operating on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome.
Air traffic advisory service. A service provided within advisory airspace to ensure separation, in so far as practical,
between aircraft which are operating on 1FR flight plans.
Air traffic control service. A service provided for the purpose of:
a) preventing collisions:
i)
between aircraft, and
ii) on the manoeuvring area between aircraft and obstructions; and

b) expediting and maintaining an orderly flow of air traffic.
Air traffic control unit. A generic term meaning variously, area control centre, approach control unit or aerodrome
control tower.
Air traflc service. A generic term meaning variously, flight information service, alerting service, air traffic advisory
service, air traffic control service (area control service, approach control service or aerodrome control service).
Air traffic services airspaces. Airspaces of defined dimensions, alphabetic,ally designated, within which specific types
of flights may operate and for which air traffic services and rules of operation are specified.
Note.- ATS airspaces are classified as Class A to G as shown in Annex 1I , Appendix 4.
Air traffic services reporting office. A unit established for the purpose of receiving reports concerning air traffic
services and flight plans submitted before departure.
Note.- An air traffic services reporting office muy be established as a separate unit or combined with an existing
unit, such as another air traffic services unit, or a unit of the aeronautical information service.
Air transit route. A defined path on the surface established for the air transiting of helicopters.
Airway. A control area or portion thereof established in the form of a corridor.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
A-4
AIS product. Aeronautical information provided in the form of the elements of the Integrated Aeronautical Information
Package (except NOTAM and PIB), including aeronautical charts, or in the form of suitable electronic media.
Alternate aerodrome. An aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceed when it becomes either impossible or
inadvisable to proceed to or to land at the aerodrome of intended landing. Alternate aerodromes include the
following:
Take-off alternate. An alternate aerodrome at which an aircraft can land should this become necessary shortly after
take-off and it is not possible to use the aerodrome of departure.
En-route altemate. An aerodrome at which an aircraft would be able to land after experiencing an abnormal or
emergency condition while en route.
ETOPS en-route alternate. A suitable and appropriate alternate aerodrome at which an aeroplane would be able to
land after experiencing an engine shut-down or other abnormal or emergency condition while en route in an
ETOPS operation.
Destination alternate. An alternate aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceed should it become either impossible
or inadvisable to land at the aerodrome of intended landing.
Note.- The aerodrome from which a flight departs may also be an en-route or a destination alternate aerodrome
f o r thatflight.
Altitude. The vertical distance of a level, a point or an object considered as a point, measured from mean sea level
(MSL).
Application. Manipulation and processing of data in support of user requirements (IS0 19104).
Approach control office. Air traffic control service for arriving or departing controlled flights.
Approach control service. Air traffic control service for arriving or departing controlled flights.
Apron. A defined area, on a land aerodrome, intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading
passengers, mail or cargo, fuelling, parking or maintenance.
Area controZ centre. A unit established to provide air traffic control service to Controlled flights in control areas under
its jurisdiction.
Area control service. Air traffic control service for controlled flights in control areas.
Area minimum altitude (AMA). The lowest altitude to be used under instrument meteorological conditions (IMC)
that will provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 m (1 O00 fi) or in designated mountainous terrain 600 m
(2 O00 ft) above all obstacles located in the area specified, rounded up to the nearest (next higher) 30 m (100 ft).
Area navigation. A method of navigation which permits aircraft operation on any desired flight path within the
coverage of station-referenced navigation aids or within the limits of the capability of self-contained aids, or a
combination of these.
Am-val routes. Routes identified in an instrument approach procedure by which aircraft may proceed from the en-route
phase of flight to an initial approach fix.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Area navigation route. An ATS route established for the use of aircraft capable of employing area navigation.
A-5
Assemble. A process of merging data from multiple sources into a database and establishing a baseline for subsequent
processing.
Note.rectified.
The assemble phase includes checking the data and ensuring that detected errors and omissions are
ATS route. A specified route designed for channelling the flow of traffic as necessary for the provision of air traffic
services.
Note 1.- The term ATS route is used to mean variously, airway, advisory route, controlled or uncontrolled route,
arrival or departure route, etc.
Note 2.- An ATS route is defined by route specifications that include an ATS route designator, the track to or
from significant points (waypoints), distance between significant points, reporting requirements and, as determined by
the appropriate ATS authority, the lowest safe altitude.
Automatic terminal information service (ATIS). The automatic provision of current, routine information to arriving
and departing aircraft throughout 24 hours or a specified portion thereof:
Data link-automatic terminal information service (D-ATIS).The provision of ATIS via data link.
Bare Earth. Surface of the Earth including bodies of water and permanent ice and snow, and excluding vegetation and
man-made objects.
Barrette. Three or more aeronautical ground lights closely spaced in a transverse line so that from a distance they
appear as a short bar of light.
Base turn. A turn executed by the aircraft during the initial approach between the end of the outbound track and the
beginning of the intermediate or final approach track. The tracks are not reciprocal.
Note.- Base turns may be designated as being made either in level flight or while descending, according to the
circumstances of each individual procedure.
Calendar. Discrete temporal reference system that provides the basis for defining temporal position to a resolution of
one day (IS0 19108).
Canopy. Bare Earth supplemented by vegetation height.
Ceiling. The height above the ground or water of the base of the lowest layer of cloud below 6 O00 metres (20 O00 ft)
covering more than half the sky.
Change-over point. The point at which an aircraft navigating on an ATS route segment defined by reference to 'very
high frequency omnidirectional radio ranges is expected to transfer its primary navigational reference from the
facility behind the aircraft to the next facility ahead of the aircraft.
Note.- Change-over points are established to provide the optimum balance in respect of signal strength and
quality between facilities at all levels to be used and to ensure a common source of azimuth guidance for all aircraft
operating along the same portion of a route segment.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-ATIS). The provision of ATIS by means of continuous and
repetitive voice broadcasts.
A-6
Circling approach. An extension of an instrument approach procedure which provides for visual circling of the
aerodrome prior to landing.
Clearway. A defined rectangular area on the ground or water under the control of the appropriate authority, selected or
prepared as a suitable area over which an aeroplane may make a portion of its initial climb to a specified height.
Communication centre. An aeronautical fixed station which relays or retransmits telecommunication traffic from (or to)
a number of other aeronautical fixed stations directly connected to it.
Contour line. A line on a map or chart connecting points of equal elevation.
Control area. A controlled airspace extending upwards from a specified limit above the earth.
Control zone. A controlled airspace extending upwards from the surface of the earth to a specified upper limit.
Controlled aerodrome. An aerodrome at which air traffic control service is provided to aerodrome traffic.
Note.- The term controlled aerodrome indicates that air trafic control service is provided to aerodrome trafic
but does not necessarily imply that a control zone exists.
Controlled airspace. An airspace of defined dimensions within which air traffic control service is provided in
accordance with the airspace classification.
Note.- Controlled airspace is a generic term which covers ATS airspace Classes A, B, C, D and E as described in
2.6 of Annex I I .
Controlledflight. Any flight which is subject to an air traffic control clearance.

Culture. All man-made features constructed on the surface of the Earth, such as cities, railways and canals.
Cyclic redundancy check (CRC). A mathematical algorithm applied to the digital expression of data that provides a
level of assurance against loss or alteration of data.
Danger area. An airspace of defined dimensions within which activities dangerous to the flight of aircraft may exist at
specified times.
Database. One or more files of data so structured that appropriate applications may draw from the files and update
them.
Note.- This primarily refers to data stored electronically and accessed by computer rather than in files of
physical records.
Data product. Data set or data set series that conforms to a data product specification (IS0 19131).
Data product specifwation. Detailed description of a data set or data set series together with additional information that
will enable it to be created, supplied to and used by another party (IS0 19131).
Note.- A data product specification provides a description of the universe of discourse and a specification for
mapping the universe of discourse to a data set. It may be used for production, sales, enduse or other purpose.
Data quality. A degree or level of confidence that the data provided meet the requirements of the data user in terms of
accuracy, resolution and integrity.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
Appendix A . Definitions
A-7
Data set. Identifiable collection of data ( I S 0 19 101).

Data set series. Collection of data sets sharing the same product specification (IS0 19115).
Datum. Any quantity or set of quantities that may serve as a reference or basis for the calculation of other quantities
(IS0 19104).
Declared distances.
Take-off run available (TORA). The length of runway declared available and suitable for the ground run of an
aeroplane taking off.
Take-off distance available (TODA). The length of the take-off run available plus the length of the clearway, if
provided.
Accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA). The length of the take-off run available plus the length of the stopway,
if provided.
Landing. distance available (LDA). The length of runway which is declared available and suitable for the ground
run of an aeroplane landing.
Note.- The calculation of declared distances is described in Annex 14, Volume I, Attachment A.
Declared distances-
heliports.
Take-off distance available (TODAH). The length of the final approach and take-off area plus the length of
helicopter clearway (if provided) declared available and suitable for helicopters to complete the take-off.
Rejected take-off distance available (RTODAH). The length of the final approach and take-off area declared
available and suitable for performance class 1 helicopters to complete a rejected take-off.
Landing distance available ( D A H ) . The length of the final approach and take-off area plus any additional area
declared available and suitable for helicopters to complete the landing manoeuvre from a defined height.
Descent fa.A fix established in a precision approach at the FAF' to eliminate certain obstacles before the FAP, which
would otherwise have to be considered for obstacle clearance purposes.
Digital Elevation Model (DEM). The representation of terrain surface by continuous elevation values at all
intersections of a defined grid, referenced to common datum.
Note.- Digital Terrain Model (DTM) is sometimes referred to as DEM.
Direct transit area. A special area established in an international airport, approved by the public authorities concerned
and under their direct supervision or control, where passengers can stay during transit or transfer without applying
for entry to that State.
Displaced threshold. A threshold not located at the extremity of a runway.
DME distance. The line of sight distance (slant range) from the source of a DME signal to the receiving antenna.
Electronic aeronautical chart display. An electronic device by which flight crews are enabled to execute, in a
convenient and timely manner, route planning, route monitoring and navigation by displaying required information.
Arndt. No. 3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
26/5/06
A-8
Elevation. The vertical distance of a point or a level, on or affixed to the surface of the earth, measured from mean sea
level.
Ellipsoid height (Geodetic height). The height related to the reference ellipsoid, measured along the ellipsoidal outer
normal through the point in question.
Facility performance Category Z - ILS. An ILS which provides guidance information from the coverage limit of the
ILS to the point at which the localizer course line intersects the ILS glide path at a height of 60 m (200 ft) or less
above the horizontal plane containing the threshold.
Note.- This definition is not intended to preclude the use of Facility Pe$omance Category I - ILS below the
height of 60 m (200 ft), with visual reference where the quality of the guidance provided permits, and where
satisfactory operational procedures have been established.
Facility performance Category ZZ - ILS. An ILS which provides guidance information from the coverage limit of the
ILS to the point at which the localizer course line intersects the ILS glide path at a height of 15 m (50 ft) or less
above the horizontal plane containing the threshold.
Facility performance Category III - ILS. An ILS which, with the aid of ancillary equipment where necessary,
provides guidance information from the coverage limit of the facility to, and along, the surface of the runway.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Fan marker beacon. A type of radio beacon, the emissions of which radiate in a vertical fan-shaped pattern.
(An 10L)
Feature. Abstraction of real world phenomena (IS0 19101).
Feature operation. Operation that every instance of a feature type may perform (IS0 19110).
Note.- An operation upon the feature type dam is to raise the dam. The result of this operation is to raise the level
of water in the reservoir.
Feature relationship. Relationship that links instances of one feature type with instances of the same or a different
feature type (IS0 19101).
Feature type. Class of real world phenomena with common properties (IS0 19110).
Note.- In a feature catalogue, the basic level of classification is the feature type.
Final approach. That part of an instrument approach procedure which commences at the specified final approach fix or
point, or where such a fix or point is not specified,
a) at the end of the last procedure turn, base turn or inbound turn of a racetrack procedure, if specified; or
b) at the point of interception of the last track specified in the approach procedure; and
ends at a point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which:
1) a landing can be made; or
2) a missed approach procedure is initiated.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
A-9
Final approach and take-off area (FATO). A defined area over which the final phase of the approach manoeuvre to
hover or landing is completed and from which the take-off manoeuvre is commenced. Where the FATO is to be
used by performance Class 1 helicopters, the defined area includes the rejected take-off area available.
Final approach f2c or point. That fix or point of an instrument approach procedure where the final approach segment
commences.
Final approach segment. That segment of an instrument approach procedure in which alignment and descent for
landing are accomplished.
Fixed light. A light having constant luminous intensity when observed from a fixed point.
Flight information centre. A unit established to provide flight information service and alerting service.
Flight information region. An airspace of defined dimensions within which flight information service and alerting
service are provided.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Flight information service. A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information useful for the safe and
efficient conduct of flights.
Flight level. A surface of constant atmospheric pressure which is related to a specific pressure datum, 1 013.2
hectopascals (hPa), and is separated from other such surfaces by specific pressure intervals.
Note 1.- A pressure type altimeter calibrated in accordance with the Standard Atmosphere:
a ) when set to a QNH altimeter setting, will indicate altitude;
b) when set to a QFE altimeter setting, will indicate height above the QFE reference datum;
c) when set to a pressure of 1 013.2 hPa, may be used to indicate flight levels.
Note 2.- The terms height and altitude, used in Note 1 above, indicate altimetric rather than geometric
heights and altitudes.
Flight plan. Specified information provided to air traffic services units, relative to an intended flight or portion of a
flight of an aircraft.
Note.- Specifications forflight plans are contained in Annex 2. When the expression lightpln for is used it
denotes the model flight plan form at Appendix 2 to the PANS-ATM.
Geodesic distance. The shortest distance between any two points on a mathematically defined ellipsoidal surface.
Geodetic datum. A minimum set of parameters required to define location and orientation of the local reference system
with respect to the global reference systedframe.
Geoid. The equipotential surface in the gravity field of the Earth which coincides with the undisturbed mean sea level
(MSL) extended continuously through the continents.
Note.- The geoid is irregular in shape because of local gravitational disturbances (wind tides, salinity, current,
etc.) and the direction of gravity is perpendicular to the geoid at every point.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
A-IO
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Geoid undulation. The distance of the geoid above (positive) or below (negative) the mathematical reference ellipsoid.
Note.- In respect to the World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84) defined ellipsoid, the dijference behueen the
WGS-84 ellipsoidal height and orthometric height represents WGS-84 geoid undulation.
Glide path. A descent profile determined for vertical guidance during a final approach.
Gregorian calendar. Calendar in general use; first introduced in 1582 to define a year that more closely approximates
the tropical year than the Julian calendar (IS0 19108).
Note.- In the Gregorian calendar, comqon years have >365daysand leap years 366 days divided into twelve
sequential months.
Hazard beacon. An aeronautical beacon used to designate a danger to air navigation.

Heading. The direction in which the longitudinal axis of an aircraft is pointed, usually expressed in degrees from North
(true, magnetic, compass or grid).
Height. The vertical distance of a level, a point or an objectconsidered as a point, measured from a specified datum.
Helicopter clearway. A defined area on the ground or water under the control of the appropriate authority, selected
andor prepared as a suitable area over which a performance Class 1 helicopter may accelerate and achieve a
specific height.
Helicopter ground taxiway. A ground taxiway for use by helicopters only.
Helicopter stand. An aircraft stand which provides for parking a helicopter and, where air taxiing operations are
contemplated, the helicopter touchdown and lift-off.
Heldeck. A heliport located on a floating or fixed off-shore structure.
Heliport. An aerodrome or a defined area on a structure intended,to be used wholly or in part for the arrival, departure
and surface movement of helicopters.
Holding bay. A defined area where aircraft can be held, or bypassed, to facilitate efficient surface movement of aircraft.
Holding point. A specified location, identified by visual or other means, in the vicinity of which the position of an
aircraft in flight is maintained in accordance with air traffic control clearances.
Holding procedure. A predetermined manoeuvre which keeps an aircraft within a specified airspace while awaiting
further clearance.
Human Factors principles. Principles which apply to aeronautical design, certification, training, operations and
maintenance and which seek safe interface between the human and other system components by proper
consideration to human performance.
Hypsomeric tints. A succession of shades or colour gradations used to depict ranges of elevation.
Identification beacon. An aeronautical beacon emitting a coded signal by means of which a particular point of
reference can be identified.
ZFR. The symbol used to designate the instrument flight rules.
NO.3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
A-II
ZFRflight. A flight conducted in accordance with the instrument flight rules.
ILS glide path. That locus of points in the vertical plane containing the runway centre line at which the DDM is zero,
which, of all such loci, is the closest to the horizontal plane.
ILS glide path angle. The angle between a straight line which represents the mean of the ILS glide path and the
horizontal.
ZMC. The symbol used to designate instrument meteorological conditions.

Initial approach fi. A fix that marks the beginning of the initial segment and the end of the arrival segment, if
applicable. In RNAV,applicationsthis fix is normally defined by a fly-by waypoint.
Initial approach segment. That segment of an instrument approach procedure between the initial approach fix and the
intermediate approach fix or, where applicable, the final approach fix or point.
Instrument approach procedure. A series of predetermined manoeuvres by reference to flight instruments with
specified protection from obstacles from the initial approach fix, or where applicable, from the beginning of a
defined arrival route to a point from which a landing can be completed and thereafter, if a landing is not completed,
to a position at which holding or en-route obstacle clearance criteria apply.
Instrument meteorological conditions. Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud,
and ceiling, less than the minima specified for visual meteorological conditions.
Note.- The specified minima for visual meteorological conditions are contained in Annex 2.
Instrument runway. One of the following types of runways intended for the operation of aircraft using instrument
approach procedures:
L
a) Non-precision approach runway. An instrument runway served by visual aids and a non-visual aid providing
at least directional guidance adequate for a straight-in approach.
b) Precision approach runway, category I . An instrument runway served by ILS and/or MLS and,visual 'aids
intended for operations with a decision height not lower than 60 m (200 ft) and either a visibility not less than
800 m or a runway visual range not less than 550 m.
c) Precision approach runway, category II. An instrument runway served by ILS andor MLS and visual aids
intended for operations with a decision height lower than 60 m (200 ft) but not lower than 30 m (100 ft) and a
runway visual range not less than 350 m.
d) Precision approach runway, categoiy III. An instrument runway served by ILS andor MLS to and along the
surface of the runway and:
'A
- intened for operations with a decision height lower than 30 m (100 ft), or no decision height and a
runway visual range not less than 200 m.

B - intended for operations with a decision height lower than 15 m (50 ft), or no decision height and a
runway visual range less than 200 m but not less than 50 m.
C -intended for operations with no decision height and no runway visual range limitations.
Note 1.- See Annex 10, Volume I, Part I, f o r related ILS andior MLS specifications.
Arndt. No. 3
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
'
A-I2
Note 2.- Visual aids need not necessarily be matched to the scale of non-visual aids provided. The criterion f o r
the selection of visual aids is the conditions in which operations are intended to be conducted.
Integrated Aeronautical Information Package. A package which consists of the following elenents:
AIP, including amendment service;

Supplements to the AIP;
NOTAM and PIB ;
AIC; and
checklists and lists of valid NOTAM.
Integrity (aeronautical data). A degree of assurance that an aeronautical data and its value has not been lost or altered
since the data origination or authorized amendment.
Intermediate approach segment. That segment of an instrument approach procedure between either the intermediate
approach fix and the final approach fix or point, or between the end of a reversal, racetrack or dead reckoning track
procedure and the final approach fix or point, as appropriate.
International airport. Any airport designated by the Contracting State in whose territory it is situated as an airport of
entry and departure for international air traffic, where the formalities incident to customs, immigration, public
health, animal and plant quarantine and similar procedures are carried out.
International NOTAM office (NOF). An office designated by a State for the exchange of NOTAM internationally.
Isogonal. A line on a map or chart on which all points have the same magnetic variation for a specified epoch.
Isogriv. A line on a map or chart which joins points of equal angular difference between the North of the navigation
grid and Magnetic North.
Landing area. That part of a movement area intended for the landing or take-off of aircraft.
t
'
Landing direction indicator. A device to indicate visually the direction currently designated for landing and for takeoff.
Landing distance available. The length of runway which is declared available and suitable for the ground run of an
aeroplane landing.
Landing surface. That part of the surface of an aerodrome which the aerodrome authority has declared available for the
normal ground or water run of aircraft landing in a particular direction.
Level. A generic term relating to the vertical position of an aircraft in flight and meaning variously, height, altitude or
flight level.
Location indicator. A four-letter code group formulated in accordance with rules prescribed by ICA0 and assigned to
the location of an aeronautical fixed station.
Locator. An LF/MF NDB used as an aid to final approach.
Note.- A locator usually has an average rudius of rated coverage of between 18.5 und 46.3 km (10 and 25 NMJ.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Intennediatej. A fix that marks the end of an initial segment and the beginning of the intermediate segment. In
RNAV applications this fix is normally defined by a fly-by waypoint.
A-13
Magnetic variation. The angular difference between True North and ,Magnetic North.
Note.- The value given indicates whether the angular difference is East or West of True North.
Manoeuvring area. That part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off, landing and taxiing of aircraft, excluding
. aprons.
Marking. A symbol or group of symbols displayed on the surface of the movement area in order to convey aeronautical
information.
Metudatu. Data about data (IS0 19115).
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Note.- Data that describes and documents data.
Minimum descent altitudeheight. A specified altitude or height in a non-precision approach or circling approach
below which descent must not be made without the required visual reference.
Note I.- Minimum descent altitude (MDA) is referenced to mean sea .level and minimum descent height (MDH) is
referenced to the aerodrome elevation or to the threshold elevation if that is more than 2 m (7ft)below the aerodrome
elevation. A minimum descent height for a circling approach is referenced to the aerodrome elevation.
Note 2.- The required visual reference means that section of the visual aids or of the approach area which should
have been in view for sufficient time for the pilot to have made an assessment of the aircraft position and rate of change
of position, in relation to the desired flight path. In the case of a circling approach the required visual reference is the
runway environment.
Note 3.- For convenience when both expressions are used they may be written in the form minimum descent
altitudefieight and abbreviated MDNH.
Minimum sector altitude. The lowest altitude which may be used which will provide a minimum clearance of 300 m
(1 O00 ft) above all objects located in an area contained within a sector of a circle of 46 km (25 NM) radius centred
on a radio aid to navigation.
Missed approach holding f. A fix used in RNAV applications that marks the end of the missed approach segment
and the centre point for the missed approach holding.
Missed approach point (MAPt). That point in an instrument approach procedure at or before which the prescribed
missed approach procedure must be initiated in order to ensure that the minimum obstacle clearance is not
infringed.
Missed approach procedure. The procedure to be followed if the approach cannot be continued.
Mountainous area. An area of changing terrain profile where the changes of terrain elevation exceed 900 m (3 O00 ft)
Movement area. That part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off, landing and taxiing of aircraft, consisting of the
manoeuvring area and the apron(s).
Non-insirument runway. A runway intended for the operation of aircraft using visual approach procedures.
NOTAM. A notice distributed by means of telecommunication containing information concerning the establishment,
condition or change in any aeronautical facility, service, procedure or hazard, the timely knowledge of which is
essential to personnel concerned with flight operations.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
A-I4
Obstacle. All fixed (whether temporary or permanent) and mobile objects, or parts thereof, that are located on an area
intended for the surface movement of aircraft or that extend above a defined surface intended to protect aircraft in
flight.
Note.- The term obstacle is used in Annex 4 solely for the purpose of specihing the charting of objects that are
considered a potential hazard to the safe passage of aircraft in the type of operation for which the individual chart
series is designed.
Obstacle assessment surface. A defined surface intended for the purpose of determining those obstacles to be
considered in the calculation of obstacle clearance altitudeheight for a specific ILS facility and procedure.
Obstacle clearance altitude (OCA) or obstacle clearance height (OCH). The lowest altitude or the lowest height
above the elevation of the relevant runway threshold or the aerodrome elevation as applicable, used in establishing
compliance with appropriate obstacle clearance criteria.
Note I.- Obstacle clearance altitude is referenced to mean sea level and obstacle clearance height is referenced
to the threshold elevation or in the case of non-precision approaches to the aerodrome elevation or the threshold
elevation if that is more than 2 m (7ft) below the aerodrome elevation. An obstacle clearance height for a circling
approach is referenced to the aerodrome elevation.
Note 2.- For convenience when both expressions are used they may be written in the form obstacle clearance
altitude/ height and abbreviated OCMH.
Note 3.- See Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations (Doc 8168), Volume I, Part III, 1.5,
and Volume II, Part III, 6.4,for specific applications of this definition.
Obstacle free zone (OFZ). The airspace above the inner approach surface, inner transitional surfaces, and balked
landing surface and that portion of the strip bounded by these surfaces, which is not penetrated by any fixed
obstacle other than a low-mass and frangibly mounted one required for air navigation purposes.
Obstacle/terrain data collection surface. A defined surface intended for the purpose of collecting obstacle/terrain data.
Operational planning. The planning of flight operations by an operator.
Operator. A person, organization or enterprise engaged in or offering to engage in an aircraft operation.
Orthometric height. Height of a point related to the geoid, generally presented as an MSL elevation.
Pavement classification number. A number expressing the bearing strength of a pavement for unrestricted operations.
Point light. A luminous signal appearing without perceptible length.
Position (geographical). Set of coordinates (latitude and longitude) referenced to the mathematical reference ellipsoid
which define the position of a point on the surface of the Earth.
Precision approach procedure. An instrument approach procedure utilizing azimuth and glide path information
provided by ILS or PAR.
Pre-flight information bulletin (PZB). A presentation of current NOTAM information of operational significance,
prepared prior to flight.
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
A-1.5
Precision approach radar. Primary radar equipment used to determine the position of an aircraft during final approach,
in terms of lateral and vertical deviations relative to a nominal approach path, and in range relative to touchdown.
Note.- Precision approach radars are designated to enable pilots of aircraft to be given guidance b y
radiocommunication during the final stages of the approach to land.
Primary runway. Runway(s) used in preference to others whenever conditions permit.

Procedure altitude/height. A specified altitudeheight flown operationally at or above the minimum altitudeheight and
established to accommodate a stabilized descent at a prescribed descent gradiendangle in the intermediatelfinal
approach segment.
Procedure turn. A manoeuvre in which a turn is made away from a designated track followed by a turn in the opposite
direction to permit the aircraft to intercept and proceed along the reciprocal of the designated track.
Note 1.- Procedure turns are designated left or right according to the direction of the initial turn.
Note 2.- Procedure turns may be designated as being made either in level flight or while descending, according
to the circumstances of each individual procedure.
Prohibited area. An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a State, within which
the flight of aircraft is prohibited.
Quality. Totality of characteristics of an entity that bear on its ability to satisfy stated and implied needs (IS0 8402).
Note.- Entity is an item which can be individually described and considered ( I S 0 8402).
Quality assurance. All the planned and systematic activities implemented within the quality system, and demonstrated
as needed, to provide adequate confidence that an entity will fulfil requirements for quality (IS0 8402).
Quality control. The operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfil requirements for quality (IS0 8402).
Quality management. All activities of the overall management function that determine the quality policy, objectives
and responsibilities, and implementing them by means such as quality planning, quality control, quality,assurance
and quality improvement within the quality system (IS0 8402).
Quality system. The organizational structure, procedures, processes and resources needed to implement quality
management (IS0 8402).
Racetrack procedure. A procedure designed to enable the aircraft to reduce altitude during the initial approach segment
and/or establish the aircraft inbound when the entry into a reversal procedure is not practical.
Radar. A radio detection device which provides information on range, azimuth andor elevation of objects.
. .
Radar approach. An approach in which the final approach phase is executed under the direction of a radar controller.
Radar vectoring. Provision of navigational guidance to aircraft in the form of specific headings, based on the use of
radar.
Radio bearing. The angle between the apparent direction of a efinite source of emission of electro-magnetic waves
and a reference direction, as determined at a radio direction-finding station. A true radio bearing is one for which
the reference direction is that of true North. A magnetic radio bearing is one for which the reference direction is
that of magnetic North.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
A-16
Aeronautical Chart Munual
Radio direction-finding station. A radio determination station using radio direction finding.
Note.- The aeronautical application of radio direction finding is in the aeronautical radio navigation service.
Reference datum height. The height of the extended glide path or a nominal vertical path at the runway threshold.
Relie$ The inequalities in elevation of the surface of the Earth represented on aeronautical charts by contours,
hypsometric tints, shading or spot elevations.
Reportingpoint. A specified geographical location in relation to which the position of an aircraft can be reported.
Required navigation performance (RNP). A statement of the navigation performance necessary for operation within a
,
,
defined airspace.
Note.- Navigation performance and requirements are defined for a particular RNP type and/or application.
Requirements for quality. Expression of the needs or their translation into a set of quantitatively or qualitatively stated
requirements for the characteristics of an entity to enable its realization and examination (IS0 8402).
Restricted area. An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a State, within which
the flight of aircraft is restricted in accordance with certain specified conditions.
Reversal procedure. A procedure designed to enable aircraft to reverse direction during the initial approach segment of
an instrument approach procedure. The sequence may include procedure turns or base turns.
RNP type. A containment value expressed as a distance in nautical miles from the intended position within which
flights would be for at least 95 per cent of the total flying time.
Example.- RNP 4 represents a navigation accuracy of plus or minus 7.4 km (4 NM) on a 95 per cent containment
basis.
Route segment. A route or portion of route usually flown without an intermediate stop.
Route stage. A route or portion of a route flown without an intermediate landing.
Runway. A defined rectangular area on a land aerodrome prepared for the landing and take-off of aircraft.
Runway end safety area. An area symmetrical about the extended runway centre line and adjacent to the end of the
strip primarily intended to reduce the risk of damage to an aeroplane undershooting or overrunning the runway.
Runway-hoMing position. A designated position intended to protect a runway, an obstacle limitation surface, or an
ILSMLS criticalhensitive area at which taxiing aircraft and vehicles shall stop and hoid, unless otherwise
authorized by the aerodrome control tower.
Runway strip. A defined area including the runway and stopway, if provided, intended:
a) to reduce the risk of damage to aircraft running off a runway; and
b) to protect aircraft flying over it during take-off or landing operations.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Resolution. A number of units or digits to which a measured or calculated value is expressed and used.
,Appendix A. Definitions
A-17
Runway visual range (RVR). The range over which the pilot of an aircraft on the centre line of a runway can see the
runway surface markings or the lights delineating the runway or identifying its centre line.
Safety area. A defined area on a heliport surrounding the FATO which is free of obstacles, other than those required
for air navigation purposes, and intended to reduce the risk of damage to helicopters accidentally diverging from
the FATO.
Search and rescue region. An area of defined dimensions, associated with a rescue coordination centre, within which
search and rescue services are provided.
Secondary surveillance radar. A surveillance radar system which uses transmittersh-eceivers (interrogators) and
transponders.
Shoulder. An area adjacent to the edge of a pavement so prepared as to provide a transition between the pavement and
the adjacent surface.
Signal area. An area on an aerodrome used for the display of ground signals.
Significant point. A specified geographical location used in defining an ATS route or the flight path of an aircraft and
for other navigation and ATS purposes.
Standard instrument arrival. A designated instrument flight rule (IFR) arrival route linking a significant point,
normally on an ATS route, with a point from which a published instrument approach procedure can be commenced.
Standard instrument departure. A designated instrument flight rule (IFR) departure route linking the aerodrome or a
specified runway of the aerodrome with a specified significant point, normally on a designated ATS route, at
which the en-route phase of a flight commences.
Station declination. An alignment variation between the zero degree radial of a VOR arid true north, determined at the
time the VOR station is calibrated.
Stopway. A defined rectangular area on the ground at the end of take-off run available prepared as a suitable area in
which an aircraft can be stopped in the case of an abandoned take-off.
Surveillance radar. Radar equipment used to determine the position of an aircraft in range and azimuth.
Take-off surface. That part of the surface of an aerodrome which the aerodrome authority has declared available for
the normal ground or water run of aircraft taking off in a particular direction.
TAS (True airspeed). The speed of the aeroplane relative to undisturbed air.
Taxiing. Movement of an aircraft on the surface of an aerodrome under its own power, excluding take-off and landing.
Taxiway. A defined path on a land aerodrome established for the taxiing of aircraft and intended to provide a link
between one part of the aerodrome and another, including:
a) Arcraj stand taxilane. A portion of an apron designated as a taxiway and intended to provide access to
aircraft stands only.
b) Apron taxiway. A portion of a taxi way system located on an apron and intended to provide a through taxi route
across the apron.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Take-off runway. A runway intended for take-off only.
A-18
c) Rapid exit taxiway. A taxiway connected to a runway at an acute angle and designed to allow landing
aeroplanes to turn off at higher speeds than are achieved on other exit taxiways thereby minimizing runway
occupancy times.
Taxiway intersection. Ajunction of two or more taxiways.

Taxiway strip. An area including a taxiway intended to protect an aircraft operating on the taxiway and to reduce the
risk of damage to an aircraft accidentally running off the taxiway.
Terminal arrivul altitude ( T U ) . The lowest altitude that will provide a minimum clearance of 300 m (1 000 ft) above
all objects located in an arc of a circle defined by a 46-km (25 NM) radius centred on the initiai approach fix (IAF),
or where there is no IAF on the intermediate approach fix (IF), delimited by straight lines joining the extremity of
the arc to the IF. The combined TAAs associated with an approach procedure shall account for an area of 360
degrees around the IF.
Terminal control area. A control area normally established at the confluence of ATS routes in the vicinity of one or
more major aerodromes.
Terrain. The surface of the Earth containing naturally occurring features such as mountains, hills, ridges, valleys,
bodies of water, permanent ice and snow, and excluding obstacles.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Note.- In practical terms, depending on the method of data collection, terrain represents the continuous su$ace
that exists at the bare Earth, the top of the canopy or something in-between, also known as rst reflective su$ace.
Threshold. The beginning of that portion of the runway usable for landing.
Touchdown and lift-offarea (TLOF). A load bearing area on which a helicopter may touch down or lift off.
Touchdown zone. The portion of a runway, beyond the threshold, where it is intended landing aeroplanes first contact
the runway.
TruceabiZity. Ability to trace the history, application or location of an entity by means of recorded identifications (IS0
8402).
Truck. The projection on the earths surface of the path of an aircraft, the direction of which path at any point is usually
expressed in degrees from North (true, magnetic or grid).
Transfer of control point. A defined point located along the flight path of an aircraft, at which the responsibility for
providing air traffic control service to the aircraft is transferred from one control unit or control position to the,next.
Transition altitude. The altitude at or below which the vertical position of an aircraft is controlled by reference to
altitudes.
Transition layer. The airspace between the transitionaltitude and the transition level.
Transition level. The lowest flight level available for use above the transition altitude.
VFR. The symbol used to designate the visual flight rules.
VFRflight. A flight conducted in accordance with the visual flight rules.
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
A-I9
Validation. Confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that the particular requirements for a
specific intended use are fulfilled (IS0 8402).
Verification. Confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that specified requirements have been
fulfilled ( I S 0 8402).
Note.- Objective evidence is information which can be proved true, based on facts obtained through observation,
measurement, test or other means ( I S 0 8402).
Visibility. Visibility for aeronautical purposes is the greater of
a) the greatest distance at which a black object of suitable dimensions, situated near the ground, can be seen and
recognized when observed against a bright background;
b) the greatest distance at which lights in the vicinity of 1 O00 candelas can be seen and identified against an unlit
background.
Note I.- The two distances have diferent values in air of a given extinction coeflcient, and the latter b) varies
with the background illumination. The former a ) is represented by the meteorological optical range (MOR).
Note 2. - The definition applies to the observations of visibility in local routine and special reports, to the
observations of prevailing and minimum visibility reported in METAR and SPECI and to the observations of ground
visibility,
Visual approach procedure. A series of predetermined manoeuvres by visual reference, from the initial approach fix,
or where applicable, from the beginning of a defined arrival route to a point from which a landing can be
completed and thereafter, if a landing is not completed, a go-around procedure can be carried-out.
Visual manoeuvring (circling) area. The area in which obstacle clearance should be taken into consideration for
aircraft carrying out a circling approach.
,
Visual meteorological conditions. Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud, and
ceiling, equal to or better than specified minima.
Note.- The specified minima are contained in Annex 2, Chapter 4.

VOLMET broadcast. Routine broadcast containing, as appropriate, current aerodrome weather reports, aerodrome
forecasts and SIGMET messages for aircraft in flight.
Waypoint. A specified geographical location used to define an area navigation route or the flight path of an aircraft
employing area navigation. Waypoints are identified as either:
Fly-by waypoint. A waypoint which requires turn anticipation to allow tangential interception of the next segment
of a route or procedure; or
Flyover waypoint. A waypoint at which a turn is initiated in order to join the next segment of a route or procedure.
Arndt. No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
APPENDIX B
REFERENCE MATERIAL - ICA0 PUBLICATIO
Annexes to the Convention
Annex 2 -Rules of the Air
Annex 4 -Aeronautical Charts
Annex 5 - Units of Measurement to be used in Air-Ground Communication
Annex 6 - Operation of Aircraft
Part I -International Commercial Air Transport -Aeroplanes
Part II -International General Aviation -Aeroplanes
Part III -International Operations - Helicopters
Annex 10 -Aeronautical Telecommunications
Volume I -Radio Navigation Aids
Volume II - Communication Procedures including those with PANS status
Volume III - Communication Systems
Voiume IV - Surveillance Radar and Collision Avoidance Systems
Volume V -Aeronautical Radio Frequency Spectrum Utilization
Annex 11 -Air Traffic Services
Annex 14 -Aerodromes
Volume I -Aerodrome Design und Operations
Volume I I -Heliports
Annex 15 -Aeronautical Information Services
Procedures for Air Navigation Services (PANS)

ABC - ICA0 Abbreviations and Codes (Doc 8400)
ATM - Air Traffic Management (Doc 4444)
OPS - Aircraft Operations (Doc 8168)
Volume I -Flight Procedures
Volume II - Construction of Visual and Instrument Flight Procedures
Facility and Service Documents

Aeronautical Information Services Provided by States (Doc 7383)
Designators and Indicators

Location Indicators (Doc 7910)
B-1
No. 3
26/5/06
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
B-2
Technical Manuals
Aeronautical Information Services Manual (Doc 8126)
Airport Services Manual (Doc 9 137)
Pari 6 - Control of Obstacles
Aerodrome Design Manual (Doc 9 157)
Part 1 -Runways
Part 2 - Taxiways, Aprons and Holding Bays
Heliport Manual (Doc 9261)
Instrument Flight Procedures Construction Manual (Doc 9368)
Manual of Sulface Movement Guidance and Control Systems (SMGCS) (Doc 9476)
World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84)Manual (Doc 9674)
Miscellaneous
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
International Civil Aviation Vocabulary (Doc 9713)

Catalogue of ICA0 Publications and Audio Visual Training Aids - available at www.icao.int
No. 3
26/5/06

Not for Resale
ICAO 8677
LlB4343b 0035502 322
X*
AERONAUTICALCHART MANUAL cf. Chapter 7.3
AERC
DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS IN METRES
M A G N E T I CV A R I A T I O N
Y W - JAN
TY
1990
RWY 27
DECLARED
90
RWY 09L
60
2800
TAKE-OFF RUNAVA
2800
TAKE-OFF DISTANC
2800
ACCELERATE STOP
LANDING
DISTANCE
2800
VERTICAL
SCALE
1:l 500
LEGEND
I IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER
~~~~~
~~
~~
POLE, TOWER, SPIRE, ANTENNA, ETC.
BUILDINGSTRUCTURE
OR LARGE
RAILROAD
400 300 200 100
TERRAIN CONTOUR
TERRAIN PENETRATING OBSTACLE PLANE
D A T E OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Not for Resale
500
500
I
~ " ' 1 : 1 1 1 1 :
1000

I
I
1I
1000
2000
ICAO 8697
**
4 8 4 3 4 L0b0 3 5 5 0I T
45
. ..
AERODROME OBSTACLE CHART ICAO

T Y P E A (OPERATING LIMITATIONS)
RWY 27 R / 0 9 L
RWY 09 L
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DECLARED DISTANCES
RWY 27R
2800
AVAILABLE
2800
RUNTAKE-OFF
2800
AVAILABLE
DISTANCE
TAKE-OFF
2800
2800
ACCELERATE DISTANCE
STOPAVAILABLE
2800
AVAILABLE
800
DISTANCE
LANDING
2800
2800
3100
3400
HORIZONTAL SCALE 1:15 000
METRES
IO0 200 100

J
500
I
1000
I
1500
2000
I
l l ' I Y ' r f f
JOO
500
1000
2000
3900
4000
5000
6000
7000
FEET
PRODUCING O R G A N I Z A T I O N

Not for Resale
2500
1
8000
I C A O 8697 t t m 4 8 4 3 4 3 b 0035505 033
SPECIMEN CHART
DONLON/lnternational,
Dl
.................
90
60
30
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
28 00
3100
3400
3700
4000
4300
0
4900
4600
-0
AMENDMENT R E C O R D
No.
DATE
ENTERED B Y
2000
I
m
6000
7000
8000
ORDEROF
ACCURACY
HORIZONTAL OOm.
VERTICAL OOm.
REFERENCE N U M B E R
8/2/90

Not for Resale
I C A O 8677
*X
48431.136 0035506 T78
MAPS
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ICAO 8677
ft
48434Lb 0035507 704

3
cf. Chapter
= -
7.4
DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS IN METRES
32" 04'
52"25'
32" 03'
32'01'
32'02'
7
0AERODROME E L E V A l 3N 30 METRES
/
52024'
/
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
52023'
ACE, H O R I Z O N T A L

Not for Resale
.....................................................................................................
I,
.............................................................
:i:
AERODROME OBSTACLECHART
ICAO
TYPE B
32'01'
3 20 00'
3 1" 59'
3 l"58'
CONICAL SURFACE
SLOPE 1 :20
/
/
/
/
/
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I
/
r--
- -1

Not for Resale
I C A O Ab77
ff
484L43b 0035509 787
C I T Y / A E R O D R O M E ,C O U N T R Y
31"55'
3 1' 5 6 '
3 1'57'
3 1" 5 4 '
------I
ti
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
---
>.
I N N E R HORIZONTAL SURFACE
.._.
....I
..j.
....-.
_.
...
.:.....
....
...._
.-...
__---
40
P
.-
__--f l
L
i
I
Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
**
4 8 4 1 4 L b 0015510 4 T 9
SPECIMEN CHART
\
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
\
\

--- _----
Not for Resale
-T APP
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
' r
5222'
r-
\\r
_---__----
\
\
5221
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
!
,/-\.J

inf or mat i on
I
Hand1 i ng Ser vi ces, 20
Not for Resale
>
.
::.::.....,
......
....\
ICAO 8697
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0015512 271
_ - - -- - - -
_---------__
e-------/
' R F A C E , S L O P E 1:50
r-
-I
I
- -I,-------_ _ _ - - - - -
.-/
\
\
*
* /
105
\
\
\
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
__________________-----------------
__---
--------
_ _ _ _ _ c _ _ _ -
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
_
_
/
--

Not for Resale
($
I C A O 8697 t t
---
8 4 1 4 1 b 0015514 044
____----
, SLOPE I
ENT APPROACH
- - - I-N S T R U M---
7--
:SO
!FACE, SLOPE
1:40
---------
+----
_--_ - - -
:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4
/
CONICAL SURFACE
SLOPE 1 :20
/
/
/
/
OBSTACLES SHOWN ARE T
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

inf or mat i on
Han
Not for Resale
)SE WHICH PENETRATE
---
- ....
9 L L I
\\
\
\
\
\
\
5120'
........
........
......
\
........
............
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.......
.........
..........
.........
.........
.........
........
.........
........
.........
........
.........
........
.........
........
.........
........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
........
.....................
:.
................................
...............................
................................
...............................
................................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
..............................:
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
..............................
................................
...............................
...............................
..............................
................................
...............................
...............................
r.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
52"19'
32' 04 '
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
.............................
............................
.............................
............................
............................
............................
.............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
...........................
............................
...........................
3 2 02'
3 2 03'

Not for Resale
a.::..<
..
...............................
...............................
..............................
................................
...............................
...............................
..............................
................................
..............................
...............................
..............................
...............................
..............................
...............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
...............................
,
3201'
4 8 4 1 4 3 b 0035536 917
I C A O 8697 t i
/*-
\
*97
* /
105
\
I
\
\
\
\
\
......................................
...........................................
...........................................
............................................
.Tr
............................................
...........................................
............................................
.............................
............................................
................ ........................
. .".'.:.'::::.".':
..........................................
..........................................
..........................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
...........................................
..,.;*.*.*.*.,...;m.m.*.*..'
.................*.;:*...;,..;..*..*..*..;.,..;*.:...,:....':.,..,.':..'
..*..,..;:.;.,.;.;..*'..;...;.....;..........
....... ..;. '::<<{{{{.:.:
.*..:;.;.;*...,....,. ...................;.*..:;:.;...........::.:{{.:.:
............................................
..........................................
:.........................................
...........................................
....................................... .h
...........................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
............................................
.............................................
............................................
............................................
~:
.
~:;.~:.~,~.,~
,~~;,~..~:.,..,.;....*....
:,:.;:,~..;,.:.,..,. :.~,~.~:*~.~;,~.'.~.';,~;:;:.~.~,
...............................................
.'................................................
.~;.~.~;:.~.'
~,~:.~.~.~.~,~.~,'
..~;;,~.~.~,~,'
...............................................
...............................................
.................................................
................................................ :~.:.:~{~{.:.:.:~.;.:.:.~.:{.:.:~,:.:,:,:.:.:.:,:.:,:,:.:{,:~
...;;*.;.... :;.:.; ...,...;,h#:$?$
........................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
.....
...............................................
............
...............................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
.................................................
...............................................
:................................................
:.~.".":.~,".~.~
' :;."."""".;..~
' ,*.*.~:,
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
"..i
"..,
;
;
............................................
'
;
.
.
'
...........................................
a.............................................,
I.............................,....,,
...............................................
....................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
................................................
...............................................
...............................................
,.........a.
32" 00'
3 1" 59'
3 1" 5 8'
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1-57
PR

i
I
Not for Resale
**
I C A O 8697
4 8 4 L 4 L b OOL5.517 8 5 3
/
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
/
p \ r '
\.
- --
*'/
/*
,/
ORDER OF AC
HORIZONTALSCALE
1 : 20,000
HORlZONTk
VERTICAL-
METRES
300
1500
500
I ! ! !
I
1000
1000
1000
2000
2000
3000
I
I
4000
2500
I
I
5000
6000
3000
I
I
7000
8000
9000
10 000
FEET
3 1'57'
3 P 55'
3 1" 56'
3P54'
PRODUCING ORGANIZATION
~.
fT
L

Not for Resale
5T21'
CONICAL SURFACE
SLOPE 1 :20
OBSTACLES SHOWN ARE THOSE WHICH PENETRATE

T H E S U R F A C E SS P E C I F I E D I N A N N E X 14, P A R T 4
52'20'
-1-
LEGEND
/
'AL OOm
rL OOm
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LCCURACY
AERODROME REFERENCE POINT
52'22'18"N
AMENDMENT RECORD
DENANO
TT,EE R E D
BY
31'56'58"W
TREE OR SHRUB
POLE, TOWER, SPIRE, ANTENNA, ETC.
BUtLDING STRUCTURE
OR LARGE
RAILROAD
TRANSMISSION LINE OR OVERHEAD

CABLE
--T-T-
TERRAINPENETRATINGOBSTACLEPLANE
3 P 53'
3 P 52
31'51'
i2' 19'
1' 50'
CITY/AE'RODROME, COUNTRY
CHART No.
8/2/90

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
'
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 b0 0 3 5 5 3 96 2 6
. .
t
AERONAUTICALCHART MANUAL
-..cf. Chapter
7.5
I......
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697 t t
e
-
4B41Y1b 0015520 3Y8
. ..
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
**
4841436 0015521 2 8 4
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 46-97 * X m 444143b0035522330
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
. .w
TYPE C

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697 t t
4841436 0015523 057
VAUDREUIL
QUBBEC.ONTARIO
. ..
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I '
I C A O ab97
w
.
'
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035524
T93
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LACHINE
QU~BEC
sed,1.x1.ooo c&u.
ORDER
OF
ACCURACY
HORIZONTAL
00 F T
VERTICAL
00 FT
CITY /AERODROME
COUNTRY
REFERENCE NUMBER
7/1/87

Not for Resale
'
I C A O 8677 t t
484343b 0035525 9 2 T
BUILDING OR LARGE STRUCTURE

RAILROAD
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LEGEND
Sea t o 5
-5-
CONTOUR
CENTRE-LINE PROFILE
DEVIATION AT LEAST 2 3 m FROM

CENTRE-LINEPROFILE
cc--------
a t
APPROACH LIGHTS
AMENDMENTRECORD
HORIZONTAL
SCALE
1 :2,500
VERTICAL
SCALE
1 :SO0
4
ENTERED BY
CONTOURS AND HEIGHTS ARE RELATED

T O E L E V A T I O N O F R W Y THR
I
E
INFORMATION

Not for Resale
WARN
Tidal var
High w
Low w
PRODUCING
16
Vertical seal'
in feet
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697 *X
.
'1
40780T41215451267
AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL cf. Chapter 7.7
LEGEND
.~
~
Aerodrome
51:
Flight informationregion (FIR)

I
Name of FIR.
Upper limit
Lower limit
providing
Unit
service
ACCAMSWELL
Terminal control area (TMA)

Upper limit
Lower limit
Unit providing area control service
l o o n GHD
omLon
APP
Name of CTR
Upper limit
Unit providing approach control service
ATS route (width..
. NM)
Magnetic track
* Distance in kilometres
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
-----
Upper limit
Minimum cruising level
F L 245
Advisory route (ADR)

Area navigation route (RNAV)
U L 123
Rwte designator
Magnetic track
* Distance in kilometres
Vertical limits
81,37"=IB317".
F L 460
F L 245
1365
,,I
C h a n g e - o v e r point (COP)
* Distance in kilometres from

associated VOR navigation aid
Way-point(WPT)
Name
Frequency and identification of VOR
Magnetic bearing (to.~
the. nearest
tenth.of. a. . . .
. . -.
041.34.8'
h d

Not for Resale
ENROUTECHART
- ICAO
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
-DONEST
-.. -. ...
-.. --- NDB 234 DOT
6210.2' N
031q6.4' W

Not for Resale
....P 2
UNL
GN D
'
I C A O 8697
**
W 4843436 0035529 575

.
.-
. .
SPECIMEN CHART
ERC- 1
1'
5
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
I C A O 8697
**
4 8 4 1 4 1 b 0015530 2 9 7
aegree)
flearest two tenths of a kilometre)
I A
lI a
Compulsory
Reporting paint (REP)
On request
Compulsory
ATS/MET reporting point (MRP)
On request
-.-.----

(VOR)
Compass rose orientated on the
chart to Magnetic North
IS
.:.:<+,
..::.:$:::.;;.
Non-directionalradio beacon (NDB)
D i s t a n c e measuringequipment (DME)
:..:,
:Q;.;. ::..:
...._.
_..
......
-.::........,_
El
Co-located VOR and DME navigation

a i d s (VOR/DME)
El
Identification for radio navigation a i d s (NAVAID)-~OORS~IJK

Name1
VOR/DME 1
1
6
.
d
NAVAID. frequency. Identification or call s i g n w e O R z-1.
Elevation of ME site (to the nearest 30m)
---
5.w-
+-
Each 5'quadrilateral contains an Area minimum altitude fAMA) which

represents the lowest altitude vhich may be used under instrument
meteorological conditions (IMC). The AMA provides a minimum
clearance of 300rnetres above all obstacles in the quadrilateral. It is
represented i n thousands and tens of metres above mean sea level.
I
L
Example: 1140 metres
114
-
Note.- Annex 5 temporarily permits nautical miles as alternative units
I
I
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ICAO 8697
'
ft
= 484L4Lb
O O L 5 5 3 L 123
'.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale
ICAO Ab97
**
4 8 4 3 4 3 6 0035532 ObT
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7/1/87

Not for Resale
SPECIMEN CHART
LEGEND
~~
2ONTROL ZONE
(CTR)
?PORTING POINT
-A
(Compulsoiy)
53'
00'
DON 2A
IEPARTUREIARRIVALROUTING
GD
IISTANCE IN KILOMETRES
I
WINIMUM FLIGHTALTITUDE
1500 m
MO"
MAGNETIC BEARING
~~
RADIO NAVIGATIONAID
ELEVATION OF DME ANTENNA

~
Area minimum altitude (AMA)

Each 1' quadrilateralcontains an area minimum altitude (AMA) which
represents the lowest altitude which may be used under instrument
meteorologicalconditions (IMC). The AMA provides a minimum clearance
of 300 metres (600 m in mountainous areas) above all obstacles in the
quadrilateral. It is represented in thousands and tens of metres above
mean sea level.
Example: 1140 metres
114
COM FAILURE
Set transponder code 7600

Maintain last assigned speed and LVL. or MNM FLTALT, if hlgher
for 7 MIN following time of
a) reaching last assigned LVL or MNM FLT ALT, or
b) setting transponder code 7600. or
c) failure to REP over compulsory REP, whichever is later
Thereafter adpst LVL and speed according to FPL
52"
00'
NM
33
(DATE OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATI
(REFERENCENUMBER)
No. 3
-
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(PRODUCING ORGANIZATION)
26/5/06
Not for Resale
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SPECIMEN CHART
AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL cf Chapter 7.9

INSTRUMENT (SID)
- ICA0
ED AND ACKNOWLEDGEDFL BgT NOT-
52'
30'
I:
--300
-- .
52'
O0
N
32"30'
(DATE OF AERONAUTICAL
INFORMATION)

32'00'W
31"30
(REFERENCE NUMBER)
NO.3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
SPECIMEN CHART
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale

INSTRUMENT
APPROACH
CHART ICA0
SPECIMEN CHART
AERODROME ELEV 30m
DONLONllntl (EADD)
HEIGHTS RELATED TO
THR RWY 27 R LEV 16m
ILS RWY 27 R
52
30
N
52
2c
i
I
j
I
7
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c
u
i
<
2
)ATE OF AERONAUTICAL
(PRODUCINGORGANIZATION)
(REFERENCE NUMBEI
UFORMATION)

No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
SPECIMEN CHART
AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL cf Chaoter 7.11
DONLONllntl (EADD)
ILS R W Y 27 R
AERONAUTICAL DATA TABULATION
ILS approach to RWY 27R from KAV VOR/DME
I Coordinates
Finlpoint
-I
I
KAV VORIDME (IAF)
13.2 D U V - BRG 147.05/13.20h KAV
CAA VOR (FAFI
KLL
MM (h4APT)-BRG 270.03/10.61 km CAA
THR RWY 27R
1zH LLZ
SCN NDBIMKR
ATE OF AERONAUTICAL
IFORMATION)
52 3218.1
522612.3
52 2254.2N
522249.4
52 2241.7
52 2238.91
52 2238.0
522222.4
O3l05512.3W
O3l04855.1W
0314436.1W
O3l04436.8W
03lo5336.4W
O3l05527.29W
0315800.9W
0319)140.2W
(REFERENCENUMBEF
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

No.3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
I C A O 8b77
**
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
cf. Chapter 7-12
AERONAUTICAL
CHART
MANUAL
VISUAL
APPROACH
CHART ICAO
INFORMATION
AD ELEV
48Y343b
0035538
SPECIMEN
CHART
CITY/AERODROME
30
m
HEIGHTS RELATED
TO AD ELEV
NUMBER
REFERENCE
ORGANIZATION
PRODUCING
8/2/90
\~

588
Not for Resale
4 8 4 1 4 L b 003bbO2 T T 7
AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL c f . Chapter 7.13

AERODROME /HELIPORT CHART - ICAO
l R W Y DIRECTION
85.
OqR
s~~$F,",~~,",p
THR
5291.9'N
31'57.9'w
PCN BO/R/BTWT
52'22,1,
265'
27 L
52"22' 18-N ELEV 30m

3,056t58nw
31055,7,w
APRON 121.6
CITY / AERODROME
ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS I N METRES

BEARINGS ARE MAGNETIC
^"-
WL
85s
1GGO
52'22.5'NllT7C W
IGM
2WO
XGO
ret
I
LIGHTINGAIDSCLEARWAY
AND STOPWAYRWY 27L
~~
HELIPORT
L
VOR CHECK POINT

A N 0 FREOUENCY
---___
HELIPORT-SURFACETYPE-ELEV 25
LEGEFJD
e
BOR 116.9
'
ATC SERVICE
BOUNDARY
HEL AIRTTJY
-----
MARKING AIDS RVIY G9L.'27R
+!!
FATO-NINST
50 X 50
LIGHTS: WHITE
SLOPE l0/a
ASPHALT
TLoF 70
GRASS
SAFETY
X 90AREA
AND EXITTWY
LIGHTING AIDSRWY 09L/27R AND E X I T W I Y
-..
+:*

Not for Resale
.WD I
20 X 10
LIGHTS: YELLOW
SLOPE 1%
CONCRETE
08 K
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
'
I C A O 8697
**
cf. Chapter
48414Lb 0035540 136

~
7.14
SPECIMEN CHART
t--1
I
1
I ,
I
I
ELEV
'4
1121
ELEVATIONS IN METRES
BEARINGS ARE MAGNETIC
I '
BOR 116,9
ELEV
30
VAR 3"W 1990
ANNUAL RATE
OF CHANGE 2' E
TAXIWAYS 23m WIDE

BEARING STRENGTH
P C N BQ/R/B/W/T
TAXIWAYEDGELIGHTS
O NA L LT A X I W A Y S
TAXIWAY CENTRE LINE
L I G H T S ON A, B, C, D, E
I
BOR 116.9
TW
LEGEND
!LEV
16
BAR
STOP
BOR 116.'
I =-
...
REFERENCE NUMBER
a/mo
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ATC SERVICE BOUNDARY

TAXI HOLDING POSITION
PRECISION APCH RWY
NON-PRECISION APCH RWY
1000
INFORMATION
VOR CHECK POINT AND

FREQUENCY
Not for Resale
,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ICAO 8697
**
4 8 4 3 4 L0b0 3 5 5 0 3
269
SPECIMEN CHART
AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL cf. Chapter 7.1 5
APRON ELEV
AIRCRAFT PARKING./
DOCKING CHART ICAO
ILEGFNb
- - -..AIRCRAFT STAND
TAXIWAY LIGHT
ATC SERVICE BOUNDARY
TAXI-HOLDING POSITION
PRECISION APCH RWY
NON-PRECISION APCH RWY
INS COORDINATES
FOR
AERODROME
metres
100
0 400 100
300
400
........
.........
..........
.......
6.7 52'22.2'N
031" 56.9'W
03Y56.9'W
O3l056.9'W
03lo56.9W
23
INFORMATION

500
8001600
TAXIWAYS
AIRCRAFT STANDS
52"22.2'N O3l056.9'W
52022.2zN 031056,7w
11.12 52"22.3?4 O3l056.7'W
03156.7'W
13.14 52'22.4T4
8
9,,o
200
1200
feet
'
52'22.5'N
2.3 5?"22.4'N
4.5 52"22.3'N
1
CITY /
.................._._....
.........
......................................
28 rn
llsl
m WIDE
TAXIWAYS
AND
APRON
BEARING
STRENGTH PCN 80/R/B/W/T
AIRCRAFT STANDS 1 AND 8 NOT FOR 8747
AIRCRAFT STANDS 10 TO 13
AGNIS
REFERENCE NUMBER
8/2/90
Not for Resale
SPECIMEN CHART
1-
AERODROME ELEV 250 rn

TRANSITION ALT 2150 rn
RADAR MINIMUM
ALTITUDE CHART ICA0
LINSTAWlntl (EADL)
--___--
33' 40
33' 30'
(DATE OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION)
33" 20'
33" Io'
33'
oow
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

32" 50'
32" 40'
32" 30'
32' 2 0
(REFERENCE NUMBER)
No. 3
26/5/06
Not for Resale
I C A O 8697 t t
= 4 8 4 3 4 1 60 0 3 5 2 4 33 2 T
~~
ICAO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following summary gives the status, and also
describes in general terms the contents of the various
series of technical publications issued by the International Civil Aviation Organization. It does not
include specialized publications that do not fall specificalo within one of the series, such as the Aeronautical
ChartCatalogue
or the Meteorological Tablesfor
International Air Navigation.
InternationalStandardsandRecommendedPractices are adopted by theCouncil in accordance with

Articles 54, 37 and 90 oftheConventiononInternational Civil Aviation
and
are
designated,
for
convenience, as
Annexes
to
the
Convention.
The
uniform application by Contracting States of thespecifications containedintheInternationalStandards
is
recognized as necessary for the safety or regularity of
internationalairnavigation
while theuniformapplicatioy
of
the
specifications
in the
Recommended
Practices is regarded asdesirable in theinterest of
safety, regularity or efficiency ofinternationalair
navigation. Knowledge of any differences between the
national regulations or practices of a State and those
established by an International Standard is essential to
the safety or regularity of international air navigation.
In the event of non-compliance with an International
Standard, a Statehas, in fact,anobligation,under
Article 38 of the Convention, to notify the Council of
any
differences.
Knowledge of differences
from
Recommended Practices may also be important for the
safety of air navigation and, although the Convention
does not impose any obligationwith regard thereto, the
Council has invited Contracting States to notify such
differences in addition to thoserelating to International
Standards.
Procedures for Air Navigation Services (PANS) are
approved by the Council for world-wide application.
They contain, for the most part, operating procedures
regarded as not yet having attained a sufficient degree

of maturityforadoptionasInternationalStandardsand
Recommended Practices, as well as material of a more
permanent character which is considered too detailed
for incorporation in anAnnex,or
is susceptible to
frequent amendment, for which the processes of the
Convention would be too cumbersome.
Regional Supplementary Procedures (SUPPS) havea
status similar to that of PANS in that they are approved
by the Council, butonly for applicationin the respective
regions. They are prepared in consolidated form, since
certain of the procedures apply to overlapping regions
or are common to two or more regions.
Thefollowing publications are prepared by authority

of the Secretary General in accordance with the
principles and policies approved by the Council.
TechnicalManualsprovideguidanceandinformation in amplification of the International Standards,
RecommendedPracticesandPANS,theimplementation of which they are designed to facilitate.
Air Navigation Plans detail requirements for facilities and services foi international air navigation in the
respective ICAOAirNavigation
Regions. Theyare
prepared on the authority of the Secretary General on
the basis of recommendations of regional air navigation
meetings and of the Council action thereon. The plans
are amended periodically to reflect changes in requirementsandinthestatusofimplementation
of the
recommended facilities and services.
ICAOCircularsmakeavailable
specialized information of interest to Contracting States. This includes
studies on technical subjects.
--`,,```,,,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Not for Resale

8697 Charting Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

8697 Charting Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DOC8697-ANl889

Remove the following pages:

Record the entry of this amendment on page (ii).

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

AERONAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

the provision of information relating to heliports;

the promulgation of ATS airspace classification information;

the promulgation of information on visual approach slope indicator systems

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Aeronautical Chart Manual

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

the mandatory provision of t h e o r d e r of accuracy on t h e t h r e e

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Aeronautical Chart Manual

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Aeronautical Chart Manual

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Aeronautical Chart Manual

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

PREPARATION OF SPECIFIC CHARTS

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Prepared by the Secretariat

INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGANIZATION

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Published in separate English, French, Russian and Spanish

Argentina. El Ateneo, Pedro Garcia S.A.L.E. e I., Dpto. Compras - Importaci6n.

Available in three separate editions: English, French and Spanish.

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Aeronautical Chart Manual

Not for Resale

Evolution of Annex 4 ..........................................................................................................................

Nature of the problem .........................................................................................................................

Requirements for aeronautical charts

Establishing the need for aeronautical charts ......................................................................................

Appendix 1. Scale of Hypsometric and Bathymetric Tints

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization

Not for Resale

Aeronautical Chart Manual

Preparation of specific charts

Specimen charts (Envelope)

Aerodrome Obstacle Chart .

Not for Resale

Instrument Approach Chart - ICAO

Copyright International Civil Aviation Organization